R-01-02-08-9B3 - 2/8/2001RESOLUTION NO. R- 01- 02- 08 -9B3
WHEREAS, the City of Round Rock has duly advertised for bids for
the restoration of Round Rock Memorial Park, and
WHEREAS, Manley Construction has submitted the lowest responsible
bid, and
WHEREAS, the City Council wishes to accept the bid of Manley
Construction, Now Therefore
BE IT RESOLVED BY THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF ROUND ROCK, TEXAS,
That the bid of Manley Construction is hereby accepted as the
lowest responsible bid and subject to the negotiation and final
approval by the City Manager and City Attorney of a contract document,
the Mayor is hereby authorized and directed to execute a contract with
Manley Construction for the restoration of Round Rock Memorial Park.
The City Council hereby finds and declares that written notice of
the date, hour, place and subject of the meeting at which this
Resolution was adopted was posted and that such meeting was open to the
public as required by law at all times during which this Resolution and
the subject matter hereof were discussed, considered and formally acted
upon, all as required by the Open Meetings Act, Chapter 551, Texas
Government Code, as amended, and the Act.
RESOLVED this 8th day of Febr - y, 2001.
ATTEST:
JO E LAND, City Secretary
\ WPDOCS \R650LDrI \R1020093.WPD /sc
�Z
Roo- =T A. STLUKA, J"., Mayor
City of Round Rock, Texas
City of Round Rock, Parks and Recreation Department, Memorial Park Improvements
Bid Tabulation based on plans dated 12/28/00
Prepared by Wade Tomlinson
BID QUANTITIES G.Creek Construction Myers Construction Manley Construction
Item Description Quantity Unit Unit Price Total Unit Price Total Unit Price Total
1
Remove Miscellaneous Concrete and Assoc. General
Demo.
1
LS
$25,000.00
$25,000.00
$6,900.00
$6,900.00
$9,375.00
$9,375.00
2
Excavation and Embankment (Complete in Place)
1605
SY
$18.00
828,890.00
$8.60
$13,803.00
$5.00
$8,025.00
3
ASTM C -33 Concrete Sand Level Up (Complete in
Place)
825
SY
$5.00
$4,125.00
$3.60
$2,970.00
$0.63
$519.75
4
8 Foot Wide 5" Average Thickness Concrete Sidewalk
0
LF
$44.00
$0.00
$43.20
$0.00
$40.00
$0.00
5
Seeding for Erosion Control, Fiber Mulch with 4"
Topsoil
2020
SY
$8.00
$16,160.00
$3.80
57,676.00
$5.00
$10,100.00
6
6 Foot Wide 5" Average Thickness Concrete Sidewalk
2725
LF
$30.00
$81,750.00
$32.40
$88,290.00
$30.00
$81,750.00
7
Rock Berm (Installed, Maintained, and Removed)
0
LF
$20.00
$0.00
$25.00
80.00
$25.00
$0.00
8
Silt Fence (Installed, Maintained, and Removed)
400
LF
$3.00
$1,200.00
$3.00
$1,200.00
$2.50
$1,000.00
9
30" Reinforced Concrete Pipe with Headwall and
Gabions
64
LF
$150.00
$9,600.00
$187.50
$12,000.00
$250.00
816,000.00
10
2" Galvanized Hand Rail (Complete in Place)
0
LF
$45.00
$0.00
$48.30
$0.00
562.50
50.00
11
4" Concrete Rip Rap with #4 Reinforcing Bars 12"
O.C.E.W.
45
SY
$50.00
$2,250.00
$63.00
$2,835.00
$26.25
$1,181.25
12
Mortared Rock Wall (Complete in Place)
165
CY
$65.00
$10,725.00
$60.00
$9,900.00
$62.50
810,312.50
13
100 A Feeder (Complete in Place)
1
LS
$3,500.00
53,500.00
$3,000.00
$3,000.00
55,750.00
$5,750.00
14
60 A Feeder (Complete in Place)
1
LS
$3,500.00
53,500.00
52,100.00
$2,100.00
85,750.00
$5,750.00
15
Panel Boards (Complete in Place)
2
EA
$3,700.00
57,400.00
51,800.00
$3,600.00
81,150.00
$2,300.00
16
Ground Fault Breakers (Complete in Place)
5
EA
$160.00
5800.00
5108.00
$540.00
$230.00
$ 1,150.00
17
Comb. L/C & Disc. Sw. 60A
1
EA
5700.00
5700.00
51,440.00
$1,440.00
$862.50
$862.50
18
Comb. L/C & Disc. Sw. 100A
1
EA
5750.00
8750.00
51,800.00
$1,800.00
$862.50
$862.50
19
Pole Mounted Fixtures (Complete in Place)
12
EA
52,000.00
$24,000.00
$3,240.00
$38,880.00
$2,300.00
$27,600.00
20
Wall Mounted Fixtures (Complete in Place)
9
EA
8500.00
$4,500.00
5600.00
$5,400.00
$250.00
$2,250.00
21
Sign Fixtures (Complete in Place)
2
EA
8600.00
$1,200.00
$180.00
$360.00
$575.00
81,150.00
22
Timeclock (Complete in Place)
2
EA
$125.00
5250.00
5300.00
5600.00
$287.50
$575.00
23
Photocell (Complete in Place)
2
EA
$60.00
$120.00
$180.00
$360.00
$287.50
$575.00
24
Equipment Rack (Complete in Place)
1
LS
$600.00
$600.00
$900.00
$900.00
$1,150.00
$1,150.00
$1,508.00
25
Wiring #10 (Complete in Place)
5200
LF
$0.40
$2,080.00
$0.51
$2,652.00
$0.29
26
Wiring #8 (Complete in Place)
1550
LF
$1.15
$1,782.50
$0.62
5961.00
$0.86
$1,333.00
27
Wiring #6 (Complete in Place)
1010
LF
$0.75
$757.50
$0.72
$727,20
$1.73
$1,747.30
28
Wiring 64 (Complete in Place)
350
LF
$1.50
5525.00
$0.83
$290.50
$2.30
8805.00
29
Wiring #3 (Complete in Place)
4000
LF
$0.70
52,800.00
$1.02
$4,080.00
$3.45
513,800.00
30
Electrical Junction Boxes (Complete in Place)
34
EA
$65.00
52,210.00
$420.00
$14,280.00
$230.00
87,820,00
31
Tree Protection Fencing (Complete in Place)
1985
LF
$7.50
$14,887.50
82.50
$4,962.50
$2.50
$4,962.50
Total Price = $ 252,062.50 $ 232,507.20 $ 220,214.30
DATE: February 2, 2001
SUBJECT: City Council Meeting — February 8, 2001
ITEM: 9.B.3. Consider a resolution authorizing the Mayor to execute a contract with
Manley Construction for the restoration of Round Rock Memorial Park.
Manley Construction submitted a bid in the amount of $220,214.30.
Resource: Sharon Prete, Parks and Recreation Director
Wade Tomlinson, Park Planner
History: PARD is in the process of renovating Round Rock Memorial Park. A portion of this project
has been bid and includes reconstruction of the trail, repairing the electrical system and
correcting drainage problems. Three bids were received and opened on Thursday, January
11, 2001.
Funding:
Cost: $220,214.30
Source of funds: General Fund Balance
Outside Resources: Manley Construction
Impact: The proposed improvements are necessary to bring this park into compliance with
safety standards and practices.
Benefit: The "face lift" will improve the quality of service to our customers and addresses
General Plan issues.
Public Comment: Many people have requested that we make extensive repairs in the park.
Sponsor: PARD/Martinez, Wright and Mendez Inc.
R-oi-o -o-Q3
BID AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
FOR CONSTRUCTION OF
CITY OF ROUND ROCK
PARKS AND RECREATION DEPARTMENT
IMPROVEMENTS TO MEMORIAL PARK
DATE: December 28, 2000 MARTINEZ, WRIGHT AND MENDEZ, INC.
PROJECT: 702 -08
/
900 Round Rock, Avenue, Suite 310
Round Rock, TX 78681
512/255 -1833 Fax 512/255 -5301
1106 Clayton Lane, Suite 400W
Austin, TX. 78723
512/453 -0767 Fax 512/453 -1734
APPROVED BY
CI Y A ORNEY
ao
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
This addendum consists of 1 pages.
Approved by ENGI ER
01/08/01
End
Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms & Conditions of the Contract
Addendum
ADDENDUM NO. 1
Date. January 8, 2001
Owner: City of Round Rock Parks and Recreation Department
Project Name: Memorial Park Improvements
Engineer: Martinez, Wright & Mendez, Inc.
This Addendum forms a part of Contract and clarifies, corrects or modifies original Bid Documents, dated
December 28,2000. Acknowledged receipt of this addendum is required. Failure to do so will subject bidder to
disqualification.
A. Project Manual Revisions:
Section 6.0- Technical Specifications
1. On Sheet BD-5 Bid Item Number 2 Replace "Excavation and Embankment Complete in Place" with
"Excavation and Embankment. varies approximately 3" to 187,'Complete in Place ".
2. On sheetBO -5 Bid item Number 3 Replace "ASTM C-33 Concrete Sand Level Up Complete in Place"
with " 1" ASTM C -33 Concrete Sand Level Up Complete in Place'.
3. On sheet BD-6 Bid Item Number 4 Replace "S root wide,` -5 "- "thick Concrete Sidewalk with #4
reinforcing bars at 12" off center each way - Complete in Place" with "8 foot wide 5" average thickness
Concrete Sidewalk with #4 reinforcing bars at 12" 011 center each way Complete in Place".
4. On sheet BD-6 Bid Item Number 5 Replace for Erosion Control method B Fiber Mulch (with
4" of Top sod new or salvaged)" with "'Seeding for Erosion Control method B Fiber Mulch (with 4" of
Top soil new or salvaged, free of rock and debris)"'.
5. On sheet BD-6 Bid Item Number 6 Replace "6 foot wide 5" thick Concrete Sidewalk with #4
reinforcing bars at 12" off center each way Complete in Place' with "6 foot wide 5" average thickness
Concrete Sidewalk with #4 reinforcing bars at 12" off center each way Complete in Place".
6. On sheet BD-7 Bid Item Number 9 Replace "30" Reiforced Concrete Pipe milb headwalls (Complete
in Place) with gabion Mattress" with "30" Reinforced Concrete Pipe with headwalls (Complete in
"Slace) with gabion mattress (see detaas 3 and 4 Sheet C06) ".
7. On sheet BD -7 Bid. Item Number 11 Replace "4" Concrete Rip Rap with #4 reiforcing Bars 12" Off
Center Earl ' (Complete in Place)" with "4" Concrete Rip Rap with #4 reinforcing Bars 12" Off
EacfrWay (Complete in Place) "t
8. On sheet B0-7 Bid Item Number 12 Replace 'Mortared' Rock Wall (Complete in P lace)" with "Stone
Retaining Wall, See Detail 1 Sheet CO5 (Complete in Place)"'
9. Delete Sheet SC-12 " "PREVAILING WAGE RATE DETERMINATION BUILING CONSTRUCTION.
TRADES"
Section 7.0 - Plans. Details and Notes
1. Add Note #1 on Sheet CO3 to read as follows: "The 6' -0" wide concrete trail where shown on the plan
is detailed similar to the 8' -0" wide trail as shown in Detail 1 and De tail 2 on Sheet C-06."
2. Revise the Thickness Dimension on Detail 4 Sheet C06 from "0.5' -1.0'" to "one foot thick ".
3. Add the Dimension between handrails on Detail 3 Sheet C06 to be "16' -0 " ".
4. Add the Dimension between the sand bed bond breaker and the reinforcing on Detail 1 Sheet C06 to
be "3" minimum ".
5. Add the Dimension between the subgrade and the reinforcing on Detail 2 Sheet C06 to be "3"
minimum ".
Page 1
—P . ...
.. r �x9sff
:
TO
(
f.
���
CITY OF ROUND ROCK
PARKS AND RECREATION DEPARTMENT
IMPROVEMENTS TO MEMORIAL PARK
DATE: December 28, 2000 MARTINEZ, WRIGHT AND MENDF7, INC.
PROJECT: 702 -08
BID AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
FOR CONSTRUCTION OF
900 Round Rock, Avenue, Suite 310
Round Rock, TX 78681
512/255 -1833 Fax 512/255 -5301
1106 Clayton Lane, Suite 400W
Austin, TX. 78723
512/453 -0767 Fax 512/453 -1734
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section Rem_ ription Page
1.0 Notice to Bidders NB -I
2.0 Bid Documents BD -1
3.0 Post Bid Documents PBD -1
4.0 General Conditions GC -1
5.0 Special Conditions SC -1
6.0 Technical Specifications TS -1
7.0 Plans, Details, and Notes PDN -1
1.0 NOTICE TO BIDDERS
NOTICE TO BIDDERS
Sealed bids addressed to the Purchasing Agent, City of Round Rock, 221 East Main
Street, Round Rock, Texas 78664, for furnishing all labor, material and equipment and
performing all work required for the project titled Memorial Park Improvements (project
includes electrical lighting removal and replacement and reconstruction of the existing
concrete trail, 8 feet in width) will be received until 2:00 pm Thursday, January 11, 2001
then publicly opened and read aloud at the City Hall Council Chambers at the same address.
Bid envelopes should state date and time of bid and "Memorial Park Improvements" and
"City of Round Rock ". No bids may be withdrawn after the scheduled opening time. Any
bids received after scheduled bid opening time will be returned unopened.
Bids must.be submitted on City of Round Rock bid forms and must be accompanied
by an acceptable bid security as outlined in the Instructions to Bidders, payable to the City
of Round Rock, Texas equal to five percent (5 %) of the total bid amount. Plans, Bid Forms,
Specifications, and Instructions to Bidders may be obtained from Martinez, Wright &
Mendez, Inc., 1106 Clayton Lane, Suite 400W, Austin, Texas 78723, (512) 453 -0767,
beginning December 28, 2000 for a non - refundable charge of $ 50.00 per set. Pre -bid
meeting on 2:00 pm Monday, January 8, 2000 at City Hall Council Chambers.
In case of ambiguity, duplication, or obscurity in the bids, the City of Round Rock
reserves the right to construe the meaning thereof. The City of Round Rock further reserves
the right to reject any or all bids and waive any informalities and irregularities in the bids
received.
The successful bidder will be expected to execute the standard contract prepared by
the City of Round Rock, and to furnish performance and payment bonds as described in the
bid documents. Contractors and subcontractors shall pay to laborers, workmen, and
mechanics the prevailing wage rates as determined by the City of Round Rock.
Publish Dates:
Austin American Statesman:
December 26, 2000
December 29, 2000
January 1, 2001
noticebdispec.master
NB -1
2.0 BID DOCUMENTS
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
1. Prior to submitting any proposal, bidders are required to read the plans, specifications,
proposal, contract and bond forms carefully; to inform themselves by their independent
research, test and investigation of the difficulties to be encountered and judge for themselves
of the accessibility of the work and all attending circumstances affecting the cost of doing
the work and the time required for its completion and obtain all information required to make
an intelligent proposal.
2. Should the bidder find discrepancies in, or omissions from the plans, specifications, or other
documents, or should he be in doubt as to their meaning, he should notify at once the
Engineer and obtain clarification or addendum prior to submitting any bid.
3. It shall be the responsibility of the bidder to see that his bid is received at the place and time
named in the Notice to Bidders. Bids received after closing time will be returned unopened.
4. Bids shall be submitted in sealed envelopes plainly marked "Sealed Bid" and showing the
name of the project, the job number if applicable, and the opening date and time.
5. Bids shall be submitted on proposal forms furnished by the City of Round Rock.
6. All proposals shall be accompanied by a certified cashier's check upon a National or State
bank in an amount not less than five percent (5 %) of the total maximum bid price, payable
without recourse to the City of Round Rock, or a bid bond in the same amount from a
reliable surety company, as a guarantee that the bidder will enter into a contract and execute
performance and payment bonds, as stipulated by item 11 below, within ten (10) days after
notice of award of contract to him. Proposal guarantees must be submitted in the same sealed
envelope with the proposal. Proposals submitted without check or bid bonds will not be
considered.
7. All bid securities will be returned to the respective bidders within twenty-five (25) days after
bids are opened, except those which the owner elects to hold until the successful bidder has
executed the contract. Thereafter, all remaining securities, including security of the
successful bidder, will be retumed within sixty (60) days.
8. Until the award of the contract, the City of Round Rock reserves the right to reject any and
all proposals and to waive technicalities; to advertise for new proposals; or to do the work
otherwise when the best interest of the City of Round Rock will be thereby promoted.
9. In case of ambiguity or lack of clarity in the statement of prices in the bids, the City of Round
Rock reserves the right to consider the most favorable analysis thereof, or to reject the bid.
Unreasonable (or unbalanced) prices submitted in a bid may result in rejection of such bid
biddoc.mst /spec BD -1
or other bids.
10. Award of the contract, if awarded, will be made within sixty (60) days after opening of the
proposals, and no bidder may withdraw his proposal within said sixty (60) day period of time
unless a prior award is made.
11. Within ten (10) days after written notification of award of the contract, the successful bidder
must famish a performance bond and a payment bond in the amount of one - hundred percent
(100 %) of the total contract price. If the total contract price is $25,000.00 or less, the
performance and payment bonds will not be required. Said performance bond and payment
bond shall be from an approved surety company holding a permit from the State of Texas,
with approval prior to bid opening, indicating it is authorized and admitted to write surety
bonds in this state. In the event the bond exceeds $100,000.00, the surety must also (1) hold
a certificate of authority from the United States secretary of the treasury to qualify as a surety
on obligations permitted or required under federal law; or (2) have obtained reinsurance for
any liability in excess of $100,000.00 from a reinsurer that is authorized and admitted as a
reinsurer in this state and is the holder of a certificate of authority from the United States
secretary of the treasury to qualify as a surety or reinsurer on obligations permitted or
required under federal law.
In determining whether the surety or reinsurer holds a valid certificate of authority, the City
may rely on the list of companies holding certificates of authority as published in the Federal
Register covering the date on which the bond is to be executed.
12. If the total contract price is less than $25,000.00 the performance and payment bond
requirement will be waived by the City of Round Rock. Payment will be made following
completion of the work.
13. Failure to execute the construction contract within ten (10) days of written notification of
award or failure to furnish the performance bond, or letter of credit if applicable, and
payment bond as required by item 11 above, shall be just cause for the annulment of the
award. In case of the annulment of the award, the proposal guarantee shall become the
property of the City of Round Rock, not as a penalty, but as a liquidated damage.
14. No contract shall be binding upon the City of Round Rock until it has been signed by its
Mayor after having been duly authorized to do so by the City Council.
15. The Contractor shall not commence work under this contract until he has furnished
certification of all insurance required and such has been approved by the City of Round
Rock, nor shall the contractor allow any subcontractor to commence work on his subcontract
until proof of all similar insurance that is required of the subcontractor has been fumished
and approved. The certificate of insurance form included in the contract documents
biddoc.mst /spec BD -
must be used by the Contractor's insurer to furnish proof of insurance.
16. Any quantities given in any portion of the contract documents, including the plans, are
estimates only, and the actual amount of work required may differ somewhat from the
estimates. The basis for the payment shall be the actual amount of work done and/or material
furnished.
17. Bids shall be submitted on a separated contract basis. No Texas sales tax shall be included
in the prices bid for materials consumed or incorporated into the finished product under this
contract. This contract is issued by an organization which is qualified for exemption
pursuant to the provisions of Section 151.309(5) of the Texas Tax Code. The City of Round
Rock will issue an exemption certificate to the Contractor. The Contractor must then issue
a resale certificate to the material supplier for materials purchased. The Contractor must have
a valid sales tax permit in order to issue a resale certificate.
In obtaining consumable materials, the Contractor will issue a resale certificate in lieu of payment
of sales tax, and the following conditions shall be observed;
1) The contract will transfer title of consumable, but not incorporate, materials to the
City of Round Rock at the time and point of receipt by the Contractor;
2) The Contractor will be paid for these consumable materials by the City of Round
Rock as soon as practicable. Payment will not be made directly but considered
subsidiary to the pertinent bid item. The Contractor's monthly estimate will state that
the estimate includes consumables that were received during the month covered by
the estimate; and
3) The designated representative of the City of Round Rock must be notified as soon as
possible of the receipt of these materials so that an inspection can be made by the
representative. Where practical, the materials will be labeled as the property of the
City of Round Rock.
18. No conditional bids will be accepted.
19. If the bidder's insurance company is authorized, pursuant to its agreement with bidder, to
arrange for the replacement of a loss, rather than by making a cash payment directly to the
City of Round Rock, the insurance company must furnish or have furnished by bidder, a
performance bond in accordance with Section 2253.021(b), Texas Government Code, and
a payment bond in accordance with Section 2253.021(c).
biddoc.mst /spec BD -3
BID BOND
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS THAT WE,
as PRINCIPAL and as SURETY, are
held and firmly bound unto the
hereinafter referred to as the "OWNER ", in the penal sum of five
percent (5 %) of the total amount of the bid of the PRINCIPAL submitted to the OWNER, for the
work described below; for the payment of which sum in lawful money of the United States of
America, well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators,
successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. In no case shall the liability
of the SURETY hereunder exceed the sum of $
The CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION ARE SUCH, THAT whereas, said PRINCIPAL has
submitted the above mentioned bid to the OWNER, for construction for the work under the
"SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF
for which bids
are to be opened at the office of the OWNER on
NOW THEREFORE, if the PRINCIPAL is awarded the contract, and within the time and manner
required under the heading "Instructions to Bidders ", after the prescribed forms are presented to him
for signature, enters into a written agreement, substantially in the form contained in the
Specifications, in accordance with the bid and files the two (2) bonds with the OWNER, one to
guarantee faithful performance and the other to guarantee payment for labor and materials, then this
obligation shall be null and void, otherwise, it shall be and remain in full force and effect.
In the event suit is brought upon this bond by the OWNER and judgement is recovered, said
SURETY shall pay all costs incurred by the OWNER in such suit, including a reasonable attomey's
fee to be fixed by the Court.
In WITNESS WHEREOF, we have hereunto set our hands and seals this day of
Principal: Surety:
By: By:
(Seal) (Seal)
biddoc.mst/spec BD -4
OWNER:
DATE:
Gentlemen:
Bid
Item Quantity
City of Round Rock, Texas
1 /11 / 01
for
and
biddoc.mst/spec BD -
PROPOSAL BIDDING SHEET
JOB NAME: Memorial Park Improvements
JOB LOCATION: Round Rock, Williamson County, Texas
Pursuant to the foregoing Notice to Bidders and Instructions to Bidders, the undersigned bidder hereby
proposes to do all the work, to furnish all necessary superintendence, labor, machinery, equipment, tools, materials,
insurance and miscellaneous items, to complete all the work on which he bids as provided by the attached
supplemental specifications, and as shown on the plans for the construction of MEMORIAL PARK
IMPROVEMENTS and binds himself on acceptance of this proposal to execute a contract and bond for completing
said project within the time stated, for the following prices, to wit:
BASE BID
Item Description Unit
Unit and Written Unit Price Price
L.S. Remove Miscellaneous Concrete
and associated general
demolition (Lump Sum)
for
dollars /1 $ti&
and cents $ $ � a lJ
2 1605 S.Y. Excavation and Embankment
Complete in Place
dollars
cents $
3 825 S.Y. ASTM C -33 Concrete Sand Level up
Complete in Place
Amount
tP
5`‘ s aas
for 59. • 1
dollars
and cents $ $
Bid Item Description and
Item Ouantitv Unit Written Total Unit Price
4 _ L.F. . 8 foot wide 5" thick Concrete Sidewalk
Q with #4 reinforcing bars at 12" off center
each way complete in place.
for
5 2020
7
dollars
and cents $ tiv $
S.Y. Seeding for Erosion Control method B
Fiber Mulch (with 4" of Top soil
new or salvaged)
for
and
dollars
cents
6 4gP L.F. 6 foot wide 5" thick Concrete Sidewalk
2725 with #4 reinforcing bars at 12" off center
each way complete in place.
hiddoc.mst /spec BD - 6
Unit
Price
Amount
$ 5. s lat .
for CP to
dollars 4i i�
and cents $ � 4 $ o
L.F. Rock Berm ( Installed Maintained and
Removed)
for
dollars
and cents $ $
8 400 L.F. Silt Fence for Erosion Control
( Installed, Maintained, and Removed)
for
dollars and cents $ a=-$
Bid
Item Quantity Unit
for
13 1 L.S.. 100 A Feeder
for
and
Item Description and
Written Total Unit Price
64 L.F. 30" Reiforced Concrete Pipe with headwalls
(Complete in place) with gabion Mattress
for el" IP
dollars /�
and cents $ 4O • $ 1 (.V
10 L.F. 2" Diam. Galvanized Hand Rail
(Complete in place)
and cents $
11 45 S.Y. 4 "Concrete Rip Rap with #4 reiforcing Bars
12" Off Center Each Wav(Complete in place)
for a /lc
dollars a( D 1181
1
and cents $ • $ •
12 L.F.. Mortared Rock Wall
(Complete in place)
■ �� for
and dollars
$ U2. $
(Complete in Place)
biddoc.mst /spec BD -
dollars
Unit
Price
Amount
len
dollars cents $ 5 ' 1 'S� 5 / 'r
Bid
Item Ouantitv Unit
14 1 L.S. 60 A Feeder
(Complete in Place)
for so CO
and dollars $ $ ,„
15 2 Ea. Panel Boards
for
and
Item Description and
Written Total Unit Price
(Complete in place)
16 5 Ea. Ground Fault Breakers
(Complete in place)
for
dollars cA
and cents $ "Ad
17 1 Ea. Comb. L/C & Disc. Sw. 60A
for
_
dollars Q�,1Q f�
vvv • VVV4
and cents $ $
18 1 Ea. Comb. L/C & Disc. Sw. 100A
biddoc.mst /spec BD - 8
Unit
Price
Amount
dollars
cents $ I� $ � .
for / 91 AO
dollars and cents $ $
Bid
Item Quantity Unit
Item Description and
Written Total Unit Price
19 ' Ea. Pole Mounted Fixtures
it (Complete in Place with concrete Base)
for
dollars
and cents $ a $ al c
20 9 Ea. Wall Mounted Fixtutes
21 2 Ea. Sign Fixtutes
23 2 Ea. Photocell
(Complete in Place)
for
OD
cents $
dollars aer _.
and $ Z 13�=
(Complete in Place)
22 2 Ea. Time Clock
for
dollars
cents �[�"' - 1'C A
and cents $ {�� $ �X)•
(Complete in Place)
for da Ott
dollars
and cents $ N 1 $ a ��
(Complete in Place)
biddoc.mst /spec BD - 9
Unit
Price
Amount
for 6 dp
dollars
and cents $ � � $ an
1
Bid Item Description and Unit
1 Item Quantity Unit Written Total Unit Price Price Amount
24 1 _ LS. Equipment Rack
I (Complete in Place)
for CO
1 dollars I1C? 1150 '
and cents $ • $ •
1 25 5200 L.F. Wiring #10
(Complete in Place)
1
for
dollars
and cents $ • $ 11308.•
26 1550 L.F. Wiring #8
(Complete in Place
for
1 dollars
and cents $ $
1
27 1010 L.F. Wiring #6
(Complete in Place)
1 for
dollars � �•
and cents $ I $ I e i 17. 1
28 350 L.F. Wiring #4
(Complete in Place)
1
1 fort/ M and cents
dollars $ • $
1 biddoc.mst /spec BD -
1
1
Bid Item Description and Unit
Item Quantity Unit Written Total Unit Price Price Amount
29 4000 L.F. Wiring #3
1 (Complete in Place)
1 for 4 ' 03
dollars �Q�'�/�
1 and cents $ 01. $ 1 1 O�U�.�V
30 . Ea. Electrical Juction Boxes
3 (Complete in Place)
1 for
dollars f .w -1170.00
1
and cents $ $
31 1985 L.F. _Tree Protection Fence
' (Complete in Place)
1 for pL!
dollars l�
and cents $ • $R�
1 TOTAL BASE BID (Items 1 thru 31 ): $ ZZO ZJ 4.
1 STATEMENT OF SEPARATE CHARGES:
Materials: $
All Other Charges: $
Total: $
1
1
1
1 biddoc.mst /spec BD -11
1
1
f this proposal is accepted, the undersigned agrees to execute the contract and provide necessary bonds and
Insurance certification as per the Instructions to Bidders and commence work within ten (10) days after written
Notice to Proceed. The undersigned further agrees to complete the work in full within ninety (90) calendar days
l ifter the date of the written Notice -to- Proceed.
The undersigned certifies that the bid prices contained in the proposal have been carefully checked and are submitted
correct and final. The Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids and may waive any informalities.
i Submitted,
I (a/ _ c -' 1C4? eds mnt 1(.
ature (� /�
( Q au TIL QQ oa c. 7 asuo
�rint a Address V
��' Ala q90 3 3IO
t itle for
F ame of Firm
Late
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 ddoc.mst/spec
1
Telephone
2IL1sIOI
BD -12
Secretary, if Contractor is a
Corporation
3.0 POST BID DOCUMENTS
THE STATE OF TEXAS §
COUNTY OF WILLIAMSON §
THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this a5 day of T (ZXD{ Q! ;;
1999, by and between (Owner) City of Round Rock, Texas of the State of Texas, acting throur
Robert A. Stluka, Jr., Mayor, thereunto duly authorized so to do, hereinafter termed OWNER, and
(Contractor) al AlCO (w.l (C 1—of , (Lily , Texas, County of
, and State of Texas, hereinafter termed C6NTRACTOR.
WITNESSETH: That for and in consideration of the payments and agreements hereinafter
mentioned, to be made and performed by OWNER, and under the conditions expressed in the bond
bearing even date herewith, CONTRACTOR hereby agrees with the said OWNER to commence and
complete the construction of certain improvements described as follows:
LIYI )hYi ✓L tb
lrrrI �1iL
postbid.mst/spec master
AGREEMENT
Further described as the work covered by this specification consists of furnishing all the materials,
supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, supervision, labor, insurance, and other accessories and
services necessary to complete the said construction, in accordance with the conditions and prices
stated in the Proposal attached hereof, and in accordance with the Notice to Contractors, Instructions
to Bidders, General Conditions of Agreement, Special Conditions, Technical Specifications, Plans,
and other drawings and printed or written explanatory material thereof, and the Specifications and
Addenda therefor, as prepared by
f 11 r1�TI � z, wa6,tri 1 N D
herein entitled
the ENGINEER, each of which has been identified by the CONTRACTOR'S written Proposal, the
General Conditions of the Agreement, and the Performance, Payment, and Maintenance Bonds
hereof, and collectively evidence and constitute the entire contract.
The CONTRACTOR hereby agrees to commence work within 10 calendar days after
the date written notice to do so have been given to him, and to complete the same within
�( calendar days after the date of the written Notice to Proceed, subject to such
extensions of time as are provided by the General and Special Conditions.
The OWNER agrees to pay the CONTRACTOR in current funds the price or prices shown in the
Proposal, which forms a part of this Contract, such payments to be subject to the General and Special
Conditions of the Contract.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to these presents have executed this Agreement in the year
PBD -1
and day first above written.
CITY OF ROUND ROCK, TEXAS
(OWNER)
ATTEST:
(The following to be executed if the Contractor is a Corporation.)
Corporate Seal
postbid.mst /spec master
PBD -2
Muq Cow( uch cD
(CONTRAC1OR)
B :
;i'td 01,4Qer its CWne
(Typed name) (Title)
ATTEST:
Secretary, if Contractor is a
Corporation or otherwise registered
with the Secretary of State
I, , certify that I am the Secretary of the Corporation named as
Contractor herein; that , who signed this Contract on behalf of the
Contractor was then • (official title) of said Corporation, that said Contract
was duly signed for and in behalf of said Corporation, that said Corporation by authority of its
governing body, and is within the scope of its corporate powers.
Signed:
THE STATE OF TEXAS
COUNTY OF WILLL4MSON
PERFORMANCE BOND
Bond No. BD45091
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That Manley constructio of the
City of Pflugerville County of Travis , and State of
Texas , as Principal, and insu`r t yauthorized under the law
of the State of Texas to act as surety on bonds for principals, are held and firmly bound unto
THE CITY OF ROUND ROCK, TEA in the penal sum of Two Hundred Twenty
Thousand- Two Hundred Fourteen & collars (5 220,214.30 ) for the payment
whereof, well and truly to be made the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their
heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, by these
presents:
W:IEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Owner dated
the day of , 19 to which the
contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if
copied at length herein consisting o£
NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the
said Principal shall faithfully perform said Contract and shall, in all respects, duly and
faithfully observe and perform all and singular the covenants, conditions and agreements in
and by said Contract, agreed and covenanted by the Principal to be observed and performed,
includin • but not limited to, the repair of any and all defects in said work occasioned by and
resulting from defects in materials furnished by or workmanship of, the Principal in
performing the work covered by said Contract and occurring within a period of twelve (12)
months from the date of the contract Completion Certificate and all other covenants and
conditions, according to the true intent and meaning of said Contract and the Plans and
Specifications hereto annexed, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full
force and effect
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Chapter
2253, Texas Government code, as amended, and all liabilities on this bond shall be
determined in accordance with the provisions of said Chapter 2253 to the same extent as if
it were copied at length herein.
posibictmWqmocmasta
Memorial Park Improvements Project, MWM Project No. 702 -08.
PBD -3
PERFORMANCE BOND (continued) 1
Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration
or addition to the term of the contract, or to the work performed thereunder, or the plans,
specifications, or drawings accompanying the same, shall in anywise affect its obligation on
this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration
or addition to the terms of the contract, or to the work to be performed thereunder.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this
instrument this 21st
Manley Construction
Principal
By:
Title Title
16373 Edgemere Drive 1507 South IH -35
Address
Pflugerville, Texas 78660
Resident Agent of Surety:
Time Insurance Agency, Inc.
Printed Name
1507 South IH -35
Address
Austin, Texas 78741
City, State & Zip Code
PBD-4
Surety
day Of February , 2001
Attorney -In -Fact
Address
Austin, Texas 78741
1
1
1
1
1
1
Commercial Indemnity Insurance Company
By: 0 - . \Q�Q
o -. c u er
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
PAYMENT BOND
* * ** Commercial Indemnity Insurance Company
THE STATE OF TEXAS
COUNTY OF WILLIAMSON
Bond No. BD45091
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That Manley Construction , of the
City of Pflugerville , County of Travis and State of
Texas as Principal, and * * ** authorized under the laws of the
State of Texas to act as Surety on Bonds for Principals, are held and firmly bound unto l'HE
CITY OF ROUND ROCK, (OWNER), and all subcontractors, workers, laborers,
mechanics and suppliers as their interest may appear, all of whom shall have the right to sue
upon this bond, in the penal sum of Two Hundred Twenty Thousand Two Hundred
Fourteen & 30/100'I ollars ($ 220,214.30 ) for the payment
whereof, well and truly be made the said Principal and Surety bind themselves and their
heirs, administrators, executors, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, by these
presents:
WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Owner, dated
the day of , 19 , to which Contract is
hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at
length herein consisting of:
NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said
Principal shall well and truly pay all subcontractors, workers, laborers, mechanics, and
suppliers, all monies to them owing by said Principals for subcontracts, work, labor,
equipment, supplies and materials done and furnished for the construction of the
improvements of said Contract, then this obligation shall be and become null and void;
otherwise to remain in full force and effect.
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Chapter
2253, Texas Government code, as amended, and all liabilities on this bond shall be
determined in accordance with the provisions of said Chapter 2253 to the same extent as if
it were copied at length herein.
-
Memorial Park Improvements Project, MWM Project No. 702 -08.
PBD -5
PAYMENT BOND (continued)
Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration
or addition to the terms of the contract, or to the work performed thereunder, or the plans,
specifications or drawings accompanying the same shall in anywise affect its obligation on
this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration
or addition to the terms of the contract, or to the work to be performed thereunder.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this
Instrument this 21st day of February , 2001
Manley Construction Commercial Indemnity Insurance Company
Principal
By: By:
Title Title
16373 Edgemere Drive
Address
Pflugerville, Texas 78660 Austin, Texas 78741
Resident Agent of Surety:
Time Insurance Agency, Inc.
Printed Name
1507 South IH -35
Address
Austin, Texas 78741
City, State & Zip Code
postbictmstipoc mart=
kk Q09p
John W. Schuler
PBD -6
Surety
Attorney -In -Fact
1507 South II-I-35
Address
Commercial Indemnity Insurance Company COMMERCIAL BD45091
1 1507 South IH -35 INDEMNITY INSURANCE CO. POWER OF ATTORNEY
Austin, Texas 78741
I KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:
That the Commercial Indemnity Insurance Company, a Corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Texas, having
its principal office in Austin, Texas, pursuant to the following resolution, adopted by the Board of Directors of the said Company on the 7
d ay of April, 1999, to wit:
• "Resolved, that any officer of the Company shall have authority to make, execute and deliver a Power of Attorney constituting as Attorney -In-
Fact, such persons, firms, or corporations as may be selected from time to time.
1 Be It Further Resolved, that the signature of any officer and the Seal of the Company may be affixed to any such Power of Attorney or any
certificate relating thereto by facsimile, and any such Power of Attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall
I be valid and binding upon the Company and any such powers so executed and certified by facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid
and binding upon the Company in the future with respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is attached." Commercial Indemnity
Insurance Company does hereby make, constitute and appoint:
John W. Schuler
State of Texas its true and lawful attomey(s) -in -fact, with full power and authority hereby conferred in its name, place and stead, to sign,
execute, acknowledge and deliver in its behalf, and its act and deed, as follows:
' The Obligation of the Company under this power of attorney shall not exceed one million ($1,000,000.00) Dollars.
And to bind Commercial Indemnity Insurance Company thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such bond or undertaking was signed by
' the duly authorized officer of the Commercial Indemnity Insurance Company, and all the acts of said Attorney(s) pursuant to the authority
herein given, are hereby ratified and confirmed.
' IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Commercial Indemnity Insurance Company has caused these presents to be signed by any officer of the
Company and its Corporate Seal to be hereto affixed.
1
• State of Texas
▪ County of Travis
�
John W. Schuler. President
' On this 7 day of April, in the year 1999, before me Sandra L. Denton, a notary public, personally appeared John W. Schuler, personally
known to me to be the person who executed the within instrument as President, on behalf of the Corporation therein named and acknowledged
to me that the Corporation executed it.
1
' Commission Expires 8 -26 -2000
1
1
L.
Sandra L. Denton, Notary Public
CERTIFICATE
1 I, the undersigned, Secretary of Commercial Indemnity Insurance Company, DO HEREBY CERTIFY that the foregoing and attached Power
of Attorney and Certificate of Authority remains in full force and has not been revoked:
I Signed and Sealed at the said Company at Austin, Texas dated this 21st day of February 20 01
Joel T. Massey, Secretary
SANDRA L DENTON
NOTARY PUBLIC
State of Tezaa
Comm. E •.0 &262000
COMMERCIAL INDEMNITY
Insurance Company
IMPORTANT NOTICE
To obtain information or make a complaint:
You may contact John W. Schuler, President of Operations, whose direct dial
number is 512 -447 -7773. You may also fax us information at 512- 440 -0989.
You may also call Commercial Indemnity Insurance Company's toll -free
telephone number for information or to make a complaint at:
1- 800- 365 -6065
You may also write to Commercial Indemnity Insurance Company: 1507 South
IH -35, Austin, Texas 78741.
You may contact the Texas Department of Insurance to obtain information on
companies, coverages, rights or complaints at:
1- 800 - 252 -3439
You may also write the Texas Department of Insurance: P.O. Box 149104,
Austin, Texas 78714 -9104, Fax 512 - 475 -1771.
PREMIUM OR CLAIM DISPUTES: Should you have a dispute concerning your
premium or about a claim you should contact the company first. If the dispute is
not resolved you may contact the Texas Department of Insurance.
ATTACH THIS NOTICE TO YOUR POLICY: This notice is for information only
and does not become a part of condition of the attached document.
03/19/24 { 91 88:54_ 5129902959
.. t 1 .
PRODUCER Time Insurance Agency
1507 S. IH 35
Austin, Texas 78741
MANLY GUnS i rww lun
COMPANIES AFFORDING COVERAGE
A National American Insurance Co
B State & County Mutual
Z
CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE Date: March 12, 2001
INSURED Manley Construction C
Thomas D. Shaffer Dba
16373 Edgemere Dr., Pflugerville, Tx 78660
THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT the Insured named above is insured by the Companies listed above with respect to the
business operations hereinafter described, for the types of insurance and in accordance with the provisions of the
standard policies used by the companies, and further hereinafter described. Exceptions to the policies are noted below.
CO
TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY EFFECTIVE EXPIRATION
LTR NUMBER DATE DATE
GENERAL LIABILITY
s
WORKERS' COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY
I'ATUTORY LIMITS
LIMITS
GENERAL AGGREGATE
MP2383142D 04/18/00 04/18/01 $1,000,000
PRODUCTS- COMP /OP AGG. $ 1,000,000
PERSONAL & ADV. INJURY $1,000,000
EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000 , 000
FIRE DAMAGE (Any one fire) $ 50, 000
MED. EXPENSE (Any one person) $ 5,000
AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT
REL000841 02/07/01 02/07/02 $500,072
BODILY INJURY (Per person) $
BODILY INJURY (Per accident)$
PROPERTY DAMAGE $
EXCESS LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $
AGGREGATE $
03/1B/2001 09:54 51259029
OTHER
DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONS/VEHICLES /SPECIAL ITEMS/EXCEPTIONS
The City of Round Rock is named as additional insured with respect to all policies except Workers' Compensation and
Employers' Liability. Should any of the above described policies by cancelled or changed before the expiration date
hereof, the issuing company will mail thirty (30) days written notice to the certificate holder named below.
.ERTIFICATE HOLDER: City of Round Rock SIGNATURE OF AUTHORI7En
REPRESENTATIVE
221 E. Main Street
Round Rock, Texas 78664
attn: Joanne Land
Pt
Typed
Title:
EACH ACCIDENT $
DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT $
DISEASE - EACH EMPLOYEES
John W. Schulder
Owner
Name:
s; U7/ LUU1 LL{ J6 01 [7'1JL7D7 14,44LtY ..VPI71nV..1 IUIY
MAR- 8 -01 THU 14:11 MAN 1N0 FAX N0. 6122566301
CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE
PRODOC1tR
Charles Eiben Insurance Agency
PO BOX 805
Pflugerville, TX 78691 -0805
INSURED
Thomas Shaffer dba Manley
16373 Edgemere Dr
Pflugerville, TX 78660
'1111S IS TO CERTWY THAT 11ie Insured named above is insured by the Companies listed above with respect to the business
operations hereinafter described. for the types of Ilaatuarae and ht accordance with the provisions of the standard pulicles used
by the companies, and tut iher hereinafter duseabed..Exceptions to Ihe,pollcies are anted below.
Construction
1)
CO TYPE' OF 1NSl11RANCE P0L1S:Y BPPECTIVE EXPIRATION
"TB NUMBER DATE
[i11n as AL Lwetul'Y
___.. At1TUMU8H 1JP,BU1'rY
a %l.IAS LI.4EILrrll
Ol'iiaa
CERTIFICATE HOLDER
wl:•IUCYRY ODMPI:N3ATION �..• •. _...� "41"
A ANDPhTPLOY6a!'OAMLJrY SBP000 §3; 4/20/00
4/20/01 RACHACCIDEN't • 500,000
MEAN? saucy I.IMIT 500,000
tM9.IJASE pACUIMPLOY5 1 . 500,000
DATE
DESCR1P f ION OF C I'' RAT1UNSR ,CICATIONS,VGBIICLES4S A'1EM91EXCEPUONS
Memorial Park Improvements
COMBINED 5I! GI.R LINII
B ODILY INJURY IPrr Pen"
BODILY IN; URY .14r.n:a Nenll
PROPSR DAMAt11t
EACH O(1 Uidterws
AOGB6tiA IF
'City or Rotant Rock .
1.1.1 E. Mafia Slrclet
Rooms R0OK, Teloa 14t1M
MID: 'moist 1,Rlld
r JMITN
G ENERAL A0ORR[AT>;
.PR[1PUCT.7,a rMPQP ACM s
PHRSO$Al.b ADV I S.
•aArt( OCCUR RUM 'E
PIRR DhNAC81Any .n. llrst
- MED. 6 %PINIElAlw ■ne[Pmlm.
, rs i r Namu:_,Ch3r725
Title: Agent
rr-voc
R.03■
Dme 3 -9 -01
COMPANIIIS AFFORDING COVBRAGB
A TExas Workers' Comp Ins. Fund
B
The City of Round Rock Is named as edciliooal hinted with reapecS to all policies except Workers' CrnLIpCU anion and Employers' Liebnity.'
Should R'ty of the shove dcaaribed policies be cancelled or.ehanged before the expiration date thereof. II1e issuing conytu1y will mall entry
00) days written notice rl. the certificate bolder rooszki lrolose.•; :.' ,
SIONAT
OP'ASp•TNORIY,I51) REPRESENTATIVE
1
"—
MAP-04-217101 2?:. 3F1
COP-S- C_FRi IFIC:F11I'C ur
I i T. me ir4
LAitlia+ 1.1 :: r
:1507 00%V= TT-I
TN: 787ot ns
{phone :512- 447 -7773 Fax:512- 44u -'
P.Il1 !GLi
I II4 i imri 1 E SPEW NO NA a. .',AP!w y.s _ i uza.er .,
T M:S CERT1 6N ieeuH ..°C�J TF1F CERTIFICATE
L wi_u. nF TMIS CERTIFICATE OOU NOT AMEND, EATSNU uR
r s Fi r, i ci =6 n£LOW.
ALiFJS THE C�+'veRwn'�n."I%°•.':ED_T r „_, _ -.
INSURERS AFFORDING COVENAC+e
e�ti =tee nsnr°^Ce Co
°rlioti_a
8 haaf ' er y 6o na=aw
II 1
I VTm
.evv'iiia 'rx 7e6so
COvE:NAOr m1Pn m THE n:.UREDNAMbO AMDYE FOR 711E POLICE PERIOD MEWED. Ndm i ri>'lgn
I ANY REO:NREMENT, TERM OR GONPNTON OF ANY CONTRACT UN OTANAUCCUMENT ::: %. ` u THE TERMS. EXW1&ONE AND WNm OF MUCH
II
fur ? in,::':: . •._ .
—
_ -y,'pW D A Y HAVE BEEN REDUCED WY PAID CLAIM6
I N` - ! rt._� w � �'ju ^.�N: r 1
1 roc AT lN6URANCE I POLICY NYM MER
11 °_ _w__erw- ., ne3nonA •
T rafuEOU uAENfY ( _ . . . ..•....... ",-...•1 I A 80000
{ A XI mMr®RXAL etDIeRA�waLml l�l - _ ,' -� .t a . ? f yi n eaP piny m. aAne.l .It 5000 I
I 1 1 j cuelmssADE L_ occult I I �oIAI AADVIIJURr I s 10000U0
I I ....R.LAOORMDATE I. SUtiuGGG j
1 DUCn• =MOP AGO II - Gv 1
IMEU E:
I _ I Ate; R I TRL320339
I # El ALL McNW ALTO%
1 I 1 EcIEm1LEDAUTOS
' 1 I AMMO AUTO,
I, ' 1 1 NOM.OWNED iuTO5 1
1 !-i I
1 I i
t H _ .,_:”' 1
1 WM 0.1F ITT '..•—•-1-- 1 r •q 1 1 CLAM MAW I
1 1+ DEDO CTux
I ICI $
! Y ip:U:EAMCO MPENGSAN''
I1t: • ON i
I
I I I
11- 1 m, t . )=1ort r i 5cp,1?SrxO�676
1 xla-Y."aed I - - _. -_ ... _..
IDE NOPI10N OF O PERATONGLOCATIONNNEINCI A&ENCI, iu^°AVo=
j NS: iiiIDOriai Wall.. •.+ r .r= ° -- =
1
I
1
1
1
1
1
I I
I
1
I
1
1
1
Av04:0 iT:
c ty of Roursdi nook
22i ESEt
nt -t
'?Mad Reek TX 756S4
1
1$500,072.
Ii I
{- I
1
� 1►R �wcl�srnl T
06/27/UU j 1510/27/+++
575.000
I AI ....vim.. i .
I OMRTT iS'
r AN "`'a I '
1 : — I Y 1
1 1..C.SRISAIr .14
1E I
It II
11 1
>1iI 9TATY•
anYL l e1i I 4
I E.I. ANCH ACGIDEITJ E I
1 E.:- MAW EA EMFLOTEII. 1
ELT1115..I.•Wuui �iTl; E
Iv T.t. =- '?a =' :x !AMEN CANCELLATION -___.. _. _
zer - I SWARD ANY OF TIE ABOVE UNSCREW PODUU CANCEL= •-•: •• .ra.._
1 DATETIEREOF. T/ BR: eYINU waunu.::::6W`.•:.V..^:: =__- ' °._.
1 NOTE 1Y In. i. EATI,:..T- .:,:••aE•I {= -- .Y., -.: ,n NUT :-e TA AT.0 ••-L
1
,,,, i ,..,.,� '«: -., u.?!i. ,r• - xltlM2 T.^ - A ns e*
• C:F,. 1 �1 A f l
4.0 GENERAL CONDITIONS
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Contents
1. Defmition of Terms
1.01 - Owner, Contractor and Engineer
1.02 - Contract Documents
1.03 - Subcontractor
1.04 - Sub - Subcontractor
1.05 - Written Notice
1.06 - Work
1.07 - Extra Work
1.08 - Working Day
1.09 - Calendar Day
1.10 - Substantially Completed
2. Responsibilities of the Engineer and the Contractor
2.01 - Owner - Engineer Relationship
2.02 - Professional Inspection by Engineer
2.03 - Payments for Work
2.04 - Initial Determinations
2.05 - Objections
2.06 - Lines and Grades
2.07 - Contractor's Duty and Superintendence
2.08 - Contractor's Understanding
2.09 - Character of Workers
2.10 - Contractor's Buildings
2.11 - Sanitation
2.12 - Shop Drawings
2.13 - Preliminary Approval
2.14 - Defects and Their Remedies
2.15 - Changes and Alterations
2.16 - Inspectors
General Conditions of Agreement
3. General Obligations and Responsibilities
3.01 - Keeping of Plans and Specifications Accessible
3.02 - Ownership of Drawings
3.03 - Adequacy of Design
3.04 - Right of Entry
gencond.msdspec master
GC -1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3. General Obligations and Responsibilities (cont'd)
3.05 - Collateral Contracts
3.06 - Discrepancies and Omissions
3.07 - Equipment, Materials and Construction Plant
3.08 - Damages
3.09 - Protection Against Accident to Employees and the Public
3.10 - Performance and Payment Bonds
3.11 - Losses from Natural Causes
3.12 - Protection of Adjoining Property
3.13 - Protection Against Claims of Subcontractors, etc.
3.14 - Protection Against Royalties or Patented Invention
3.15 - Laws and Ordinances
3.16 - Assignment and Subletting
3.17 - Indemnification
3.18 - Insurance
3.19 - Final Clean -Up
3.20 - Guarantee Against Defective Work
3.21 - Testing of Materials
3.22 - Wage Rates
4. Prosecution and Progress
4.01 - Time and Order of Completion
4.02 - Extension of Time
4.03 - Hindrances and Delays
5. Measurement and Payment
5.01 - Quantities and Measurements
5.02 - Estimated Quantities
5.03 - Price of Work
5.04 - Partial Payments
5.05 - Use of Completed Portions
5.06 - Final Completion and Acceptance
5.07 - Final Payment
5.08 - Payments Withheld
5.09 - Delayed Payments
gencond.mst/spec master
GC -2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
9. Separate Contracts
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
6. Extra Work and Claims
6.01 - Change Orders
6.02 - Minor Changes
6.03 - Extra Work
6.04 - Time of Filing Claims
6.05 - Continuing Performance
7. Abandonment of Contract
7.01 - Abandonment by Contractor
7.02 - Abandonment by Owner
8. Subcontractors
8.01 - Award of Subcontracts for Portions of Work
8.02 - Subcontractual Relations
8.03 - Payments to Subcontractors
9.01 - Owner's Right to Award Separate Contracts
9.02 - Mutual Responsibility of Contractors
9.03 - Cutting and Patching Under Separate Contracts
10. Protection of Persons and Property
10.01 - Safety Precautions and Programs
10.02 - Safety of Persons and Property
10.03 - Location and Protection of Utilities
gencond.msdspec master
GC -3
1. Definition of Terms
1.01 Owner, Contractor and Engineer
1.02 Contract Documents
1.03 Subcontractor
1.04 Sub - Subcontractor
gencond.mst/spee master
General Conditions of Agreement
The Owner, the Contractor and the Engineer and those persons or organizations identified
as such in the Agreement are referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular
in number and masculine in gender. The term "Engineer" means the Engineer or his duly
authorized representative. The Engineer shall be understood to be the Engineer of the
Owner, and nothing contained in the Contract Documents shall create any contractual or
agency relationship between the Engineer and the Contractor.
The Contract Documents shall consist of the Notice to Contractors, Instructions to Bidders,
Proposal, Signed Agreement, Performance and Payment Bonds (when required), Special
Bonds (when required), General Conditions of the Agreement, Construction Specifications,
Plans and all modifications thereof incorporated in any such documents before the execution
of the agreement.
The Contract Documents are complementary, and what is called for by any one shall be as
binding as if called for by all. In case of conflict between any of the Contract Documents,
priority of interpretation shall be in the following order: Signed Agreement, Performance and
Payment Bonds, Special Bonds (if any), Proposal, Special Conditions of Agreement, Notice
to Contractors, Technical Specifications, Plans, and General Conditions of Agreement.
The term "Subcontractor," as employed herein, includes only those having a direct contract
with the Contractor. It includes one who furnishes material worked to special design
according to the plans or specifications of this work, but does not include one who merely
fumishes material not so worked.
The term "Sub- Subcontractor" means one who has a direct or indirect contract with a
Subcontractor to perform any of the work at the site. It includes one who furnishes material
worked to a special design according to the plans or specifications of this work, but does not
include one who merely fumishes material not so worked.
GC -4
1.05 Written Notice
1.06 Work
Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to the
individual or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered to or sent
by registered mail to the last business address known to him who gives the notice.
The Contractor shall provide and pay for all materials, machinery, equipment, tools,
superintendence, labor, services, insurance, and all water, light, power, fuel, transportation
and other facilities necessary for the execution and completion of the work covered by the
Contract Documents. Unless otherwise specified, all materials shall be new and both
workmanship and materials shall be of a good quality. The Contractor shall, if required,
furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials. Materials or work
described in words which, when so applied, have a well -known technical or trade meaning
shall be held to refer to such recognized standards.
1.07 Extra Work
The term "Extra Work" shall be understood to mean and include all work that may be
required by the Engineer or the Owner to be done by the Contractor to accomplish any
change, alteration or addition to the work shown upon the plans, or reasonably implied by
the specifications, and not covered by the Contractor's Proposal, except as provided under
"Changes and Alterations" herein.
1.08 Working Day
The term "Working Day" is defined as any day not including Saturdays, Sundays or any legal
holidays, in which weather or other conditions, not under the control of the Contractor, will
permit construction of the principal units of the work for a period of not less than seven (7)
hours between 7:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m.
1.09 Calendar Day
The term "Calendar Day" is defined as any day of the week or month, no days being
excepted.
1.10 Substantially Completed
The term "Substantially Completed" shall be understood to mean that the structure has been
made suitable for use or occupancy or that the facility is in condition to serve its intended
purpose, but still may require minor miscellaneous work and adjustment.
gencond.mstispec master
GC -5
2. Responsibilities of the Engineer and the Contractor
2.01 Owner- Engineer Relationship
The Engineer will be the Owner's representative during construction. The duties,
responsibilities and limitations of authority of the Engineer as the Owner's representative
during construction are as set forth in the Contract Documents and shall not be extended or
limited without written consent of the Owner and the Engineer. The Engineer will advise
and consult with the Owner, and all of the Owner's instructions to the Contractor shall be
issued through the Engineer.
2.02 Professional Inspection by Engineer
The Engineer shall make periodic visits to the site to familiarize himself with the progress
of the executed work and to determine if such work meets the essential performance and
design features and the technical and functional engineering requirements of the Contract
Documents; provided and except, however, that the Engineer shall not be responsible for
making any detailed, exhaustive, comprehensive or continuous on -site inspection of the
quality or quantity of the work or be responsible, directly or indirectly, for the construction
means, methods, techniques, sequences, quality, procedures, programs, safety precautions
or lack of same incident thereto or in connection therewith. Notwithstanding any other
provision of this agreement or any other Contract Document, the Engineer shall not be
responsible or liable for any acts, errors, omissions or negligence of the Contractor, any
Subcontractor or any of the Contractor's or Subcontractor's agents, servants or employees or
any other person, firm or corporation performing or attempting to perform any of the work.
2.03 Payments for Work
The Engineer shall review the Contractor's applications for payment and supporting data,
determine the amount owed to the Contractor and recommend, in writing, payment to the
Contractor in such amounts; such recommendation of payment to the Contractor constitutes
a representation to the Owner of the Engineer's professional judgement that the work has
progressed to the point indicated to the best of his knowledge, information and belief, but
such recommendation of an application for payment to the Contractor shall not be deemed
as a representation by the Engineer that the Engineer has made any examination to determine
how or for what purpose the Contractor has used the monies paid on account of the contract
pri ce.
2.04 Initial Determinations
The Engineer initially shall determine all claims, disputes and other matters in question
between the Contractor and the Owner relating to execution or progress of the work or
interpretation of the Contract Documents. The Engineer's decision shall be rendered in
writing within a reasonable time, which shall not be construed to be less than ten (10) days.
gencond.mstlspec master
GC -6
2.05 Objections
In the event the Engineer renders any decision which, in the opinion of either party hereto,
is not in accordance with the meaning and intent of this contract, either party may file with
the Engineer within thirty (30) days his written objection to the decision, and by such action
may reserve the right to submit the question so raised to litigation as hereinafter provided.
2.06 Lines and Grades
Unless otherwise specified, all lines and grades shall be furnished by the Engineer or his
representative. Whenever necessary, construction work shall be suspended to permit
performance of this work, but such suspension will be as brief as practicable and the
Contractor shall be allowed no extra compensation therefor. The Contractor shall give the
Engineer reasonable notice of the time and place where lines and grades will be needed. All
stakes, marks, etc., shall be carefully preserved by the Contractor, and in case of careless
destruction or removal by him or his employees, such stakes, marks, etc., shall be replaced
at the Contractor's expense.
2.07 Contractor's Duty and Superintendence
The Contractor shall give adequate attention to the faithful prosecution and completion of
this contract and shall keep on the work, during its progress, a competent English - speaking
Superintendent and any necessary assistants to supervise and direct the work. The
Superintendent shall represent the Contractor in his absence and all directions given to him
shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor.
The Contractor is and at all times shall remain an independent contractor, solely responsible
for the manner and method of completing his work under this contract, with full power and
authority to select the means, method and manner of performing such work, so long as such
methods do not adversely affect the completed improvements, the Owner and the Engineer
being interested only in the result obtained and conformity of such completed improvements
to the plans, specifications and contract.
Likewise, the Contractor shall be solely responsible for the safety of himself, his employees
and other persons, as well as for the protection and safety of the improvements being erected
and the property of himself or any other person, as a result of his operations hereunder.
Engineering construction drawings and specifications, as well as any additional information
concerning the work to be performed passing from or through the Engineer, shall not be
interpreted as requiring or allowing the Contractor to deviate from the plans and
specifications; the intent of such drawings, specifications and any other such information
being to define with specificity the agreement of the parties as to the work the Contractor is
to perform. The Contractor shall be fully and completely liable, at his own expense, for
design, construction, installation, and use or non -use of all items and methods incident to
performance of the contract, and for all loss, damage or injury incident thereto, either to
gencond.mstlspec master
GC -7
person or property, including, without limitation, the adequacy of all temporary supports,
shoring, bracing, scaffolding, machinery or equipment, safety precautions or devices, and
similar items or devices used by him during construction.
Any review of work in process, or any visit or observation during construction, or any
clarification of plans and specifications, by the Engineer or the Owner, or any agent,
employee, or representative of either of them, whether through personal observation on the
project site or by means of approval of shop drawings for temporary construction or
construction processes, or by other means or methods, is agreed by the Contractor to be for
the purpose of observing the extent and nature of work completed or being performed, as
measured against the drawings and specifications constituting the contract, or for the purpose
of enabling the Contractor to more fully understand the plans and specifications so that the
completed construction work will conform thereto, and shall in no way relieve the Contractor
from full and complete responsibility for the proper performance of his work on the project,
including but not limited to the propriety of means and methods of the Contractor in
performing said contract, and the adequacy of any designs, plans or other facilities for
accomplishing such performance. Deviation by the Contractor from plans and specifications
that may have been in evidence during any such visitation or observation by the Engineer,
or any of his representatives, whether called to the Contractor's attention or not, shall in no
way relieve the Contractor from his responsibility to complete all work in accordance with
said plans and specifications.
2.08 Contractor's Understanding
It is understood and agreed that the Contractor has, by careful examination, satisfied himself
as to the nature and location of the work, the conformation of the ground, the character,
quality and quantity of the materials to be encountered, the character of equipment and
facilities needed preliminary to and during the prosecution of the work, the general and local
conditions, and all other matters which can in any way affect the work under this contract.
The Contractor agrees that he will make no claim against the Owner or the Engineer if, in
the prosecution of the work, he finds that the actual site or subsurface conditions encountered
do not conform to those indicated by excavation, test excavation, test procedures, borings,
explorations or other subsurface excavations. No verbal agreement or conversation with any
officer, agent or employee of the Owner or the Engineer either before or after the execution
of this contract, shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations herein contained.
2.09 Character of Workers
The Contractor agrees to employ only orderly and competent workers, skillful in the
performance of the type of work required under this contract, to do the work; and agrees that
whenever the Engineer shall inform him in writing that any workers on the work are, in his
opinion, incompetent, unfaithful or disorderly, or refuse instructions from the Engineer in the
absence of the Superintendent, such worker shall be discharged from the work and shall not
again be employed on the work without the Engineer's written consent. No illegal alien may
gencond.mst/spec master
GC -8
be employed by any Contractor for work on this project, and a penalty of $500.00 per day
will be assessed for each day and for each illegal alien who works for the Contractor at this
project.
2.10 Contractor's Buildings
The building of structures for housing workers, or the erection of tents or other forms of
protection, will be permitted only at such places as the Engineer shall direct, and the sanitary
conditions of the grounds in or about such structures shall at all times be maintained in a
manner satisfactory to the Engineer.
2.11 Sanitation
Necessary sanitary conveniences for the use of laborers on the work, properly secluded from
public observation, shall be constructed and maintained by the Contractor in such manner
and at such points as shall be approved by the Engineer, and their use shall be strictly
enforced.
2.12 Shop Drawings
The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer, with such promptness as to cause no delay in
his own work or in that of any other Contractor, four (4) checked copies, unless otherwise
specified, of all shop and /or setting drawings and schedules required for the work of the
various trades, and the Engineer shall pass upon them with reasonable promptness, making
desired corrections. The Contractor shall make any corrections required by the Engineer, file
with him two (2) corrected copies and furnish such other copies as may be needed. The
Engineer's review of such drawings or schedules shall not relieve the Contractor from
responsibility for deviations from drawings or specifications, unless he has in writing called
the Engineer's attention to such deviations at the time of submission, nor shall it relieve him
from responsibility for errors of any sort in shop drawings or schedules. It shall be the
Contractor's responsibility to fully and completely review all shop drawings to ascertain their
effect on his ability to perform the required contract work in accordance with the plans and
specifications and within the contract time.
Such review by the Engineer shall be for the sole purpose of determining the general
conformity of said shop drawings or schedules to result in finished improvements in
conformity with the plans and specifications, and shall not relieve the Contractor aids duty
as an independent contractor as previously set forth, it being expressly understood and agreed
that the Engineer does not assume any duty to pass upon the propriety or adequacy of such
drawings or schedules, or any means or methods reflected thereby, in relation to the safety
of either person or property during the Contractor's performance hereunder.
2.13 Preliminary Approval
gencond.msdspec master
GC -9
The Engineer shall not have the power to waive the obligations of this contract for the
furnishing by the Contractor of good material, and of his performing good work as herein
described, and in full accordance with the plans and specifications. No failure or omission
of the Engineer to discover, object to or condemn any defective work or material shall release
the Contractor from the obligations to fully and properly perform the contract, including
without limitation, the obligation to at once tear out, remove and properly replace any
defective work or material at any time prior to final acceptance upon the discovery of said
defective work or material; provided, however, that the Engineer shall, upon request of the
Contractor, inspect and accept or reject any material furnished, and in the event the material
has been once accepted by the Engineer, such acceptance shall be binding on the Owner
unless it can be clearly shown that such material furnished does not meet the specifications
for this work.
Any questioned work may be ordered taken up or removed for re- examination by the
Engineer, prior to final acceptance, and if found not in accordance with the plans and /or
specifications for said work, all expense of removing, re- examination and replacement shall
be borne by the Contractor. Otherwise, the expense thus incurred shall be allowed as Extra
Work and shall be paid for by the Owner; provided that, where inspection or approval is
specifically required by the specifications prior to performance of certain work, should the
Contractor proceed with such work without requesting prior inspection or approval he shall
bear all expense of taking up, removing, and replacing this work if so directed by the
Engineer.
2.14 Defects and Their Remedies
It is further agreed that if the work or any part thereof, or any material brought on the site of
the work for use in the work or selected for the same, shall be deemed by the Engineer as
unsuitable or not in conformity with the plans, specifications, or the intent thereof, the
Contractor shall, after receipt of written notice thereof from the Engineer, forthwith remove
such material and rebuild or otherwise remedy such work so that it shall be in full accordance
with this contract.
2.15 Changes and Alterations
The Contractor further agrees that the Owner may make such changes and alterations as the
Owner may see fit in the line, grade, form, dimensions, plans or materials for the work herein
contemplated, or any part thereof, either before or after the beginning of the
construction, without affecting the validity of this contract and the accompanying
performance and payment Bonds.
If such changes or alterations diminish the quantity of the work to be done, they shall not
gencond.mstispec master
GC -10
constitute the basis for a claim for damages or anticipated profits on the work that may be
dispensed with, except as provided for unit price items under Section 5 "Measurement and
Payment ". If the amount of work is increased, and the work can fairly be classified under the
specifications, such increase shall be paid for according to the quantity actually done and at
the unit price, if any, established for such work under this contract, except as provided for
unit price items under Section 5 "Measurement and Payment ". Otherwise, such additional
work shall be paid for as provided under Extra Work. In the event the Owner makes such
changes or alterations as shall make useless any work already done or material already
furnished or used in said work, then the Owner shall compensate the Contractor for any
material or labor so used, and for any actual loss occasioned by such change, due to actual
expense incurred in preparation for the work as originally planned.
2.16 Inspectors
The Engineer may provide one (or more) field inspectors at the work site for the limited
purpose of observing the work in progress and reporting back to the Engineer on the extent,
nature, manner and performance of the work so that the Engineer may more effectively
perform his duties hereunder. Such inspectors may also communicate between the Engineer
and the Contractor their respective reports, opinions, questions, answers and clarifications
concerning the plans, specifications and work but shall not be deemed the agent of the
Contractor for all purposes in communicating such matters.
Such inspectors may confer with the Contractor or the Contractor's Superintendent
concerning the prosecution of the work and its conformity with the plans and specifications
but shall never be, in whole or part, responsible for or charged with, nor shall he assume any
authority or responsibility for the means, methods or manner of completing the work or of
the superintendence of the work or of the Contractor's employees. It is expressly understood
and agreed that any such inspector is not authorized by the Engineer or the Owner to
independently act for either or answer on behalf of either, any inquiries of the Contractor
concerning the plans, specifications or work. No inspector's opinion, advice, interpretation
of the plans or specifications of this contract, apparent or express approval of the means or
methods or manner of the Contractor's performance of work in progress or completed, or
discovery or failure to discover or object to defective work of materials shall release the
Contractor from his duty to complete all work in strict accordance with the plans and
specifications or stop the Owner or the Engineer from requiring that all work be fully and
properly performed including, if necessary, removal of defective or otherwise unacceptable
work and the re -doing of such work.
3. General Obligations and Responsibilities
3.01 Keeping of Plans and Specifications Accessible
The Engineer shall furnish the Contractor with an adequate and reasonable number of copies
of all plans and specifications without expense to him and the Contractor shall keep one (1)
gencondmsdspec master
GC -11
copy of the same constantly accessible on the work, with the latest revisions noted thereon.
3.02 Ownership of Drawings
All drawings, specifications and copies thereof furnished by the Engineer shall not be reused
on other work, and, with the exception of the signed contract sets, are to be retumed to him
on request, at the completion of the work. All models are the property of the Owner.
3.03 Adequacy of Design
It is understood that the Owner believes it has employed competent engineers and designers.
It is therefore agreed that the Owner shall be responsible for the adequacy of the design,
sufficiency of the Contract Documents, the safety of the structure and the practicability of
the operations of the completed project provided that the Contractor has complied with the
requirements of the said Contract Documents, all approved modifications thereof, and
additions and alterations thereto approved in writing by the Owner. The burden of proof of
such compliance shall be upon the Contractor to show that he has complied with the said
requirements of the Contract Documents, approved modifications thereof, and all approved
additions and alterations thereto.
3.04 Right of Entry
The Owner reserves the right to enter the property or location at which the works herein
contracted for are to be constructed or installed, by such agent or agents as he may elect, for
the purpose of inspecting the work or for the purpose of constructing or installing such
collateral work as the Owner may desire.
3.05 Collateral Contracts
The Owner agrees to provide, by separate contract or otherwise, all labor and material
essential to the completion of the work specifically excluded from this contract, in such
manner so as not to unreasonably delay the progress of the work or damage the Contractor,
except where such delays are specifically mentioned elsewhere in the Contract Documents.
The Owner will attempt to coordinate the collateral work of utility companies regulated by
City franchises, but the City shall not be responsible for delays or other damages to the
Contractor which may result from their acts or omissions.
3.06 Discrepancies and Omissions
The Contractor shall provide written notice to the Engineer of any omissions or discrepancies
found in the contract. It is further agreed that it is the intent of this contract that all work
must be done and all material must be fumished in accordance with generally accepted
practices for construction. In the event of any discrepancies between the separate Contract
gencond.mst/spec master
GC -12
Documents, the priority of interpretation defined under "Contract Documents" shall govem.
In the event that there is still any doubt as to the meaning and intent of any portion of the
contract, specifications or drawings, the Engineer shall define what is intended to apply to
the work.
3.07 Equipment, Materials and Construction Plant
The Contractor shall be responsible for the care, preservation, conservation, and protection
of all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, apparatus, accessories, facilities, all
means of construction, and any and all parts of the work, whether the Contractor has been
paid, partially paid, or not paid for such work, until the entire work is completed and
accepted.
3.08 Damages
In the event the Contractor is damaged in the course of completion of the work by the act,
negligence, omission, mistake or default of the Owner or the Engineer, thereby causing loss
to the Contractor, the Owner agrees that he will reimburse the Contractor for such loss. In
the event the Owner is damaged in the course of the work by the act, negligence, omission,
mistake or default of the Contractor, or should the Contractor unreasonably delay the
progress of the work being done by others on the job so as to cause loss for which the Owner
becomes liable, then the Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for such loss.
3.09 Protection Against Accident to Employees and the Public
The Contractor shall at all times exercise reasonable precautions for the safety of employees
and others on or near the work and shall comply with all applicable provisions of federal,
state, and municipal safety laws and building and construction codes. All machinery and
equipment and other physical hazards shall be guarded in accordance with the "Manual of
Accident Prevention in Construction" of the Associated General Contractors of America,
except where incompatible with federal, state, or municipal laws or regulations. The
Contractor shall provide such machinery guards, safe walkways, ladders, bridges,
gangplanks, and other safety devices. The safety precautions actually taken and their
adequacy shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor, acting at his discretion as an
independent contractor.
In the event there is an accident involving injury to any individual on or near the work, the
Contractor shall immediately notify the Owner and the Engineer of the event and shall be
responsible for recording the location of the event and the circumstances surrounding the
event through photographs, interviewing witnesses, obtaining of medical reports and other
documentation that defines the event. Copies of such documentation shall be provided to the
Owner and the Engineer for their records.
3.10 Performance and Payment Bonds
gencond.mst/spec master
GC -13
Unless otherwise specified, it is further agreed by the parties to the contract that the
Contractor will execute separate performance and payment bonds, each in the sum of one
hundred (100 %) percent of the total contract price, on standard forms for this purpose,
guaranteeing faithful performance of the work and the fulfillment of any guarantee required,
and further guaranteeing payment to all persons supplying labor and materials or furnishing
him any equipment in the execution of the contract. If the contract price is $25,000.00 or
less, no payment or performance bond shall be required. It is agreed that the contract shall
not be in effect until such performance and payment bonds are furnished and approved by
the Owner.
Unless otherwise specified, the cost of the premium for the performance and payment bonds
shall be included in the price bid by the Contractor for the work under this contract, and no
extra payment for such bonds will be made by the Owner.
Unless otherwise approved in writing by the Owner, the surety company underwriting the
bonds shall be licensed to write such bonds in the State of Texas.
3.11 Losses from Natural Causes
Unless otherwise specified, all loss or damage to the Contractor arising out of the nature of
the work to be done, or from the action of the elements, or from any unforeseen circumstance
in the prosecution of the same, or from unusual obstructions or difficulties which may be
encountered in the prosecution of the work, shall be sustained and borne by the Contractor
at his own cost and expense.
3.12 Protection of Adjoining Property
The said Contractor shall take proper means to protect the adjacent or adjoining property or
properties, in any way encountered, which might be injured or seriously affected by any
process of construction to be undertaken under this agreement, from any damage or injury
by reason of said process of construction; and he shall be liable for any and all claims for
such damage on account of his failure to fully protect all adjoining property. The Contractor
agrees to indemnify, save and hold harmless the Owner and the Engineer against any claim
or claims for damages due to any injury to any adjacent or adjoining property, arising or
growing out of the performance of the contract regardless of whether or not it is caused in
part by a party indemnified hereunder, but any such indemnity shall not apply to any claim
of any kind arising solely out of the existence or character of the work.
3.13 Protection Against Claims of Subcontractors, Laborers, Materialmen and Furnishers
of Machinery, Equipment and Supplies
The Contractor agrees that he will indemnify and save the Owner and the Engineer harmless
from all claims growing out the lawful demands of Subcontractors, laborers, workers,
gencond.msdspec master
GC -14
mechanics, materialmen and furnishers of machinery and parts thereof, equipment, power
tools, and all supplies, including commissary, incurred in the furtherance of the performance
of this contract. When so desired by the Owner, the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory
evidence that all obligations of the nature hereinabove designated have been paid, discharged
or waived. If the Contractor fails to do so, then the Owner may either pay directly any unpaid
bills of which the Owner has written notice, or may withhold from the Contractor's unpaid
compensation a sum of money deemed reasonably sufficient to liquidate any and all such
lawful claims. When satisfactory evidence is furnished that all liabilities have been fully
discharged, payments to the Contractor shall be resumed in full in accordance with the terms
of this contract, but in no event shall the provisions of this sentence be construed to impose
any obligation upon the Owner by either the Contractor or his surety.
3.14 Protection Against Royalties or Patented Invention
The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees, and shall provide for the use of any
design, device, material or process covered by letter patent or copyright by suitable legal
agreement with the patentee or owner. The Contractor shall defend all suits or claims for
infringement of any patent or copyright rights and shall indemnify and save the Owner and
the Engineer harmless from any loss on account thereof, except that the Owner shall defend
all such suits and claims and shall be responsible for all such loss when a particular design,
device, material or process or the product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is
specified or required by the Owner; provided, however, if choice of alternate design, device,
material or process is allowed to the Contractor, then the Contractor shall indemnify and save
the Owner harmless form any loss on account thereof. If the material or process specified
or required by the Owner is known by the Contractor to be an infringement, the Contractor
shall be responsible for such loss unless he promptly gives such information to the Owner.
3.15 Laws and Ordinances
The Contractor shall at all times observe and comply with all federal, state and local laws,
ordinance and regulations, which in any manner affect the contract or the work, and shall
indemnify and save harmless the Owner and the Engineer against any claim arising from the
violation of any such laws, ordinances, and regulations whether by the Contractor or his
employees, except where such violations are called for by the provisions of the
Contract Documents. If the Contractor observes that the plans and specifications are at
variance therewith, he shall promptly notify the Engineer in writing, and any necessary
changes shall be prepared as provided in the contract for changes in the work. If the
Contractor performs any work knowing it to be contrary to such laws, ordinances, rules and
regulations, and without such notice to the Engineer, he shall bear all costs arising therefrom.
In case the Owner is a body politic and corporate, the law from which it derives its powers,
insofar as the same regulates the objects for which, or the manner in which, or the conditions
under which the Owner may enter into contract, shall be controlling and shall be considered
gencond.mstlspec master
GC -15
as part of this contract to the same effect as though embodied herein.
3.16 Assignment and Subletting
The Contractor further agrees that he will retain personal control and will give his personal
attention to the fulfillment of this contract and that he will not assign by Power of Attomey
or otherwise, or sublet said contract without the written consent of the Engineer, and that no
part or feature of the work will be sublet to anyone objectionable to the Engineer or the
Owner. The Contractor further agrees that the subletting of any portion or feature of the
work, or materials required in the performance of this contract, shall not relieve the
Contractor from his full obligations to the Owner as provided by this agreement.
3.17 Indemnification
The Contractor shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Owner and the Engineer and
their respective officers, agents and employees, from and against all damages, claims, losses,
demands, suits, judgements and costs, including reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses,
arising out of or resulting from the performance of the work, provided that any such damage,
claim, loss, demand, suit, judgment, cost or expense:
1. is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death of any person including
Contractor's employees and any Subcontractor's employees and any Sub -
subcontractor's employees, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property
including Contractor's property (other than the work itself) and the property of any
Subcontractor of Sub - subcontractor including the loss of use resulting therefrom;
and,
2. is caused in whole or in part by any intentional or negligent act or omission of the
Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Sub - subcontractor or anyone directly or indirectly
employed by any one of them or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable,
regardless of whether or not it is caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder.
The obligation of the Contractor under this paragraph shall not extend to the liability of the
Engineer, his agents or employees arising out of the preparation of maps, plans, reports,
surveys, change orders, designs or specifications, or the approval of maps, plans, reports,
surveys, change orders, designs or specifications or the issuance of or the failure to give
directions or instructions by the Engineer, his agents or employees, provided such is the sole
cause of the injury or damage.
In any and all claims against the Owner or the Engineer or any of their agents or employees
by any employee of the Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Sub - subcontractor, anyone
directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or anyone for whose acts any of them may
be liable, the indemnification obligation under Paragraph 3.17 shall not be limited in any way
gencond.mst/spec master
GC -16
by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or
for the Contractor or any Subcontractor or Sub - subcontractor under workers' compensation
acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts.
3.18 Insurance
The Contractor shall carry insurance as follows for the duration of this contract.
A. Statutory Workmen's Compensation.
Definitions:
gencond.mstlspec master
Certificate of coverage ( "certificate ") - a copy of a certificate of insurance, a
certificate of authority to self - insure issued by the Texas Workers' Compensation
Commission, or a coverage agreement (TWCC -81, TWCC -82, TWCC -83, or
TWCC -84), showing statutory workers' compensation insurance coverage for the
person's or entity's employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the
project.
Duration of the proiect - includes the time from the beginning of the work on the
project until the contractor's /person's work on the project has been completed and
accepted by the governmental entity.
Personsproviding services on the project ( "subcontractor" in § 406 096) - includes
all persons or entities performing all or part of the services the Contractor has
undertaken to perform on the project, regardless of whether that person contracted
directly with the Contractor and regardless of whether that person has employees.
This includes, without limitation, independent contractors, subcontractors, leasing
companies, motor carriers, owner - operators, employees of any such entity, or
employees of any entity which furnishes persons to provide services on the project.
"Services" include, without limitation, providing, hauling, or delivering equipment
or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or other service related to a project.
"Services" does not include activities unrelated to the project, such as food/beverage
vendors, office supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets,
The Contractor shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification
codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, that meets the
statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44), for all employees
of the Contractor providing services on the project, for the duration of the project.
This coverage shall include the following terms:
(a) Employer's Liability limits of 5100,000.00 for each accident is
required.
(b) "Texas Waiver of Our Right to Recover From Others" Endorsement
GC -17
gencond.msdspec master
WC 42 03 04 shall be included in this policy.
( c) Texas must appear in Item 3A of the Worker's Compensation
coverage or Item 3C must contain the following: "As States except
those listed in 3A and the States of NV, ND, OH, WA, WV, and
The Contractor must provide a certificate of coverage to the govemmental entity
prior to being awarded the contract.
If the coverage period shown on the Contractor's current certificate of coverage ends
during the duration of the project, the Contractor must, prior to the end of the
coverage period, file a new certificate of coverage with the governmental entity
showing that coverage has been extended.
The Contractor shall obtain from each person providing services on a project, and
provide to the governmental entity:
(a) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the
project, so the govenunental entity will have on file certificates of
coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the
project; and
(b) no later than seven (7) calendar days after receipt by the Contractor,
a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the
coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends
during the duration of the project.
The Contractor shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the
project and for one year thereafter.
The Contractor shall notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal
delivery, within ten (10) calendar days after the Contractor knew or should have known of
any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services
on the project.
The Contractor shall post on each project site a notice, in the text, form and manner
prescribed by the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission, informing all persons
providing services on the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how
a person may verify coverage and report lack of coverage.
The Contractor shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to
provide services on the project to:
GC -18
gencond.msdspec master
(a) provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes
and payroll amounts of filing of any coverage agreements, that meets
the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44),
for all of its employees providing services on the project, for the
duration of the project;
(b) provide to the Contractor, prior to that person beginning work on the
project, a certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being
provided for all employees of the person providing services on the
project, for the duration of the project;
(c) provide the Contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new
certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage
period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the
duration of the project;
(d) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to
the Contractor:
(1) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning
work on the project; and
(2) a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage,
prior to the end of the coverage period, if the coverage period
shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the
duration of the project;
(e) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of
the project and for one year thereafter;
(f)
(g)
notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal
delivery, within ten (10) calendar days after the person knew or
should have known of any change that materially affects the provision
of coverage of any person providing services on the project; and
contractually require each person with whom it contracts to perform
as required by paragraphs (a) - (g), with the certificates of coverage
to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services.
By signing this contract, or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of
coverage, the Contractor is representing to the governmental entity that all employees
of the Contractor who will provide services on the project will be covered by
workers' compensation coverage for the duration of the project, that the coverage will
be based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all
coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the
case of a self - insured, with the Commission's Division of Self- Insurance Regulation.
GC -19
Providing false or misleading information may subject the Contractor to
administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, and/or other civil actions.
The Contractor's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of contract
by the contractor that entitles the govemmental entity to declare the contract void if
the Contractor does not remedy the breach within ten (10) calendar days after the
receipt of notice of breach from the governmental entity.
B. Comprehensive General Liability Insurance with minimum Bodily Injury limits of
$300,000 for each occurrence including like coverage for acts and omissions of
Subcontractors and contractual liability coverage.
C. Property Damage Insurance with minimum limits of $50,000 for each occurrence
including like coverage for acts and omissions of Subcontractors and contractual
liability coverage.
D. Automobile Liability Insurance for all owned, non - owned, and hired vehicles with
minimum limits for Bodily Injury of $100,000 for each person and $300,000 for each
occurrence and Property Damage minimum limits of $50,000 for each occurrence.
Contractor shall require Subcontractors to provide Automobile Liability Insurance
with same minimum limits.
The Contractor shall not commence work at the site under this contract until he has obtained
all required insurance and until such insurance has been approved by the Owner and the
Engineer. The Contractor shall not allow any Subcontractors to commence work until all
insurance required has been obtained and approved. Approval of the insurance by the Owner
and the Engineer shall not relieve or decrease the liability of the Contractor hereunder.
The required insurance must be written by a company licensed to do business in Texas at the
time the policy is issued. In addition, the company must be acceptable to the Owner and all
insurance (other than workers' compensation) shall be endorsed to include the Owner as an
additional insured thereunder.
The Contractor shall not cause any insurance to be cancelled nor permit any insurance to
lapse. All insurance certificates shall include a clause to the effect that the policy shall not
be cancelled or reduced, restricted or limited until ten (10) days after the Owner has received
written notice as evidenced by return receipt of registered or certified letter. Certificates of
insurance shall contain transcripts from the proper office of the insurer, evidencing in
particular those insured, the extent of the insurance, the location and the operations to which
the insurance applies, the expiration date, and the above - mentioned notice of cancellation
clause.
3.19 Final Clean -up
gencond.mst/spec master
GC -20
Upon the completion of the work and before acceptance and final payment will be made, the
Contractor shall clean and remove from the site of the work all surplus and discarded
materials, temporary structures and debris of every kind He shall leave the site of the work
in a neat and orderly condition at least equal to that which originally existed. Surplus and
waste materials removed from the site of the work shall be disposed of at locations
satisfactory to the Engineer.
In the event the Contractor fails or refuses to clean and remove surplus materials and debris
as above provided, the Owner or the Engineer may do so, or cause same to be done, at the
Contractor's expense, and the reasonable cost thereof shall be deducted from the final
payment.
3.20 Guarantee Against Defective Work
The Contractor warrants the materials and workmanship and that the work is in conformance
with the plans and specifications included in this contract for a period of one year from the
date of acceptance of the project. Said warranty binds the Contractor to correct any work
that does not conform with such plans and specifications or any defects in workmanship or
materials furnished under this contract which may be discovered within the said one year
period. The Contractor shall at his own expense correct such defect within thirty (30) days
after receiving written notice of such defect from the Owner or the Engineer by repairing
same to the condition called for in the Contract Documents and plans and specifications.
Should the Contractor fail or refuse to repair such defect within the said thirty (30) day
period or to provide acceptable assurances that such repair work will be completed within
a reasonable time thereafter, the Owner may repair or cause to be repaired any such defect
at the Contractor's expense.
3.21 Testing of Materials
Unless otherwise specified, testing of all materials to be incorporated into the project will be
as directed by the Engineer at the expense of the Owner. All retesting for work rejected on
the basis of test results will be at the expense of the Contractor and the extent of the retesting
shall be determined by the Engineer. The Engineer may require additional testing for failing
tests and may require two (2) passing retests before acceptance will be made by the Owner.
The testing laboratory will be designated by the Owner.
All materials to be incorporated into the project must meet the requirements of these
specifications. For manufactured materials such as reinforcing steel, expansion joint
materials, concrete pipe, cement, miscellaneous steel, cast iron materials, etc., the Contractor
will be required to furnish a manufacturer's certificate stating that the material meets the
requirements specified for this project.
3.22 Wage Rates (Information From Chapter 2258 Texas Government Code Title 10)
gencond.mst/spec master
GC -21
2288.021. Duty of Government Entity to Pay Prevailing Wage Rates
a. The state or any political subdivision of the state shall pay a worker employed by it or
on behalf of it:
(1) not less than the general prevailing rate of per diem wages for work of
a similar character in the locality in which the work is performed; and
(2) not less than the general prevailing rate of per diem wages for legal
holiday and overtime work.
b. Subsection (a) does not apply to maintenance work.
c. A worker is employed on a public work for the purposes of this section if the worker
is employed by a contractor or subcontractor in the execution of a contract for the
public work with the state, a political subdivision of the state, or any officer or public
body of the state or a political subdivision of the state.
2258.023. Prevailing Wage Rates to be Paid by Contractor and Subcontractor; Penalty
a. The contractor who is awarded a contract by a public body or a subcontractor of the
contractor shall pay not less than the rates determined under Section 2258.022 to a
worker employed by it in the execution of the contract.
b. A contractor or subcontractor who violates this section shall pay to the state or a
political subdivision of the state on whose behalf the contract is made, $60 for each
worker employed for each calendar day or part of the day that the worker is paid less
than the wage rates stipulated in the contract. A public body awarding a contract shall
specify this penalty in the contract.
c. A contractor or subcontractor does not violate this section if a public body awarding
a contract does not determine the prevailing wage rates, and specify the rates in the
contract as provided by Section 2258.022.
d. The public body shall use any money collected under this section to offset the costs
incurred in the administration of this chapter.
e. A municipality is entitled to collect a penalty under this section only if the municipality
has a population of more than 10,000.
2258.051. Duty of Public Body to Hear Complaints and Withhold Payment
A public body awarding a contract, and an agent or officer of the public body, shall:
1. take cognizance of complaints of all violations of this chapter committed in the
execution of the contract; and
2. withhold money forfeited or required to be withheld under this Chapter from the
payments to the contractor under the contract, except that, the public body may not
withhold money from other than the final payment without detennination by the public
body that there is good cause to believe that the contractor has violated this chapter.
gencond.mst/spec master
GC -22
WRI001 July
1997
Applicable wage rates are shown m Section 06 WAGE RATES of the SPECIAL CONDITIONS.
4. Prosecution and Progress
4.01 Time and Order of Completion
It is the meaning and intent of this contract, unless otherwise herein specifically provided, that
the Contractor shall be allowed to prosecute his work at such times and seasons, in such order
of precedence, and in such manner as shall be most conducive to economy of construction;
provided, however, that the order and the time of prosecution shall be such that the work shall
be substantially completed as a whole and in part, in accordance with this contract, the plans
and specifications, and within the time of completion designated in the proposal: provided,
also, that when the Owner is having other work done, either by contract or by his own force,
the Engineer may direct the time and manner of constructing the work done under this
contract, so that conflict will be avoided and the construction of the various works being done
for the Owner shall be harmonized.
The Contractor shall submit, at such times as may reasonably be requested by the Engineer,
schedules which shall show the order in which the Contractor proposes to carry on the Work,
with dates at which the Contractor will start the several parts of the work, and estimated dates
of completion of the several parts.
4.02 Extension of Time
Should the Contractor be delayed in the completion of the work by any act or neglect of the
Owner or the Engineer, or of any employee of either, or by other contractors employed by the
Owner, or by changes ordered in the work, or by strikes, lockouts, fires, and unusual delays
by common carriers, or unavoidable cause or causes beyond the Contractor's control, or by any
cause which the Engineer shall decide justifies the delay, then an extension of time shall be
allowed for completing the work, sufficient to compensate for the delay, the amount of the
extension to be determined by the Engineer; provided, however, that the Contractor shall give
the Engineer prompt notice in writing of the cause of such delay. Adverse weather conditions
will not be justification for extension of time on "Calendar Days" contracts.
4.03 Hindrances and Delays
No claims shall be made by the Contractor for damages resulting from hindrances or delays
from any cause (except where the work is stopped by order of and for the convenience of the
Owner) during the progress of any portion of the work embraced in this contract. In case said
work shall be stopped by the act of the Owner, then such expense as in the judgment of the
Engineer is caused by such stoppage of said work shall be paid by the Owner to the Contractor.
gencond.mst/spec master
GC -23
5. Measurement and Payment
5.01 Quantities and Measurements
No extra or customary measurements of any kind will be allowed, but the actual measured
and/or computed length, area, solid contents, number and weight only shall be considered,
unless otherwise specifically provided.
5.02 Estimated Quantities
This agreement, including the specifications, plans and estimate, is intended to show clearly
all work to be done and material to be furnished hereunder. Where the estimated quantities
are shown for the various classes of work to be done and material to be furnished under this
contract, they are approximate and are to be used only as a basis for estimating the probable
cost of the work and for comparing the proposals offered for the work. It is understood and
agreed that the actual amount of work to be done and material to be furnished under this
contract may differ somewhat from these estimates, and that where the basis for payment
under this contract is the unit price method, payment shall be for the actual amount of such
work done and material furnished.
Where payment is based on the unit price method, the Contractor agrees that he will make no
claim for damages, anticipated profits or otherwise on account of any differences which may
be found between the quantities of work actually done, the material actually furnished under
this contract and the estimated quantities contemplated and contained in the proposal;
provided, however, that in case the actual quantity of any major item should become as much
as twenty percent (20 %) more than, or twenty percent (20 %) less than the estimated or
contemplated quantity for such items, then either party to this agreement, upon demand, shall
be entitled to revised consideration upon the portion of the work above or below twenty
percent (20 %) of the estimated quantity.
A "Major Item" shall be construed to be any individual bid item incurred in the proposal that
has a total cost equal to or greater that five percent (5 %) of the total contract cost, computed
on the basis of the proposal quantities and the contract unit prices.
Any revised consideration is to be determined by agreement between the parties, otherwise by
the terms of this agreement, as provided under "Extra Work ".
5.03 Price of Work
In consideration of the furnishing of all the necessary labor, equipment and material, and the
completion of all work by the Contractor, and on the completion of all work and on the
delivery of all material embraced in this contract in full conformity with the specifications and
stipulations herein contained, the Owner agrees to pay the Contractor the prices set forth in the
gencond.mst/spec master
GC -24
proposal hereto attached, which has been made a part of this contract. The Contractor hereby
agrees to receive such prices in full for furnishing all material and all labor required for the
aforesaid work, also for all expense incurred by him, and for well and truly performing the
same and the whole thereof in the manner and according to this agreement.
5.04 Partial Payments
On or before the first day of each month, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a
statement showing the total value of the work performed up to and including the 25th day of
the preceding month. The statement shall also include the value of all sound materials
delivered on the job site and to be included in the work and all partially completed work
whether bid as a lump sum or a unit item which in the opinion of the Engineer is acceptable.
The Engineer shall examine and approve or modify and approve such statement.
The Owner shall then pay the Contractor on or before the 20th day of the current month the
total amount of the approved statement, less five percent (5 %) of the amount thereof, which
five percent (5 %) shall be retained until final payment, and further less all previous payments
and all further sums that may by retained by the Owner under the terms of this agreement. It
is understood, however, that in case the whole work be near to completion and some
unexpected and unusual delay occurs due to no fault or neglect on the part of the Contractor,
then the Owner may, upon written recommendation of the Engineer, pay a reasonable and
equitable portion of the retained percentage to the Contractor; or the Contractor, at the Owner's
option, may be relieved of the obligation to fully complete the work and, thereupon, the
Contractor shall receive payment of the balance due him under the contract subject only to the
conditions stated under "Final Payment ".
5.05 Use of Completed Portions
The Owner shall have the right to take possession of and use any completed or partially
completed portions of the work, notwithstanding the time for completing the entire work or
such portions may not have expired. Such taking possession and use shall not be deemed an
acceptance of any work not completed in accordance with the Contract Documents. If such
prior use increases the cost or delays the work, the Contractor shall be entitled to such extra
compensation, extension of time, or both, as the Engineer may determine.
The Contractor shall notify the Engineer when, in the Contractor's opinion, the contract is
"substantially completed" and when so notifying the Engineer, the Contractor shall furnish to
the Engineer in writing a detailed list of unfinished work. The Engineer will review the
Contractor's list of unfinished work and will add thereto such items as the Contractor has
failed to include. The "substantial completion" of the structure or facility shall not excuse the
Contractor from performing all of the work undertaken, whether of a minor or major nature,
and thereby completing the structure or facility in accordance with the Contract Documents.
5.06 Final Completion and Acceptance
gencond.msdspec master
GC -25
Within ten (10) days after the Contractor has given the Engineer written notice that the work
has been completed, or substantially completed, the Engineer and the Owner shall inspect the
work and within said time, if the work is found to be completed in accordance with the
Contact Documents, the Engineer shall issue to the Owner and the Contractor his Certificate
of Completion, and thereupon it shall be the duty of the Owner to issue a Certificate of
Acceptance to the Contractor or to advise the Contractor in writing of the reason for non-
acceptance.
5.07 Final Payment
Upon the issuance of the Certificate of Completion, the Engineer shall proceed to make final
measurements and prepare final statement for the value of all work performed and materials
furnished under the terms of the agreement and shall certify same to the Owner, who shall pay
to the Contractor on or before 35th day after the date of the Certificate of Completion, the
balance due the Contractor under the terms of this contract; and said payment shall become
due in any event upon said performance by the Contractor. Neither the Certificate of
Acceptance nor the final payment, nor any provision in the Contract Documents, shall relieve
the Contractor of the obligation for fulfillment of any warranty which may be required.
5.08 Payments Withheld
The Owner may, on account of subsequently discovered evidence, withhold or nullify the
whole or part of any certificate to such extent as may be necessary to protect himself from loss
on account of:
a) Defective work not remedied or other obligations hereunder not done.
b) Claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of claims.
c) Failure of the Contractor to make payments properly to Subcontractors or for material
or labor.
d) Damage to the Owner or another contractor's work, material or equipment.
e) Reasonable doubt that the work can be completed for the unpaid balance of the contract
amount.
f) Reasonable indication that the work will not completed within the contract time.
g)
Other causes affecting the performance of the contract.
When the above grounds are removed or the Contractor provides a surety bond satisfactory to
the Owner, which will protect the Owner in the amount withheld, payment shall be made for
gencond.mst/spec master
GC -26
amounts withheld because of them.
5.09 Delayed Payments
Should the Owner fail to make payment to the Contractor of the sum named in any partial or
final statement, when payment is due, then the Owner shall pay to the Contractor, in addition
to the sum shown as due by such statement, interest thereon at the rate of six percent (6 %) per
annum, unless otherwise specified, from date due as provided under "Partial Payments" and
"Final Payment," until fully paid, which shall fully liquidate any injury to the Contractor
growing out of such delay in payment. It is expressly agreed that delay by the Owner in
making payment to the Contractor of the sum named in any partial or final statement shall not
constitute a breach of this contract on the part of the Owner nor an abandonment thereof nor
shall it to any extent or for any time relieve the Contractor of his obligations to fully and
completely perform hereunder.
6. Extra Work and Claims
6.01 Change Orders
Without invalidating this agreement, the Owner may at any time or from time to time order
additions, deletions or revisions to the work; such changes will be authorized by change order
to be prepared by the Engineer for execution by the Owner and the Contractor. The change
order shall set forth the basis for any change in contract price, as hereinafter set forth for extra
work, and any change in contract time which may result from the change.
In the event the Contractor shall refuse to execute a change order which has been prepared by
the Engineer and executed by the Owner, the Engineer may in writing instruct the Contractor
to proceed with the work as set forth in the change order and the Contractor may make claim
against the Owner for extra work involved therein, as hereinafter provided.
6.02 Minor Changes
The Engineer may authorize minor changes in the work not inconsistent with the overall intent
of the Contract Documents and not involving an increase in contract price. If the Contractor
believes that any minor change or alteration authorized by the Engineer involves extra work
and entitles him to an increase in the contract price, the Contractor shall make written request
to the Engineer for a written field order.
In such case, the Contractor by copy of his communication to the Engineer or otherwise in
writing shall advise the Owner of his request to the Engineer for a written field order and that
work involved may result in an increase in the contract price.
Any request by the Contractor for a change in contract price shall be made prior to beginning
gencond.mstlspec master
GC -27
the work covered by the proposed change.
6.03 Extra Work
It is agreed that the basis of compensation to the Contractor for work either added or deleted
by a change order or for which a claim for extra work is made shall be determined by the unit
prices upon which this contract was bid to the extent such work can be fairly classified within
the various work item descriptions and for work items that cannot be so classified by one or
more of the following methods:
In the event said extra work is performed and paid for under Method (C), then the provisions
of this paragraph shall apply and the "actual field cost" is hereby defined to include the cost
to the Contractor of all workmen, such as foremen, timekeepers, mechanics and laborers, and
materials, supplies, trucks, rentals on machinery and equipment, for the time actually
employed or used on such extra work, plus actual equipment, for the time actually employed
or used on such extra work, plus actual transportation charges necessarily incurred, together
with all power, fuel, lubricants, water and similar operating expenses, also all necessary
incidental expenses incurred directly on account of such extra work, including Social Security,
Old Age Benefits and other payroll taxes, and a rateable proportion of premiums on
performance and payment bonds and maintenance bonds, public liability and property damage
and workers' compensation, and all other insurance as may be required by any law or
ordinance, or directed or agreed to by the Owner. The Engineer may direct the form in which
accounts of the "actual field cost" shall be kept and the records of these accounts shall be made
available to the Engineer. The Engineer or the Owner may also specify in writing, before the
work commences, the method of doing the work and the type and kind of machinery and
equipment to be used; otherwise these matters shall be determined by the Contractor. Unless
otherwise agreed upon, the prices for the use of machinery and equipment shall be determined
by using one hundred percent (l00 %), unless otherwise specified, of the latest schedule of
Equipment Ownership Expense adopted by the Associated General Contractors of America.
Where practicable the terms and prices for the use of machinery and equipment shall be
incorporated in the written extra work order. The fifteen percent (15 %) of the "actual field
cost" to be paid the Contractor shall cover and compensate him for his profit, overhead,
general superintendence and field office expense, and all other elements of cost and expense
gencond.mst/spec master
Method (A)
By agreed unit prices; or
Method (B)
By agreed lump sum; or
Method (C)
If neither Method (A) nor Method (B) is agreed upon before the extra work is
commenced, then the Contractor shall be paid the "actual field cost" of the
work, plus fifteen percent (15 %).
GC-28
not embraced within the "actual field cost" as herein defined, save that where the Contractor's
camp or field office must be maintained primarily on account of such extra work; then the cost
to maintain and operate the same shall be included in the "actual field cost."
No claim for extra work of any kind will be allowed unless ordered in writing by the Engineer.
In case any orders or instructions, either oral or written, appear to the Contractor to involve
extra work for which he should receive compensation or an adjustment in the construction
time, he shall make written request to the Engineer for written order authorizing such extra
work. Should a difference of opinion arise as to what does or does not constitute extra work,
or as to the payment therefor, and the Engineer insists upon its performance, the Contractor
shall proceed with the work after making written request for written order and shall keep an
accurate account of the "actual field cost" thereof, as provided under Method (C). The
Contractor will thereby preserve the right to submit the matter of payment to mediation or
litigation.
6.04 Time of Filing Claims
It is further agreed by both parties hereto that all questions of dispute or adjustment presented
by the Contractor shall be in writing and filed with the Engineer within thirty (30) days after
the Engineer has given any directions, order or instruction to which the Contractor desires to
take exception. The Engineer shall reply within thirty (30) days to such written exceptions by
the Contractor and render his final decision in writing. In case the Contractor should appeal
from the Engineer's decision, any demand for mediation shall be filed with the Engineer and
the Owner in writing within ten (10) days after the date of delivery to Contractor of the
Engineer's final decision. It is further agreed that final acceptance of the work by the Owner
and the acceptance by the Contractor of the final payment shall be a bar to any claims by either
party, except claims by Owner for defective work or enforcement of warranties and except as
noted otherwise in the Contract Documents.
6.05 Continuing Performance
The Contractor shall continue performance of the contract during all disputes or disagreements
with the Owner. The production or delivery of goods, the furnishing of services and the
construction of projects or facilities shall not be delayed, prejudiced or postponed pending
resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except as the Owner may otherwise agree in
writing.
7. Abandonment of Contract
7.01 Abandonment by Contractor
In case the Contractor should abandon and fail or refuse to resume work within ten (10) days
gencond.mst/spec master
GC -29
after written notification from the Owner or the Engineer, or if the Contractor fails to comply
with the orders of the Engineer when such orders are consistent with the Contract Documents,
then and in that case, where performance and payment bonds exist, the sureties on these bonds
shall be notified in writing and directed to complete the work, and a copy of said notice shall
be delivered to the Contractor.
After receiving said notice of abandonment, the Contractor shall not remove from the work
any machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies then on the job, but the same, together
with any materials and equipment under contract for the work, may be held for use on the work
by the Owner or the surety on the performance bond, or another contractor in completion of
the work; and the Contractor shall not receive any rental or credit therefor (except when used
in connection with extra work, where credit shall be allowed as provided for under Section 6
herein), it being understood that the use of such equipment and materials will ultimately
reduce the cost to complete the work and be reflected in the final settlement.
Where there is no performance bond provided or in case the surety should fail to commence
compliance with the notice for completion hereinbefore provided for, within ten (10) days after
service of such notice, then the Owner may provide for completion of the work in either of the
following elective manners:
gencond.mst/spec master
(1) The Owner may thereupon employ such force of men and use such machinery,
equipment, tools, materials and supplies as the Owner may deem necessary to
complete the work and charge the expense of such labor, machinery,
equipment, tools, materials and supplies to the Contractor, and expense so
charged shall be deducted and paid by the Owner out of such monies as may
be due, or that may thereafter at any time become due to the Contractor under
and by virtue of this agreement. In case such expense is less than the sum
which would have been payable under this contract if the same had been
completed by the Contractor, then the Contractor shall receive the difference.
In case such expense is greater than the sum which would have been payable
under this contract if the same had been completed by the Contractor, then the
Contractor and/or his surety shall pay the amount of such excess to the Owner,
or
(2) The Owner, under competitive bids taken after notice published as required by
law, may let the contract for the completion of the work under substantially the
same terms and conditions which are provided in this contract. In case there
is any increase in cost to the Owner under the new contract as compared to
what would have been the cost under this contract, such increase shall be
charged to the Contractor and the surety shall be and remain bound therefor.
However, should the cost to complete any such contract prove to be less than
would have been the cost to complete under this contract, the Contractor and/or
his surety shall be credited therewith.
GC -30
When the work shall have been substantially completed, the Contractor and his surety shall
be so notified and Certificates of Completion and Acceptance, as provided in Paragraph 5.06
hereinabove, shall be issued. A complete itemized statement of the contract accounts, certified
by the Engineer as being correct, shall then be prepared and delivered to the Contractor and
his surety, whereupon the Contractor and/or his surety, or the Owner as the case may be, shall
pay the balance due as reflected by said statement within fifteen (15) days after the date of
such Certificate of Completion.
In the event the statement of accounts shows that the cost to complete the work is less than that
which would have been the cost to the Owner had the work been completed by the Contractor
under the terms of this contract, or when the Contractor and/or his surety shall pay the balance
shown to be due by them to the Owner, then all machinery, equipment, tools, materials or
supplies left on the site of the work shall be turned over to the Contractor and /or his surety.
Should the cost to complete the work exceed the contract price, and the Contractor and/or his
surety fail to pay the amount due the Owner within the time designated hereinabove, and there
remains any machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies on the site of the work, notice
thereof, together with an itemized list of such equipment and materials, shall be mailed to the
Contractor and his surety at the respective addresses designated in this contract; provided,
however, that actual written notice given in any manner will satisfy this condition. After
mailing, or other giving of such notice, such property shall be held at the risk of the Contractor
and his surety subject only to the duty of the Owner to exercise ordinary care to protect such
property. After fifteen (15) days from the date of said notice, the Owner may sell such
machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies and apply the net sum derived from such
sale to the credit of the Contractor and his surety. Such sale may be made at either public or
private sale, with or without notice, as the Owner may elect. The Owner shall release any
machinery, equipment, tools, materials, or supplies, which remain on the work, and belong to
persons other than the Contractor or his surety, to their proper owners. The books on all
operations provided herein shall be opened to the Contractor and his surety.
7.02 Abandonment by Owner
In case the Owner shall fail to comply with the terms of this contract, and should fail to
comply with said terms within ten (10) days after written notification by the Contractor, then
the Contractor may suspend or wholly abandon the work, and may remove therefrom all
machinery, tools and equipment, and all materials on the site of work that have not been
included in payments to the Contractor and have not been wrought into the work. Thereupon,
the Engineer shall make an estimate of the total amount earned by the Contractor, which
estimate shall include the value of all work actually completed by said Contractor (at the prices
stated in the attached proposal where unit prices are used), the value of all partially completed
work at a fair and equitable price, and the amount of all extra work performed at the prices
agreed upon, or provided for by the terms of this contract, and a reasonable sum to cover the
cost of any provisions made by the Contractor to carry the whole work to completion and
which cannot be utilized. The Engineer shall then make a final statement of the balance due
the Contractor by deducting from the above estimate all previous payments by the Owner and
gencond.mst / spec master
GC -31
all other sums that may be retained by the Owner under the terms of this agreement and shall
certify same to the Owner who shall pay to the Contractor on or before thirty (30) days after
the date of the notification by the Contractor the balance shown by said final statement as due
the Contractor, under the terms of this agreement.
8. Subcontractors
8.01 Award of Subcontracts for Portions of the Work
Unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents or in the Instructions to Bidders, the
Contractor, as soon as practicable after the award of the contract, shall furnish to the Engineer
in writing for acceptance by the Owner and the Engineer a list of the names of the
Subcontractors proposed for the principal portions of the work. The Engineer shall promptly
notify the Contractor in writing if either the Owner or the Engineer, after due investigation,
has objection to any Subcontractor on such list and does not accept him. Failure of the Owner
or the Engineer to make objection promptly to any Subcontractor on the list shall constitute
acceptance of such Subcontractor.
The Contractor shall not contract with any Subcontractor or any person or organization
(including those who are to furnish materials or equipment fabricated to a special design)
proposed for portions of the work designated in the Contract Documents or in the Instructions
to Bidders or, if none is so designated, with any Subcontractor proposed for the principal
portions of the work who has been rejected by the Owner and the Engineer. The Contractor
will not be required to contract with any Subcontractor or person or organization against whom
he has a reasonable objection.
If the Owner or the Engineer refuses to accept any Subcontractor or person or organization on
a list submitted by the Contractor in response to the requirements of the Contract Documents
or the Instructions to Bidders, the Contractor shall submit an acceptable substitute and the
contract amount shall be increased or decreased by the difference in cost occasioned by such
substitution and an appropriate change order shall be issued; however, no increase in the
contract amount shall be allowed for any such substitution unless the Contractor has acted
promptly and responsively in submitting for acceptance any list or lists of names as required
by the Contract Documents or the Instructions to Bidders.
If the Owner or the Engineer requires a change of any proposed Subcontractor or person or
organization previously accepted by them, the contract amount shall be increased or decreased
by the difference in cost occasioned by such change and an appropriate change order shall be
issued.
The Contractor shall not make any substitution for any Subcontractor or person or organization
who has been accepted by the Owner and the Engineer, unless the substitution is acceptable
to the Owner and the Engineer.
gencond.msdspec master
GC -32
8.02 Subcontractual Relations
All work performed for the Contractor by a Subcontractor shall be pursuant to an appropriate
written agreement between the Contractor and the Subcontractor (and where appropriate
between Subcontractors and Sub - subcontractors) which shall contain provisions that:
(1)
(2) require that such work be performed in accordance with the requirements of the
Contract Documents;
(3)
preserve and protect the rights of the Owner and the Engineer under the
contract with respect to the work to be performed under the subcontract so that
the subcontracting thereof will not prejudice such rights;
require submission to the Contractor of the applications for payment under each
subcontract to which the Contractor is a party, in reasonable time to enable the
Contractor to apply for payment in accordance with this contract;
(4) require that all claims for additional costs, extensions of time, damages for
delays or otherwise with respect to subcontracted portions of the work shall be
submitted to the Contractor (via any Subcontractor or Sub - subcontractor where
appropriate) in sufficient time so that the Contractor may comply in the manner
provided in the Contract Documents for like claims by the Contractor upon the
Owner;
(5) obligate each subcontractor specifically to consent to the provisions of this
section.
A copy of all such subcontract agreements shall be filed by the Contractor with the Engineer
before the Subcontractor shall be allowed to commence work.
8.03 Payments to Subcontractors
The Contractor shall pay each Subcontractor, upon receipt of payment from the Owner, an
amount directly based upon the value of the work performed and allowed to the Contractor on
account of such Subcontractor's work, less the percentage retained from payments to the
Contractor. The Contractor shall also require each Subcontractor to make similar payments
to his subcontractors.
If the Engineer fails to approve a payment for any cause which is the fault of the Contractor
and not the fault of a particular Subcontractor, the Contractor shall pay the Subcontractor on
demand made at any time after the Certificate for Payment should otherwise have been issued,
for his work to the extent completed, less the retained percentage.
The Engineer may, on request and at his discretion, furnish to any Subcontractor, if
gencond.mst/spec master
GC -33
practicable, information regarding percentages of completion certified to the Contractor on
account of work done by such Subcontractors.
Neither the Owner nor the Engineer shall have any obligation to pay or to see to the payment
of any monies to such Subcontractor except as may otherwise be required.
9. Separate Contracts
9.01 Owner's Right to Award Separate Contracts
The Owner reserves the right to award other contracts in connection with other portions of the
project under these or similar conditions of the contract.
When separate contracts are awarded for different portions of the project, "the Contractor" in
the contract documents in each case shall be the contractor who signs each separate contract.
9.02 Mutual Responsibility of Contractors
The Contractor shall afford other contractors reasonable opportunity for the introduction and
storage of their materials and equipment and the execution of their work, and shall properly
connect and coordinate his work with theirs.
If any part of the Contractor's work depends for proper execution or results upon the work of
any other separate contractor, the Contractor shall inspect and promptly report to the Engineer
any apparent discrepancies or defects in such work that render it unsuitable for such proper
execution and results. Failure of the Contractor to so inspect and report shall constitute an
acceptance of the other contractor's work as fit and proper to receive his work, except as to
defects which may develop in the other separate contractor's work after the execution of the
Contractor's work.
Should the Contractor cause damage to the work or property of any separate contractor on the
project, the Contractor shall, upon due notice, settle with such other contractor by agreement,
if he will so settle. If such separate contractor sues the Owner or initiates an proceeding
allowed hereunder on account of any damage alleged to have been so sustained, the Owner
shall notify the Contractor who shall defend such proceedings at the Contractor's expense, and
if any judgment or award against the Owner arises therefrom the Contractor shall pay or satisfy
it and shall reimburse the Owner for all attomey's fees and court costs or other costs which the
Owner has incurred.
9.03 Cutting and Patching under Separate Contracts
The Contractor shall be responsible for any cutting, fitting and patching that may be required
to complete his work, except as otherwise specifically provided in the Contract Documents.
The Contractor shall not endanger any work of any other contractors by cutting, excavating
gencond.mstispec master
GC -34
or otherwise altering any work and shall not cut or alter the work of any other contractor
except with the written consent of the Engineer.
Any costs caused by defective or ill -timed work shall be borne by the party responsible
therefor.
10. Protection of Persons and Property
10.01 Safety Precautions and Programs
The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety
precautions and programs in connection with the work.
10.02 Safety of Persons and Property
The Contractor shall take all reasonable precautions for the safety of, and shall provide all
reasonable protection to prevent damage, injury, or loss to:
(3)
The Contractor shall comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and lawful
orders of any public authority having jurisdiction for the safety of persons or property or to
protect them from damage, injury or loss. He shall erect and maintain, as required by existing
conditions and progress of the work, all reasonable safeguards for safety and protection,
including posting danger signs and other warnings against hazards, promulgating safety
regulations and notifying owners and users of adjacent utilities.
When the use or storage of explosives or other hazardous materials or equipment is necessary
for the execution of the work, the Contractor shall exercise the utmost care and shall carry on
such activities under the supervision of properly qualified personnel.
All blasting, including methods of storing and handling explosives and highly inflammable
materials, shall conform to federal, state, local laws and ordinances. All city ordinances shall
be complied with even though some or all of the blasting is done outside the city limits unless
the applicable ordinance is in conflict with the law of the jurisdiction where the action is being
taken.
gencond.mst/spec master
(1) all employees on the work and all other persons who may be affected thereby:
(2) all the work and all materials and equipment to be incorporated therein,
whether in storage or off the site, under the care, custody or control of the
Contractor or any of his Subcontractors or Sub - subcontractors; and
other property at the site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns,
walks, pavements, fences, roadways, structures and utilities not designated for
removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction.
GC -35
The following is a list of requirements in addition to federal, state, and local laws and
ordinances:
gencond.mstlspec master
1. The Contractor shall furnish the City of Round Rock with a Certificate of
Blasting Insurance in the amount of $300,000.00 for each contract, at least
twenty -four (24) hours prior to using explosives. A blasting permit must be
obtained from the city at least five (5) days prior to use of explosives. If
blasting is covered under the Contractor's General Insurance Certificate for
each contract, a separate blasting certificate will not be required.
2. The following public utility companies and city departments will be notified
by the Contractor, on every occasion, at least twenty -four (24) hours prior to
the use of explosives: Water and Wastewater, Electric, Gas, Telephone and the
City Engineering Department.
3. Explosive materials to be used shall be limited to blasting agents and dynamite,
unless prior approval of other materials is obtained in writing from the
Engineering Department.
4. During blasting, all reasonable precautions shall be taken to protect pedestrians,
passing vehicles, and public or private property. Blasting mats or protective
cover shall be used when required by the City Inspector, the permit, or by safe
blasting practices.
5. All explosives shall be stored in accordance with Chapter 5, Section 5.200, of
the City Code.
6. The Director of Engineering or his representative shall have the right to limit
the use of explosives and/or blasting methods which in his opinion are
dangerous to the public or nearby property of any kind.
7. The Contractor, at his expense, shall promptly repair or replace all items known
to be damaged as a result of blasting. All claims of damage shall be
investigated by the City of Round Rock or by consulting firms approved by the
city.
8. The Contractor shall maintain accurate records throughout the blasting
operations showing the type explosive used, number of holes, pounds per hole,
depth of hole, total pounds per shot, delays used, date and time of blast and
initials of the inspector. The Contractor is fully responsible for all claims
resulting from his blasting operation.
All damage or loss to any property referred to in this article caused in whole or in part by the
Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Sub - subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly
GC -36
employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be
remedied by the Contractor, except damage or loss attributable solely to faulty drawings or
specifications or solely to the acts or omissions of the Owner or the Engineer or anyone
employed by either of them, and not attributable in any degree to the fault or negligence of the
Contractor.
The Contractor shall designate a responsible member of his organization at the site whose duty
shall be the prevention of accidents. This person shall be the Contractor's superintendent
unless otherwise designated in writing by the Contractor to the Owner and the Engineer.
10.03 Location and Protection of Utilities
Notwithstanding any other provision of this contract, the Contractor shall be solely responsible
for the location and protection of any and all public utility lines and utility customer service
lines in the work area. The Contractor shall exercise due care to locate and to mark, uncover
or otherwise protect all such lines in the construction zone and any of the Contractor's work
or storage areas. Upon request, the Owner shall provide such information as it has about the
location and grade of water, sewer, gas, and telephone and electric lines and other utilities in
the work area but such information shall not relieve or be deemed to be in satisfaction of the
Contractor's obligation hereunder, which shall be primary and nondelegable. Any such lines
damaged by the Contractor's operations shall be immediately repaired by the Contractor or he
shall cause such damage to be repaired at his expense.
gencond.mstispec master
GC -37
5.0 SPECIAL CONDITIONS
SECTION 01- INFORMATION
01 -01 ENGINEER
The word "Engineer" in these Specifications shall be understood as referring to the
City of Round Rock, 221 East Main Street, Round Rock, Texas 78664, Engineer of
the Owner, or the Engineer's authorized representative to act in any particular
position for the Owner.
01 -02 COPIES OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS FURNISHED
01 -05 LOCATION
sp cond msuspecs
The Agreement will be prepared in not less than five (5) counterpart (original
signed) sets. Owner will furnish Contractor two (2) sets of conforming Contract
Documents and Specifications and four (4) sets of Plans free of charge, and
additional sets will be obtained from the Engineer at commercial reproduction rates
plus 20% for handling.
01 -03 GOVERNING CODES
All construction as provided for under these Plans and Specifications shall be
governed by any existing Resolutions, Codes and Ordinances, and any subsequent
amendments or revisions thereto as set forth by the Owner.
01 -04 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES FOR FAILURE TO COMPLETE ON TIME
The Contractor agrees that time is of the essence for this Contract and that the
definite value of damages which would result from delay would be incapable of
ascertainment and uncertain, so that for each day of delay beyond the number of days
herein agreed upon for the completion of the work herein specified and contracted
for, after due allowance for such extension of time as is provided for under the
provisions of Section 4.02 of the General Conditions, the Owner may withhold
permanently from the Contractor's total compensation, not as penalty but as
liquidated damages, the sum of $250.00 per calendar day.
The location of work shall be as mentioned in the Notice to Bidders and as indicated
on Plans.
SC -1
01 -06 USAGE OF WATER
All water used during construction shall be provided by the City. The City shall
specify the location from which the Contractor is to procure water. The Contractor
shall be responsible for providing all apparatus necessary for procuring, storing,
transporting and using water during construction. The Contractor shall strive to use
that amount of water which is reasonable to perform the work associated with this
contract and shall endeavor to avoid excessive waste. The Contractor will be
required to pay for all water used if it is found that unnecessary or excessive waste
is occurring during construction.
01 -07 PAY ESTIMATES
If pay estimates from the Contractor are not received by the Engineer on or before the
time specified in Section 5.04 of the General Conditions, then the pay estimate will
not be processed and will be returned to Contractor.
SECTION 02- SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS
02 -01 CROSSING UTILITIES
Prior to commencing the work associated with this contract, it shall be the
Contractor's responsibility to make arrangements with the Owners of such utility
companies to uncover their particular utility lines or otherwise confirm their location.
Certain utility companies perform such services at their own expense, however,
where such is not the case, the Contractor will cause such work to be done at his own
expense.
02 -02 UTILITY SERVICES FOR CONSTRUCTION
specood.msuspecs
The Contractor will be responsible for providing his own utility services while
performing the work associated with this contract. No additional payment will be
made for this item.
SC -2
02 -03 GUARANTEES
The Contractor warrants the materials and workmanship and that the work is in
conformance with the plans and specifications included in this contract for the period
that the Warranty Bond, as outlined in Section 04 of the Special Conditions, is in
effect. Upon notice from Owner, the Contractor shall repair defects in all
construction or materials which develop during specified period and at no cost to
Owner. Neither final acceptance, Certificate of Completion, final payment nor any
provision in Contract Documents relieves Contractor of above guarantee. Notice of
observed defects will be given with reasonable promptness. Failure to repair or
replace defect upon notice entitles Owner to repair or replace same and recover
reasonable cost thereof from Contractor.
02 -04 MINIMUM WAGE SCALE
Contractors are required to pay prevailing wage rates to laborers, workmen and
mechanics employed on behalf of the City engaged in the construction of public
works. The wage rate for these jobs shall be the general prevailing wage rates for
work of a similar character. This applies to Contractors and Subcontractors. The
Contractors and Subcontractors shall keep and make available records of workers and
their wages. Contractors and Subcontractors shall pay the prevailing wage rates as
adopted by the Owner. There is a statutory penalty of $60.00 per worker per day or
portion of a day that the prevailing wage rate is not paid by the Contractor or any
Subcontractor.
02 -05 LIMIT OF FINANCIAL RESOURCES
specond.msuspecs
The Owner has a limited amount of financial resources committed to this Project;
therefore, it shall be understood by all bidders that the Owner may be required to
change and/or delete any items which he may feel is necessary to accomplish all or
part of the scope of work within its limit of financial resources. Contractor shall be
entitled to no claim for damages or anticipated profits on any portion of work that
may be omitted. At any time during the duration of this contract, the Owner reserves
the right to omit any work from this contract. Unit prices for all items previously
approved in this contract shall be used to delete or add work per change order.
SC -3
02 -06 CONSTRUCTION REVIEW
speco"d.msyspecs
The Owner shall provide a project representative to review the quality of materials
and workmanship.
02 - 07 LIMITS OF WORK AND PAYMENT
It shall be the obligation of the Contractor to complete all work included in this
Contract, so authorized by the Owner, as described in the contract documents and
technical specifications. All items of work not specifically paid for in the bid
proposal shall be included in the unit price bids. Any question arising as to the limits
of work shall be left up to the interpretation of the Engineer.
02 - 08 PAYMENT FOR MATERIALS ON HAND
Owner will not pay for materials on hand. Payment will be made for work completed
in accordance with monthly estimate procedure stipulated in the General Conditions
of the Agreement.
02 - 09 "AS BUILT" DRAWINGS
The Contractor shall mark all changes and revisions on all of his copies of the
working drawings during the course of the Project as they occur. Upon completion
of the Project and prior to final acceptance and payment, the Contractor shall submit
to the Engineer one set of his working drawings, dated and signed by himself and his
project superintendent and labeled as "As- Built ", that shows all changes and revisions
outlined above and that shows field locations of all above ground appurtenances
including but not limited to valves, fire hydrants and manholes. These as -built
drawings shall become the property of the Owner. Each appurtenance shall be
located by at least two (2) horizontal distances measured from existing, easily
identifiable, immovable appurtenances such as fire hydrants or valves. Property pins
can be used for as- builts tie -ins provided no existing utilities as previously described
are available. Costs for delivering as -built drawings shall be subsidiary to other bid
items.
02 - 10 LAND FOR WORK
Owner provides, as indicated on Drawings, land upon which work is to done, right -
of -way for access to same and such other lands which are designated for use of
Contractor. Contractor provides, at his expense and without liability of Owner, any
additional land and access thereto that may be required for his construction
operations, temporary construction facilities, or for storage of materials.
SC -4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
02 -11 DEVIATIONS OCCASIONED BY UTILITY STRUCTURES
Whenever existing utilities, not indicated on Plans, present obstructions to grade and
alignment of proposed improvements immediately notify engineer, who without
delay, will determine if existing utilities are to be relocated, or grade and alignment
of proposed improvements changed. Where necessary to move existing services,
poles, guy wires, pipelines, etc., as determined by the Engineer, the Contractor will
make arrangements with the owner of the utility to be moved and have it moved. The
costs of any utility relocations will be at the Contractor's sole expense. Owner will
not be liable for relocations costs or damages on account of delays due to changes
made by owners of privately owned utilities which hinder progress of the work.
02 -12 CONSTRUCTION STAKING
All construction staking required to complete the work associated with this contract
shall be provided by the Contractor. The Contractor shall be responsible for
determining the layout and extent of staking necessary to construct the improvements
to the lines and grades shown in the Plans. This item shall not be paid for separately
and shall be considered subsidiary to other bid items.
SECTION 03- TRAFFIC CONTROL
SECTION 04- WARRANTY BOND
specond.mst/specs
Access shall be provided for residents and emergency vehicles at all times. When it
becomes necessary to restrict access, the Contractor shall notify all applicable
agencies (ie. Fire Department, E.M.S., Public Works, etc.). At the end of each day
two lanes of traffic shall be opened to the public. The Contractor shall be responsible
for all maintenance, signing and safety precautions necessary for traffic control. This
item shall be considered subsidiary to other bid items and no additional compensation
shall be given for complying with this Special Condition.
Per City of Round Rock Ordinances, a two (2) year Warranty Bond naming the City
of Round Rock as obligee will be required for public streets constructed without lime
stabilization of subgrade material when the Plasticity Index of the subgrade is above
24. Warranty Bond shall remain in effect for two (2) years from date of City of
Round Rock acceptance of improvements. Such bonds shall be from an approved
surety company holding a permit from the State of Texas to act as surety or other
surety or sureties acceptable to the Owner prior to final payment.
A one (1) year Warranty Bond in the amount of one hundred (100 %) percent of the
contract price will be required for all other improvements and shall be submitted
SC -5
prior to final payment. Such bonds shall be from an approved surety company
holding a permit from the State of Texas to act as surety (and acceptable according
to the latest list of companies holding certificates of authority from the Security of
the Treasury of the United States) or other surety or sureties acceptable to the Owner
prior to final payment.
SECTION 05- INSURANCE
specond.mst/specs
Section 3.18 of the General Conditions of the Agreement is hereby amended to
include the following:
3.18 Insurance
Contractor shall carry insurance in the following types and amounts for the duration
of this Contract, which shall include items owned by Owner in care, custody and
control of Contractor prior and during construction and warranty period, and famish
Certificates of Insurance along with copies of policy declaration pages and all policy
endorsements as evidence thereof:
a. Statutory Worker's Compensation and minimum $100,000 Employers
Liability Insurance.
b. Commercial General Liability Insurance with minimum limits of $500,000
per occurrence and $1,000,000 Aggregate or $500,000 for this designated
project and $100,000 Fire Damage.
c. Automobile Liability Insurance for all owned, nonowned and hired vehicles
with minimum limits for Bodily Injury of $250,000 for each person and
$500,000 for each occurrence and Property Damage limits of $100,000 or
Combined Single Limit of $600,000.
d. On all new or remodeling building projects: All Risk Builders Risk Insurance
for insurable building projects shall be insured in the amount of the contract
price for such improvements. Owner and Contractor waive all rights against
each other for damages caused by fire or other perils to the extent covered
by Builders Risk Insurance required under this section, except as to such
rights as they may have in the proceeds of such insurance. Contractor shall
require similar waivers by Subcontractors and Sub - subcontractors.
e. Owner and Contractor's Protective Policy. The Contractor shall provide and
maintain during the life of this contract and until all work under said contract
has been completed and accepted by the Owner, an Owner's and Contractor's
Protective Policy which co- insures the Owner and the Owner's agents and
SC -6
specond.msUspecs
employees with the same Commercial General Liability coverage as
described above, entitled "Commercial General Liability Insurance."
When offsite storage is permitted, policy will be endorsed for transit and off site
storage in amounts sufficient to protect property being transported or stored.
This insurance shall include, as insured, City of Round Rock, Contractor,
Subcontractors and Sub- subcontractors in the work, as their respective interest may
appear.
If insurance policies are not written for amount specified in b. and c. above,
Contractor is required to carry an Excess Liability Insurance Policy for any difference
in amounts specified.
Contractor shall be responsible for deductibles and self insured retentions, if any,
stated in policies. Any self insured retention shall not exceed ten percent of
minimum required limits. All deductibles or self insured retentions shall be disclosed
on Certificate of Insurance required above.
Contractor shall not commence work at site under this Contract until he has obtained
required insurance and until such insurance has been reviewed by Owner's Contract
Administration Office. Contractor shall not allow any Subcontractors to commence
work until insurance required has been obtained and approved. Approval of
insurance by Owner shall not relieve or decrease liability of Contractor hereunder.
Insurance to be written by a company licensed to do business in the State of Texas
at the time policy is issued and acceptable to owner.
Contractor shall produce an endorsement to each effected policy:
1. Naming City of Round Rock, 221 East Main Street, Round Rock, Texas
78664 as additional insured (except Workers' Compensation and Builders
Risk).
2. That obligates the insurance company to notify Joanne Land, City Secretary,
City of Round Rock, 221 East Main Street, Round Rock, Texas 78664 of any
and all changes to policy 30 days prior to change.
3. That the "other" insurance clause shall not apply to Owner where City of
Round Rock is an additional insured shown on policy. It is intended that
policies required in this agreement, covering both Owner and Contractor,
shall be considered primary coverage as applicable.
Contractor shall not cause any insurance to be canceled nor permit any insurance to
lapse during term of this Contract or as required in the Contract.
SC -7
specond.mslfspecs
If Contractor is underwritten on a claim -made basis, the retroactive date shall be prior
to, or coincident with, the date of this Contract and the Certificate of Insurance shall
state that coverage is claims made and also the retroactive date. Contractor shall
maintain coverage for duration of this Contract and for two years following
completion of this Contract.
Contractor shall provide the City annually a Certificate of Insurance as evidence of
such insurance. It is further agreed that Contractor shall provide Owner a 30 day
notice of aggregate erosion, an advance of the retroactive date, cancellation and /or
renewal.
It is also agreed that Contractor will invoke the tail option at request of Owner and
the Extended Reporting Period (ERP) premium shall be paid by Contractor.
Owner reserves the right to review insurance requirements of this section during
effective period of the Contract and to make reasonable adjustments to insurance
coverages and their limits when deemed necessary and prudent by Owner based upon
changes in statutory law, court decisions or the claims history of the industry as well
as Contractor.
Owner shall be entitled, upon request, and without expense, to receive copies of
policies and all endorsements thereto and may make any reasonable requests for
deletion or revision or modification of particular policy terms, conditions, limitations
or exclusions, except where policy provisions are established by law or regulation
binding upon either of the parties hereto or the underwriter on any of such policies.
Actual losses not covered by insurance as required by the section shall be paid by
Contractor.
SC -8
SECTION 06- WAGE RATES
GENERAL DECISION TX960043 03/15/96 TX43
General Decision Number TX960043
Superseded General Decision No. TX950043
State: TEXAS
Construction Type:
HEAVY
HIGHWAY
County(ies):
BELL CORYELL TRAVIS
BEXAR GUADALUPE WILLIAMSON
BRAZOS HAYS
COMAL MCLENNAN
Heavy (excluding tunnels and dams) and Highway Construction Projects (does not include building
structures in rest area projects). *NOT TO BE USED FOR WORK ON SEWAGE OR WATER
TREATMENT PLANTS OR LIFT/PUMP STATIONS IN BELL, CORYELL, MCLENNAN AND
WILLIAMSON COUNTIES.
Modification Number Publication Date
0 03/15/1996
COUNTY(ies):
BELL CORYELL TRAVIS
BEXAR GUADALUPE WILLIAMSON
BRAZOS HAYS
COMAL MCLENNAN
SUTX2042A 11/16/1991
Rates Fringes
AIR TOOL OPERATOR 6.500
ASPHALT HEATER OPERATOR 6.500
ASPHALT RAKER 7.011
ASPHALT SHOVELER 6.550
HATCHING PLANT WEIGHER 8.173
BATTERBOUARD SETTER 7.700
CARPENTER 9.054
CONCRETE FINISHER - PAVING 8.600
specond.msUspecs
SC -9
CONCRETE FINISHER- STRUCTURES 7.903
CONCRETE RUBBER 6.740
ELECTRICIAN 13.710
FLAGGER 5.150
FORM BUILDER - STRUCTURES 8.017
FORM LINER - PAVING & CURB 7.250
FORM SETTER - PAVING & CURB 7.683
FORM SETTER- STRUCTURES 7.928
LABORER - COMMON 6.078
LABORER - UTILITY 6.852
MECHANIC 10.774
OILER 9.389
SERVICER 7.280
PAINTER- STRUCTURES 10.000
PILEDRIVER 6.600
PIPE LAYER 7.229
BLASTER 9.067
ASPHALT DISTRIBUTOR OPERATOR 7.304
ASPHALT PAVING MACHINE 7.945
BROOM OR SWEEPER OPERATOR 7.117
BULLDOZER, 150 HP & LESS 8.125
BULLDOZER, OVER 150 HP 8.593
CONCRETE PAVING CURING MACHINE 7.633
CONCRETE PAVING FINISHING MACHINE 9.067
CONCRETE PAVING GANG VIBRATOR 7.250
CONCRETE PAVING SAW 6.200
SLIPPORM MACHINE OPERATOR 8.700
CRANE, CLAMSHELL, BACKHOE,
DERRICK, DRAGLINE, SHOVEL
LESS THAN 1 1/2 C.Y. 8.427
CRANE, CLAMSHELL, BACKHOE,
DERRICK, DRAGLINE, SHOVEL
1'/ C.Y. &:OVER 9.880
FOUNDATION DRILL OPERATOR.
CRAWLER MOUNTED 10.475
FOUNDATION DRILL OPERATOR 10.923
TRUCK MOUNTED
FRONT END LOADER 2 %] C.Y. & LESS 7.499
FRONT END LOADER OVER 2' /Z C.Y. 8.255
HOIST - DOUBLE DRUM 10.750
MOTOR GRADER OPERATOR 9.657
PAVEMENT MARKING MACHINE 6.078
PLANER OPERATOR 7.250
specond.mst/specs
SC -10
ROLLER, STEEL WHEEL PLANT -MIX
PAVEMENTS 7.083
ROLLER, STEEL WHEEL OTHER
FLATWHEEL OR TAMPING 6.403
ROLLER, PNEUMATIC, SELF PROPELLED 6.433
SCRAPER -17 C.Y. & LESS 7.245
SCRAPER -OVER 17 C.Y. 7.495
SELF PROPELLED HAMMER OPERATOR 6.078
SIDE BOOM 9.000
TRACTOR - CRAWLER TYPE 7.539
TRACTOR- PNEUMATIC 6.707
TRENCHING MACHINE 6.850
WAGON- DRILL /BORING MACHINE /POST
HOLE DRILLER OPERATOR 6.926
REINFORCING STEEL SETTER PAVING 8.158
REINFORCING STEEL SETTER
STRUCTURES 9.062
STEEL WORKER - STRUCTURAL 9.242
SIGN ERECTOR 8.640
SPREADER BOX OPERATOR 6.541
BARRICADE SERVICER WORK ZONE 6.078
MOUNTED SIGN INSTALLER PERMANENT
GROUND 6.078
TRUCK DRIVER - SINGLE AXLE LIGHT 6.493
TRUCK DRIVER - SINGLE AXLE HEAVY 6.674
TRUCK DRIVER - TANDEM AXLE SEMI-
TRAILER 6.824
TRUCK DRIVER - LOWBOY/FLOAT 8.041
TRUCK DRIVER- TRANSIT MIX 6.078
WELDER 8.824
Unlisted classifications needed for work not included, within the scope of the classifications listed
may be added after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29 CFR 5.5 (a) (1)
(v)).
In the listing above, the "SU" designation means that rates listed under that identifier do not reflect
collectively. bargained wage and fringe benefit rates. Other designations indicate unions whose rates
have been determined to be prevailing.
specond.msdspecs
END OF GENERAL DECISION
SC -11
CLASSIFICATION
Rate
Health
Pension
Vacation
Total
Wage
ASBESTOS WORKER
$8.78
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$8.78
CARPENTER
$15.52
$1.57
$0.97
$0.00
$18.06
CARPET LAYER/FLOORING INSTALLER
$8.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$8.00
CONCRETE FINISHER
$10.27
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$10.27
DATA COMMUNICATION/TELECOM
INSTALLER
$12.08
$0.76
$0.50
$0.05
$13.39
DRYWALL INSTALLER/CEILING
INSTALLER
$10.91
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$10.91
ELECTRICIAN
$17.44
$2.16
$1.05
$1.05
$21.70
ELEVATOR MECHANIC
$16.75
$3.85
$2.19
$1.50
$24.29
FIRE PROOFING INSTALLER
$8.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$8.00
GLAZIER
$13.60
$2.24
$1.15
$0.54
$17.53
HEAVY EQUIPMENT OPERATOR
$10.56
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$10.56
INSULATOR
$13.75
$1.16
$0.92
$0.03
$15.86
IRON WORKER
$12.18
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$12.18
LABORER/HELPER
$7.48
$0.02
$0.00
$0.00
$7.50
LATHER/PLASTERER
$12.50
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$12.50
LIGHT EQUIPMENT OPERATOR
$7.75
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$7.75
MASON
$16.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$16.00
METAL BUILDING ASSEMBLER
$11.00
$0.62
$0.00
$0.34
$11.96
MILLWRIGHT
$15.91
$1.63
$1.00
$0.00
$18.54
PAINTER/WALL COVERING INSTALLER
$8.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$8.00
PIPEFITTER
$18.10
$1.42
$1.80
$0.00
$21.32
PLUMBER
$12.68
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$12.68
ROOFER
$10.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$10.00
SHEET METAL WORKER
$18.40
$2.39
$2.55
$0.33
$23.67
SPRINKLER FITTER
$18.25
$3.40
$2.20
$0.00
$23.85
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
COUNTY NAME: WILLIAMSON
1997
specond.msWspecs
PREVAILING WAGE RATE DETERMINATION
BUILDING CONSTRUCTION TRADES
SC - 12
Date Printed: April 15,
TERRAZZO WORKER
$0.00*
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00*
TILE SETTER
$15.00
$0.32
$0.00
$0.00
$15.32
WATERPROOFER/CAULKER
$10.64
$0.00
$0.00
$0.00
$10.64
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
*$0.00 in the rate field indicated insufficient data was received to determine a prevailing wage rate for this
classification. Government Code Title 10, Sec. 2258.023, paragraph C state: "A contractor or subcontractor does
not violate this section if a public body awarding a contract does not determine the prevailing wage rates and
specify the rates in the contract as provided in Section 2258.022.
(Property of General Services Commission, Based on 1996 Survey results)
specond.msUspe s
SC -13
6.0 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
DIVISION 1
SECTION 01010 - SUMMARY OF WORK
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES:
A. Work covered by Contract Documents.
B. Contract Method.
C. Starting Work.
D. Work by Others.
E. Contractor's Use of Premises.
F. Owner Occupancy.
G. Partial Owner Occupancy.
1.02 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS:
Division 1
VOLUME ONE
Summary of Work Section 01010
A. The Work of this Contract comprises the general reconstruction and widening of
approximately 2,730 linear feet of concrete trail, associated electrical improvements and
repair located at Memorial Park along Brushy Creek. Reconstruction of a existing drainage
culvert is included, as well as all necessary temporary erosion and sedimentation controls.
B. The Drawings and Specifications do not necessarily indicate or describe all Work required
for completion of Project.
C. The Contract Documents describe the essential elements sufficiently to determine the scope
of the Project.
D. Provide all items required for complete operating systems including items not necessarily
shown in these Contract Documents, but that can be reasonably inferred as being required
for a complete operating system.
E. The Drawings and Specifications indicate the basic quality of material and quality of
construction required for the entire Project.
1.03 CONTRACT METHOD:
A. Construct the Work under a unit price contract per the approximate quantities described on
the bid schedule.
1.04 STARTING WORK:
City of Round Rock Parks and Recreation Department has no objection to the Contractor beginning
work prior to receipt of a Notice to Proceed letter provided:
A. The Contractor has fumished to the Project Manager, Construction Division, the required
Insurance Certificates.
Section 01010 12/28/00 Page 1 of 3 Summary of Work
Memorial Park Improvements
Division 1
Summary of Work Section 01010
B. The Contractor understands that Work undertaken prior to the Notice to Proceed is at its
own risk and that the Owner's Representative must be notified prior to commencing Work.
1.05 WORK BY OTHERS:
A. Contractor shall cooperate and coordinate its Work with Work provided under other
contracts. Separate Contracts will include, but not necessarily be limited to the following:
1. Owner's Testing Laboratory Services (Quality Control).
2. N.I.C. (Not In Contract) Work.
1.06 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES:
VOLUME ONE
A. Contractor shall have complete and exclusive use of premises within the construction limits
indicated on the Drawings, for execution of Work.
1. Where it is necessary for the Contractor to use portions of existing grounds outside
of the designated construction limits for operations, such use shall be strictly in
accordance with requirements and approval of the Owner. Contractor shall provide
proper and safe access to the Owner occupied areas at all times.
2. All interruption of electrical underground services shall be only at such time and for
lengths of time as approved by Owner. Where modifications to existing facilities are
required, Contractor shall organize its work in order that inconvenience to the
Owner be minimized. Give minimum 14 Day notice to Owner's Representative prior
to interruption of services.
3. Unless otherwise indicated or specified, or unless otherwise directed by Owner;
water, gas, lighting, power and telephone conduits and wires, sewer lines, and other
surface and subsurface structures and lines, shall be maintained by Contractor and
shall not be disturbed, disconnected or damaged by him during progress of Work;
should Contractor in performance of Work disturb, disconnect or damage any of
above, expenses arising from disturbance or in replacing or repair shall be borne by
Contractor.
B. Contractor shall:
C. Upon receipt, by the Contractor, of Notice to Proceed from the Owner, the Owner will make
the Project site available to the Contractor to execute the Work under the Contract.
D. Coordinate use of the premises with the Owner's Representative. Contractor must comply
with Owner's requirements conceming Contractors operations and use of the premises,
parking, loading and unloading.
1.07 OWNER OCCUPANCY:
1. Not unreasonably encumber site with materials and equipment.
2. Assume full responsibility for protection and safekeeping of stored products.
3. Move stored products which interfere with operations of Owner and other
contractors.
4. Obtain and pay for use of additional storage land work areas needed for operations.
A. Owner will occupy the area surrounding the Project site during the entire period of
Section 01010 12/28/00 Page 2 of 3 Summary of Work
Memorial Park Improvements
PART 2- PRODUCTS
NOT USED
PART 3 - EXECUTION
NOT USED
VOLUME ONE
Division 1
Summary of Work Section 01010
construction for the conduct of its normal operations. Cooperate with Owner's
Representative in all construction operations to minimize conflict, and to facilitate Owner
usage.
B. Contractor shall at all times conduct its operations as to ensure the least inconvenience to
the general public.
1.08 PARTIAL OWNER OCCUPANCY:
A. Owner reserves right to use and occupy in whole or any part of the improvements which
have been completed sufficiently to permit use and occupancy without delaying Contractor's
work. Use and occupancy by Owner shall not, however, be construed as an acceptance of
Work of any part, and any claim which Owner may have against Contractor shall not be
deemed to have been waived by occupancy.
1. For each partial use and occupancy prior to Beneficial Occupancy, Owner agrees to
obtain written consent of Contractor, secure endorsement from insurance carriers,
and consent of Surety.
2. Prior to each use and occupancy, Owner and Contractor shall make mutually
acceptable arrangements for security, protection and insurance for people and
property; warranties; and operation, maintenance and payment for utilities and
services for each such partial use and occupancy.
END OF SECTION
Section 01010 12/28/00 Page 3 of 3 Summary of Work
Memorial Park Improvements
SECTION 01040 - COORDINATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED:
A. Coordination of Work of Contract.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS:
A. Related Work of Other Sections:
1. Section 01010 - Summary of Work.
2. Section 01160 - Contractor Requirements.
3. Section 01200 - Project Meetings.
4. Section 01300 - Submittals.
5. Section 01310 - Schedules, Reports and Payments.
6. Section 01340 - Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and Colors.
7. Section 01600 - Material and Equipment.
8. Section 01630 - Product Options and Substitutions.
9. Section 01700 - Contract Closeout: Closeout submittals.
10. Division 16 Sections: Electrical Work.
1.03 COORDINATION, GENERAL:
1.04 CORRESPONDENCE:
Division 1
Coordination
VOLUME ONE
Section 01040
A. Coordinate all portions of the Work under the Contract. Require each Subcontractor to
coordinate their portion of the Work and provide their requirements for coordination of their
Work with other related Work.
B. Coordinate electrical Work with that of other trades in order that various components of
systems are installed at proper time, fit available space, and allow proper service access to
those requiring maintenance, including equipment specified in other Divisions.
C. Coordinate Work of sections having interdependent responsibilities for installing, connecting
to, and placing in service, such equipment.
D. Coordinate use of Project space and sequence of installation of electrical Work which is
indicated diagrammatically on Drawings. Follow routings shown for conduits as closely as
practicable, with due allowance for available physical space Utilize space efficiently to
maximize accessibility for other installations, for maintenance, and for repairs.
E. Coordination Drawings: Before materials are fabricated or Work begun, prepare
coordination Drawings including plans, elevations, sections, and other details as required to
clearly define relationships between sleeves, piping, conduit, and other electrical equipment.
F. Remove and relocate items which are installed without regard to proper access as directed
by the AIE, at no additional cost to the Owner.
All correspondence relating to this Project must show the Project name, Project number and
Contract number. Copies of all correspondence between the Owner, Contractor and NE (except
Section 01040 12/28/00 Page 1 of 2 Coordination
Memorial Park Improvements
VOLUME ONE
Division 1
Coordination Section 01040
shop Drawings and submittals) should be provided to all parties. Copies of correspondence for the
Owner should be provided to both the Project Manager and Inspector.
1.05 MEETINGS:
A. In addition to progress meetings specified in Section 01200, hold coordination meetings and
preinstallation conferences with personnel and Subcontractors to assure coordination of
Work.
1.06 COORDINATION OF SUBMITTALS:
A. Schedule and coordinate submittals specified in Sections 01300, 01310, 01340, 01380,
01630 and 01700 and other Sections.
B. Coordinate requests for substitutions to assure compatibility of space, of operating
elements, and effect on Work of other sections.
1.07 COORDINATION OF CONTRACT CLOSEOUT:
A. Coordinate completion and cleanup of Work of separate sections in preparation for
Beneficial Occupancy.
B. After Owner occupancy of premises, coordinate access to site by various sections for
correction of defective Work and Work not in accordance with Contract Documents, to
minimize disruption of Owner's activities.
1.08 COORDINATION WITH LOCAL PERSONNEL:
A. Problems concerning traffic, parking or blocking streets must be referred to the Round Rock
Department of Public Works at all other locations. Coordination is to be through the
Owner's Representative.
B. Any exterior problems, including the moving of utilities is to be referred to the Round Rock
Department of Public Works. Coordination is to be through the Owner's Representative.
C. The scheduling of utility outages must be coordinated with Round Rock Department of
Public Works at least two weeks in advance. This coordination is to be arranged through
the Owner's Representative.
PART 2- PRODUCTS
NOT USED
PART 3 - PRODUCTS
NOT USED
END OF SECTION
Section 01040 12/28/00 Page 2 of 2 Coordination
Memorial Park Improvements
SECTION 01050 - FIELD ENGINEERING
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
3.02 SURVEY AND LAYOUT REQUIREMENTS:
Division 1
Field Engineering
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED REQUIREMENTS:
A. Field engineering services.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS:
A. Related Work of Other Sections:
1. Section 01010 - Summary of Work.
2. Section 01700 - Contract Closeout: Project record documents.
1.03 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS:
VOLUME ONE
Section 01050
A. General: Provide and pay for field engineering services including survey and layout Work
required to execute the Work and civil, structural or other professional engineering services
specified, or required to execute the Work.
A. Qualifications of Registered Surveyor: Provide services of a Registered Surveyor licensed
in Texas.
PART 2- PRODUCTS
NOT USED
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION:
A. Verify locations of survey control points prior to starting Work.
B. Verify all dimensions and compare to existing conditions prior to laying out the Work.
Promptly notify the A/E of discrepancies discovered. Extra compensation will not be allowed
because of differences between actual measurements and indicated dimensions.
A. Establish a minimum of 2 permanent bench marks on the Site, referenced to data established
by survey control points. Record locations, with horizontal and vertical data, on Project
record documents.
B. Locate and protect control points prior to starting site work, and preserve all permanent
reference points during construction.
1. Make no changes or relocations without prior Written Notice to A/E.
2. Report to A/E when any reference point is lost or destroyed, or requires relocation
because of necessary changes in grades or locations.
3. Require surveyor to replace Project control points which may be lost or destroyed.
Establish replacements based on original survey control.
Section 01050 12/28/00 Page 1 of 2 Field Engineering
Memorial Park Improvements
VOLUME ONE
Division 1
Field Engineering Section 01050
4. Maintain a complete, accurate log of all control and survey Work as it progresses.
C. Establish adequate and clearly defined reference lines and levels required for execution of
Work; locate and lay out, by instrumentation and similar appropriate means, controlling lines
and levels required for the various trades.
D. From time to time verify layouts by the same methods.
E. Underground Obstructions:
3.03 SURVEY:
1. Pipelines, existing underground installation and underground structures in vicinity of
Work are diagrammatically shown on Drawings according to best information
available. Accuracy of information is not warranted.
2. Verify location of underground pipe lines, conduits and structures with Owner and
by prospecting in advance of excavation.
3. Repair damage to existing utilities made during construction process as part of Work
to satisfaction of Owner.
A. On completion of major site improvements, prepare certified survey showing dimensions,
locations, angles, and elevations of construction.
END OF SECTION
Section 01050 12128/00 Page 2 of 2 Field Engineering
Memorial Park Improvements
SECTION 01090 - REFERENCES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED:
A. Includes requirements for referenced standards, specifications and codes.
B. Acronyms and source of referenced standards.
1.02 REFERENCE REQUIREMENTS:
A. Materials, equipment and operations specified by reference to published standards and
specifications of a technical, society, trade association, or other agency standard, shall
comply with the requirements of the current edition of the listed document that is in effect on
the issue date of the Specifications or Addendum page making reference thereto, unless
otherwise specified. Make available at site, copies of referenced documents as Owner's
Representative or NE may request.
B. No provision of a reference standard, specification, manual, or code shall be effective to
change the duties and responsibilities of the Owner, the Contractor, the A/E and their
consultants, their agents and employees from those duties and responsibilities set forth in
the Contract Documents.
C. Acronyms for names of technical societies, associations, and agencies referenced in the
Contract Documents shall be interpreted as follows:
AA Aluminum Association
900 19th St., NW, Suite 300; Washington, DC 20006;
202/862 -5100
AABC
AAMA
American Architectural Manufacturers Association
2700 River Rd., Suite 118; Des Plaines, IL 60018;
312/699 -7310
ACI
Associated Air Balance Council
1518 K Street, NW, Suite 503, Washington, DC 20005;
202/737 -0202
AAN American Association of Nurserymen, Inc.
1250 Eye Street, NW; Suite 500, Washington, DC 20005;
202/789 -2900
American Concrete Institute
P.O. Box 19150; Detroit, MI 48219;
313/532 -2600
ACIL American Council of Independent Laboratories
1725 K Street, NW; Washington, DC 20006;
202/887 -5872
VOLUME ONE
Division 1
References Section 01090
ADC Air Diffusion Council
230 North Michigan Avenue, Suite 1200; Chicago, IL 60611;
312/372 -9800
AGC Associated General Contractors of America
1957 E. Street, NW; Washington, DC 20006
AIA American Institute of Architects
Section 01090 12/28/00 Page 1 of 7 References
Memorial Park Improvements
Division 1
References
1735 New York Avenue, NW; Washington, DC 20006
202/626 -7300
AISC American Institute of Steel Construction, Inc.
One East Wacker Drive, Suite 3100; Chicago, IL 60601;
312/670 -2400
AISI American Iron and Steel Institute
1133 15th Street, NW; Washington, DC 20005;
202/452 -7100
AMCA Air Movement and Control Association
30 West University Drive; Arlington Heights, IL 60004;
312/394 -0150
ANSI American National Standards Institute
1430 Broadway; New York, NY 10018;
212/354 -3300
APA American Plywood Association
P.O. Box 11700; Tacoma, WA 98411;
206/565 -6600
ARI Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute
1501 Wilson Blvd; Arlington, VA 22209;
703/524 -8800
ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating &
Air Conditioning Engineers, Inc.
1791 Tullie Circle, NE; Atlanta, GA 30329;
404/636 -8400
ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers
345 East 47th Street; New York, NY 10017;
212/705 -7722
ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials
1916 Race Street; Philadelphia, PA 19103;
215/299 -5400
AWI Architectural Woodwork Institute
2310 S. Walter Reed Drive; Arlington, VA 22206;
703/671 -9100
AWPA American Wood Preservers' Association
P.O. Box 849; Stevensville, MD 21666;
301 /643 -4163
AWPB American Wood Preservers Bureau
P.O. Box 5283; Springfield, VA 22150;
703/339 -6660
AWS American Welding Society, Inc.
P.O. Box 351040; 550 Le Jeune Rd., NW; Miami, FL 33135;
305/443 -9353
AWWA American Water Works Association
6666 West Quincy Avenue; Denver, CO 80235;
303/794 -7711
BHMA
Builders' Hardware Manufacturers Association
335 Lexington Ave., 17th Floor; New York, NY 10017;
212/661-4261
BIA Brick Institute of America
11490 Commerce Park Drive, Suite 300; Reston, VA 22091;
VOLUME ONE
Section 01090
Section 01090 12/28/00 Page 2 of 7 References
Memorial Park Improvements
703/620 -0010
Division 1
References
CE Corps of Engineers (U.S. Department of the Army)
Chief of Engineers - Referral; Washington, D.C. 0314;
202/272 -0660
CPSC Consumer Product Safety Commission
National Injury Information Clearinghouse
5401 Westbard Avenue; Bethesda, MD 20816;
800/638 -2772
CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute
933 Plum Grove Road; Schaumburg, IL 60173;
312/517 -1200
DHI Door and Hardware Institute
7711 Old Springhouse Road; McLean, VA 22102;
703/556 -3990
FGMA Flat Glass Marketing Association
3310 Harrison; Topeka, KS 66611;
913/266 -7013
FM Factory Mutual Engineering and Research Organization
1151 Boston - Providence Turnpike; Norwood, MA 02062;
617/762 -4300
FS Federal Specification (General Services
Administration) Specifications Unit (WFSIS)
7th and D Streets, SW; Washington, DC 20406;
202/472 -2205 or 2140
GA Gypsum Association
810 First Street, NE, Suite 510; Washington, DC 20002;
202/289 -5440
IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
345 East 47th Street; New York, NY 10017;
212/705 -7900
IESNA Illuminating Engineering Society of North America
345 E. 47th Street; New York, NY 10017;
212/705 -7926
IGCC Insulating Glass Certification Council
c/o ETL Testing Labs, P.O. Box 539; Industrial Park; Cortland, NY
13045; 607/753 -6711
ILI Indiana Limestone Institute of America
Stone City Bank Building, Suite 400; Bedford, IN 47421;
812/275 -4426
LPI Lightning Protection Institute
P.O. Box 1029; Woodstock, IL 60098;
815/337 -0277
MIL Military Standardization Documents (U.S. Dept of Defense)
Naval Publications and Forms Center
5801 Tabor Avenue; Philadelphia, PA 19120
ML/SFA Metal Lath /Steel Framing Association (Division of NAAMM)
600 S. Federal St., Suite 400; Chicago, IL 60605;
312/922 -6222
MSS Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings
Industry; 127 Park Street, NE; Vienna, VA 22180;
VOLUME ONE
Section 01090
Section 01090 12/28/00 Page 3 of 7 References
Memorial Park Improvements
703/281 -6613
Division 1
References
NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers
600 S. Federal St, Suite 400; Chicago, IL 60605;
312/922 -6222
NCMA National Concrete Masonry Association
P.O. Box 781; Herndon, VA 22070;
703/435 -4900
NEC National Electric Code (by NFPA)
NEII National Elevator Industry, Inc.
185 Bridge Plaza, North; Fort Lee, NJ 07024;
201/944 -3211
NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association
2101 L Street, NW, Suite 300; Washington, DC 20037;
202/457 -8400
NFPA National Fire Protection Association
One Batterymarch Park; Quincy, MA 02269
617/770 -3000
NIST National Institute of Standards and Technology
(formerly National Bureau of standards; U.S. Dept. of Commerce)
Gaithersburg, MD 20234;
301/921 -3405
NPA National Particleboard Association
18928 Premiere Court; Gaithersburg, MD 20879;
301/670 -0604
NPCA National Paint and Coatings Association
1500 Rhode Island Ave., NW; Washington, DC 20005;
202/462 -6272
NRCA National Roofing Contractors Association
6250 River Rd.; Rosemont, IL 60018;
312/318 -6722
NSF National Sanitation Foundation
P.O. Box 1468; 3475 Plymouth Road; Ann Arbor, MI 48106;
313/769 -8010
NTMA The National Terrazzo and Mosaic Association, Inc.
3166 Des Plains Ave., IL 60018;
312/635 -7744
NWMA National Woodwork Manufacturers Association (now NWWDA)
NWWDA National Wood Window and Door Association (formerly NWMA)
1400 E. Touhy Avenue #G54; Park Ridge, IL 60018;
312/299 -5200
VOLUME ONE
Section 01090
OSHA Occupational Safety & Health Administration (U.S. Department of
Labor)Government Printing Office; Washington, DC 20402;
202/783 -3238
PCA Portland Cement Association
5420 Old Orchard Road; Skokie, IL 60077;
312/966 -6200
PCI Prestressed Concrete Institute
175 W. Jackson Blvd.; Chicago, IL 60604;
312/786 -0300
PDI Plumbing and Drainage Institute (c /o Saul Baker)
1106 W. 77th St., South Dr.; Indianapolis, IN 46260;
Section 01090 12/28/00 Page 4 of 7 References
Memorial Park Improvements
317/251 -6970
Division 1
References
PS Product Standard of NBS (U.S. Department of Commerce)
Government Printing Office; Washington, DC 20402;
202/783 -3238
RFC! Resilient Floor Covering Institute
966 Hungerford Drive, Suite 12B; Rockville, MC 20805;
301/340-6580
RIS Redwood Inspection Service (Grading Rules)
405 Enfrente Dr., Suite 200; Novato, CA 94949;
415/382 -0662
SDI Steel Deck Institute
P.O. Box 9506; Canton, OH 44711;
216/493 -7886
SDI Steel Door Institute
30200 Detroit Road; Cleveland, OH 44107;
216/899 -0010
SIGMA Sealed Insulating Glass Manufacturers Association
111 East Wacker Drive; Chicago, IL 60601;
312/644 -6610
SMACNA Sheet Metal & Air Conditioning Contractors National Association, Inc.
P.O. Box 70; Merrifield, VA 22116;
703/790 -9890
SPIB Southern Pine Inspection Bureau (Grading Rules)
4709 Scenic Highway; Pensacola, FL 32504;
904/434 -2611
SSPC Steel Structures Painting Council
4400 5th Avenue; Pittsburgh, PA 15213;
412/268 -3327
TCA Tile Council of America, Inc.
P.O. Box 326; Princeton, NJ 08540;
609/921 -7050
TIMA Thermal Insulation Manufacturers Association
29 Bank St.; Stamford, CT 06901;
203/324 -7533
TxDOT Texas Department of Transportation
Austin, Texas
UL Underwriter's Laboratories
333 Pfingsten Road; Northbrook, IL 60062;
312/272 -8800
WCLIB West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau (Grading Rules)
P.O. Box 23145; Portland, OR 97223;
503/639 -0651
WWPA Western Wood Products Association
Yeon Building, 522 SW 5th Avenue; Portland, OR 97204;
503/224 -3930
1.03 GOVERNING REGULATIONS /AUTHORITIES:
VOLUME ONE
Section 01090
A. The NE has contacted authorities having jurisdiction for the listed Regulations and Codes
where necessary to obtain information for preparation of the Contract Documents. Contact
Section 01090 12/28/00 Page 5 of 7 References
Memorial Park Improvements
1.04 DEFINITIONS:
Division 1
References
VOLUME ONE
Section 01090
authorities having jurisdiction directly for information and decisions having bearing on Work.
1. Life Safety Code, NFPA 101.
2. Standard Building Code, Southern Building Code Congress International, (for all
items not covered by Life Safety Code).
3. National Fire Codes, NFPA (applicable to work).
4. Standard Plumbing Code, Southern Building Code Congress International.
5. Texas Accessibility Standards (TAS) Texas Department of Licensing and
Regulations, Architectural Barriers Act, Article 9102, Texas Civil Statutes.
6. American Disabilities Act, Part III, 28 CFR 36, July 26, 1991.
A. Require and Words of Similar Import: As required to complete the Work and as required by
NE, unless stated otherwise.
B. Perform: Contractor, at its expense, shall perform operations necessary to complete Work,
including furnishing of necessary labor, tools and equipment, and further including furnishing
and installing of materials indicated, specified or required to complete such performance.
C. Provide: Contractor, at its expense, shall furnish and install Work complete in place and
ready for use, including furnishing of necessary labor, materials, tools, equipment and
transportation. Definitions apply same to future, present and past tenses, except word
"provide" may mean "contingent upon" where such is context.
D. Other Acceptable Manufacture, Equal, Acceptable Equal, Equivalent and Words of Similar
Import: It shall be understood such words are followed by expression "in opinion of NE"
unless stated otherwise.
E. Acceptable, Acceptance or Words of Similar Import: Acceptance or similar import of AIE is
intended unless stated otherwise.
F. At No Extra Cost to Owner, With No Extra Compensation to Contractor, at Contractor's
Expense or Terms of Similar Import: Such terms shall be understood to mean that
Contractor shall perform or provide specified operation of Work at no increase to Contract
Sum stated in executed Contract.
G. NIC: Work of this Project which is not being performed or provided as part of Contract; term
shall mean "Not In This Contract" or "Not a Part of the Work to be Performed or Provided by
Contractor." "NIC" Work is indicated as aid to Contractor in scheduling amount of time and
materials necessary for completion of Contract.
H. Indicated: The term "indicated" is a cross - reference to graphics, notes or schedules on
Drawings, to other paragraphs or schedules in the Specifications, and to similar means of
recording requirements in Contract Documents. Where terms such as "shown," "noted,"
"scheduled," and "specified" are used in lieu of "indicated," it is for purpose of helping reader
locate cross - reference, and no limitation of location is intended except as specifically noted.
Directed, Requested or Similar Wording: Where not otherwise explained, terms such as
"directed," "requested," "authorized," "selected," "approved," "required," "accepted," and
"permitted" mean "directed by Owner, AIE," "requested by Owner, AIE.' and similar directions
by Owner, NE. However, no such implied meaning will be interpreted to extend Owner, NE's
responsibility into Contractor's area of construction supervision.
Section 01090 12/28100 Page 6 of 7 References
Memorial Park Improvements
Division 1
References
VOLUME ONE
Section 01090
J. Approve: Where used in conjunction with Owner, A/E's response to submittals, requests,
applications, inquiries, reports and claims by Contractor, the meaning of term "approved" will
be held to limitations of Owner, A/E's responsibilities and duties specified in General
Conditions. In no case will "approval" by Owner, NE be interpreted as a release of
Contractor from responsibilities to fulfill requirements of Contract Documents.
K. Project Site: The space available to Contractor for performance of the Work, either
exclusively or in conjunction with others performing other Work as part of the Project.
L. Engineer: May refer to Owner's Representative or A/E hired by Owner.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
NOT USED
PART 3 - EXECUTION
NOT USED
END OF SECTION
Section 01090 12/28/00 Page 7 of 7 References
Memorial Park Improvements
1.02 CONTRACT CHANGES:
Division 1
SECTION 01150 - CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION AND INSPECTION
PART - GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES:
VOLUME ONE
Contract Administration and Inspection Section 01150
A. The General Conditions specify that the Owner through the A/E or the Owner's
Representative shall provide Contract Administration.
A. General Conditions states that the Owner may order changes in the Work within the general
scope of the Contract, consisting of additions, deletions or other revisions. If such revisions
cause an increase or decrease in the Contractor's cost or time required for performance of
the Contract, an equitable adjustment may be made and confirmed in writing in the form of a
Contract Change.
1. Changes to the Contract are made through the revision process Revisions
directed and /or approved by the Owner are in effect Change Orders and are legally
binding documents. A Contract Change may contain one or more revisions. It is
necessary that proposed revisions be recorded and numbered in sequence.
Contractor and Owner's Representative shall maintains a log of all proposed
revisions. Any suggestion of a revision, including possible claims, must be in the
log and numbered.
2. Request for Proposal - A Request for Proposal (REP) will be issued to the
Contractor by the Owner. Copies will be provided to other parties as indicated on
the form.
Contractor's Proposal - The Contractor will complete this portion of the RFP within
thirty (30) days and return the original RFP to the Owner along with an itemized
price proposal. If the Contractor requests a time extension for the changes work,
adequate justification must be provided to prove the impact on the approved
constructions schedule (ref. section 01310).
Owner's Action - Upon receipt of the Contractor's Proposal, the Owner will review
the Contractor's cost and time proposals and make a decision whether to proceed
with the revision, reject it, or negotiate all or certain items with the Contractor. The
Contractor will be notified of the Owner's action with copies to the NE and Project
Inspector. Approved revisions will be incorporated into a subsequent Change
Order.
3. The cost of increased or decreased work will be adjusted by one of the following
methods.
Itemized Price Proposal - This is the preferred method to accomplish changes in
the work. The change in work is described in writing to the Contractor and it
responds with its proposed cost to do the work. A detailed cost breakdown is
furnished by the Contractor with its proposal. This detailed cost breakdown makes
it possible to evaluate the Contractor's Cost proposal.
a. List estimated labor by crafts and rates. Wage rates listed will be the actual
Section 01150 12128/00 Page 1 of 3Contract Administration and Inspection
Memorial Park Improvements
1.03 BELOW GRADE INSPECTIONS
1.04 CONCRETE INSPECTIONS
Division 1
VOLUME ONE
Contract Administration and Inspection Section 01150
rates paid to the workers. Payroll Burden is paid for separately. Fringe
benefits, if applicable, are paid separately. The cost for superintendency will
not be included. Superintendency or any supervision not participating in direct
labor is an overhead cost and is included as a portion of the markup on Line B.
The cost for a working foreman will be allowed as a portion of the labor.
b. List materials and transportation charges to the site of the work, by kinds, types
and prices. Include an invoice or quotation to establish the price for any single
item of $500.00 or more Items priced less than $500.00 may require an
invoice or quotation as determined by the Owner's Representative.
c. Cost of small tools will not be included; but machine or other equipment rates
necessary for the Work will be allowed. The rate should be a fair and
reasonable rate which includes fuels, lubricants, land repairs, but not profit.
d. Add the subtotals for labor, material, equipment, and transportation, etc., and
show this sum on line A.
e. The specifications state that to the amount of labor, materials, equipment, etc.
(total of 4 above) will be added a sum equal to 20% if the total is greater than
$3000.00, or a sum equal to 25% if the total is less than or equal to $3000.00
This covers General or Home Office Overhead, Project Overhead, and Profit.
f. Payroll Burden imposed on the Contractor and Subcontractor by the State
and/or Federal Government include: Social Security, Worker's Compensation
Insurance, Unemployment Compensation Insurance, and other payroll costs of
a like nature, incident solely to Change Order work may, if applicable, be added
on line C. Fringe Benefits such as health and welfare, pensions and training
that are required by trade unions or a company wide program should be added
on line D. This will be tabulated and handled as a percent of the labor cost.
g. In cases where changes in the Work result in a credit to the Owner, the credit
shall consist of the direct costs as identified above. In cases where a change in
the Work results in both a credit and charges, the Contractor will be allowed to
add the overhead and profit percentage to the net cost if net cost is positive.
A. Before the covering or backfilling of any improvement below grade cover up inspection will
be conducted to see that all items meet the plans and specs. Only after all the deficiencies
have been corrected will the Contractor be allowed to install any backfill.
A. Before the placing of any Cast in Place concrete structure an inspection will be conducted to
see that all items meet the intent of the plans or specs. Only after all the deficiencies have
been corrected will the Contractor be allowed to proceed.
1.05 NE AND OWNER "S REPRESENTATIVE PRE -FINAL INSPECTION
A. When the Contractor feels that the work is complete and ready for the Owner's use, it will
Section 01150 12/28/00 Page 2 of 3Contract Administration and Inspection
Memorial Park Improvements
Division 1
1.06 FINAL INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE
1.07 BENEFICIAL OCCUPANCY
1.08 FINAL ACCEPTANCE
1.09 ONE YEAR INSPECTION
END OF SECTION
VOLUME ONE
Contract Administration and Inspection Section 01150
notify the NE in writing that the work is complete and ready for a Pre -Final Inspection on a
definite date. The NE, along with the Owner's representatives will make a detailed
inspection of all work included in the Contract and the A/E will furnish to the Contractor a list
of incomplete items. When all these items have been completed by the Contractor, it will
notify the A/E that all items of the Pre -Final Inspection have been completed.
A. Upon verification by the NE that the deficiencies found during the Pre -Final Inspection have
been corrected, and the work is ready for Final Inspection and Acceptance, the Owner will,
within ten (10) calendar days after receiving written verification by the A/E, make a Final
Inspection. When the work is found acceptable under the Contract Documents without any
exceptions and the Contract is fully performed, then final payment will be made to the
Contractor.
A. Should the Owner wish to use or occupy the Work, or a portion thereof, prior to final
completion, and the Contractor determines that the Work, or a designated portion thereof
acceptable to the Owner is sufficiently complete, a Beneficial Occupancy procedure will be
initiated in accordance with General Conditions.
A. When the work is fully complete, the A/E will notify the Owner, recommending final
acceptance of the work. The NE will prepare a Report of Final Inspection and Acceptance.
A. All Contracts awarded City of Round Rock contain a one year workmanship and material
guarantee as stated in the General Conditions. Defects which might result in damage to the
facility or other property Owner's Representative, who will notify the A/E and the Contractor.
Section 01150 12/28/00 Page 3 of 3Contract Administration and Inspection
Memorial Park Improvements
Contractor Requirements
SECTION 01160 - CONTRACTOR REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES:
A. Bidding and Contract requirements apply to this work. Section includes procedures for the
overall accomplishment of the Work. Where specified action is required by this Section,
Contractor is responsible to perform or assign such requirement to Subcontractors and see
that it is performed.
1.02 RELATED WORK:
Division 1
A. Related Work of Other Sections:
1. Section 01010 - Summary of Work.
2. Section 01040 - Coordination.
3. Section 01500 - Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls.
4. Other Technical Sections.
1.03 RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN TRADES:
VOLUME ONE
Section 01160
A. Contractor shall require and be responsible for cooperation and coordination between various
trades and subcontractors whose work is dependent upon one another. Schedule such work
so as to prevent delays in dependent work and so that all related work will progress together.
Fully inform each trade or subcontractor of the relation of its work to other work, and require
each to make necessary provisions for the requirements of such other work. No additional
compensation for extra work incurred through the lack of cooperation and coordination
between various trades and subcontractors will be allowed.
1.04 PROTECTION:
A. Contractor shall assume responsibility for initiation and maintenance of protective
requirements specified under temporary protections and controls in Section 01500.
1.05 REPAIR OF DAMAGE:
A. Damage: Restore accidental or careless damage to work to remain in place to a condition
as good as or better than existed before work was commenced and at no cost to the Owner.
1.06 USE OF STREETS:
A. Contractor shall conform to campus rules and /or regulations applicable to the use
of streets and sidewalk areas.
1.07 SECURITY:
1. Confine truck route egress and exit to Site indicated on Drawings.
2. Coordinate closing of streets, service drives and parking lots in accordance
with Section 01040, paragraph 1.08.
A. Conform to requirements of public laws, ordinances and regulations and requirements of
insurance carriers concerning security of Site while work is in progress as well as when it has
been suspended.
Section 01160 12/28/00 Page 1 of 3 Contractor Requirements
Memorial Park Improvements
1.08 RECORD DOCUMENTS:
Division 1
VOLUME ONE
Contractor Requirements Section 01160
A. Maintain project record documents at Site. Refer to Section 01720 for
requirements.
1.09 CONSTRUCTION LOADING:
A. General: Concrete slabs on grade have not been designed for heavy loading.
B. Slabs On Grade: Do not subject slabs on grade to excessive loading by shoring, storage of
materials or operation of construction equipment unless adequately protected by planking.
Maintenance of slabs in good condition is the responsibility of the Contractor, who shall
remove all damaged areas of such slabs and replace them with new work at no cost to
Owner.
1.10 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS:
A. Existing Utilities: Schedule shut downs if needed in order to minimize inconvenience to
Owner. Notify Owner's Representative in writing two weeks in advance of any anticipated
shutdowns. Schedule shutdown at a time mutually agreeable to Owner and Contractor.
C. Damaged Utilities and Services: When existing utilities are damaged Department of Public
Works shall make repairs or permit Contractor to repair under supervision of Department of
Public Works personnel. If repairs are to utilities shown on Contract Documents, all costs
or repairs incurred by Owner will be borne by Contractor.
D. No additional compensation will be made to Contractor for reasons of premium time, after
hours, overtime or for inefficiency of operation.
E. Parking: Restricted to areas indicated for Contractor's use. Contractor shall make
arrangements and pay for any additional parking required off Project Site.
F. Deliveries and Removals: All deliveries of construction material, equipment, supplies, and
similar operations, and removals shall be performed only in areas designated and approved
by Owner's Representative.
G. Circulation: Confine construction operations to designated areas avoiding any interruption
of vehicular circulation to existing facilities. Should these requirements become unavoidable,
submit a request to Owner's Representative in writing at least two weeks prior to anticipated
interruption, stating predicted time, location and duration of interruption.
H. Construction Scheduling: The Work shall be conducted in such a way as to cause a
minimum of interference with the use of adjacent existing facilities during regular school
and/or work hours.
I. Noise Control: The Contractor shall execute the Work in this Contract as quietly as practical
to avoid unnecessary disturbances.
1. Any complaints duly registered by Owner of unacceptable noise levels shall be cause
for use of special precautions and methods of operation by Contractor to reduce
noises to acceptable levels at no additional cost to the Owner.
2. The Owner shall be sole judge of tolerability of noise levels.
J. Dust Control: Control all dust, to Owner's satisfaction, in working area and involved portions
of Site including access roads or drives.
Section 01160 12/28/00 Page 2 of 3 Contractor Requirements
Memorial Park Improvements
PART 2MATERIALS: NOT USED
PART 3EXECUTION: NOT USED
Division 1
Contractor Requirements
END OF SECTION
VOLUME ONE
Section 01160
Section 01160 12/28/00 Page 3 of 3 Contractor Requirements
Memorial Park Improvements
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES:
Division 1
VOLUME ONE
NPDES - Stormwater Prevention Plan Section 01165
SECTION 01165 - NPDES - STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN
PART 1 - GENERAL
A. This project is subject to Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) National Pollution
Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) Construction Storm Water Discharge Regulations
and Requirements. The Contractor will be required to execute a Notice of Intent, implement
the Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) included in the Contract Documents,
comply with all reporting and inspection requirements set forth in the NPDES regulation, and
issue a Notice of Termination once the project is complete. (The SWPPP, NOI and NOT
are included after this section).
END OF SECTION
Section 01165 12/28/00 Page 1 of 1 NPDES - Stormwater Prevention Plan
Memorial Park Improvements
SECTION 01200 - PROJECT MEETINGS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS:
A. Bidding and Contract Requirements and Division 1 - General Requirements of the
Specifications apply to this work.
1.02 SECTION INCLUDES:
Division 1
Protect Meetings Section 01200
A. Requirements for the arrangement, distribution of notices, and maintenance of records for
the pre- construction meeting, progress meetings, and pre - installation meetings.
1.03 GENERAL:
A. Contractors, subcontractors and suppliers representatives attending the
meetings/conferences of this section shall be qualified and authorized to act on behalf of the
entity each represents.
B. Comply with the following meeting requirements after execution of the Contract.
1. Arrangements: Arrange for a convenient, comfortable room in which to conduct the
progress meetings, furnished as necessary to accommodate the people involved
and to accomplish the purpose of the meeting. Owner will provide the room for the
pre- construction meeting.
2. Notices: Distribute written notices to all concerned at least 1 week in advance of the
meeting date.
3. Records: Keep notes during each meeting and distribute them in the form of minutes
of the meeting to all concerned within 4 days after the adjournment of the meeting.
4. Schedule Updating: Immediately following each progress meeting, where revisions
to the progress schedule have been made or recognized, revise the progress
schedule. Reissue revised schedule concurrently with report of each meeting.
1.03 PRE - CONSTRUCTION MEETING:
A. . Chairman: The meeting will be presided over by the Owner's Representative.
B. Attendance: The following persons will be expected to attend:
1. Owner's Representative.
2. Architect/Engineer's Construction Administrator.
3. Architect/Engineer's Consultant for Electrical.
4. Contractor's General Superintendent and Project Manager.
5. Major Subcontractors including those for electrical work.
C. Agenda: Subjects shall include, but are not limited to the following:
1. Distribution of submittals. Refer to Section 01300.
2. Sequence of critical work.
3. Relation and coordination of Contractor.
4. Designation of responsible personnel.
5. Processing of Change Orders.
6. Adequacy of distribution of Construction Documents.
7. Handling of materials to permit inspection.
Section 01200 12/28/00 Page 1 of 3 Project Meetings
Memorial Park Improvements
Division 1
1.04 PROGRESS MEETINGS:
Project Meetings Section 01200
8. Procedure for maintaining Record Documents.
9. Use of the premises; access to the Site, office and storage areas, and Owner's
requirements.
10. Major equipment deliveries and priorities.
11. Safety and first aid procedure.
12. Security procedures.
13. Housekeeping procedures.
14. Additional subjects as requested by the Owner, the Architect/Engineer or the
Contractor.
15. List of major subcontractors and supplies.
A. Chairman: Contractor's Project Manager or Project Superintendent shall preside over the
meeting.
B. Attendance: The following persons will be expected to attend:
1. Owner's Representative.
2. Architect/Engineer's Construction Administrator.
3. Architect/Engineer's Consultants for electrical until excused from attendance.
4. Contractor's General Superintendent, Project Superintendent and Project Manager.
5. Subcontractors who have work in progress.
6. Subcontractor who will start work within the next month.
7. Others as requested by Owner, Architect/Engineer, or Contractor.
C. Agenda: The Contractor will provide a written agenda including but not necessarily limited
to the following items:
1. Present a brief written narrative of construction progress since the last monthly
meeting containing:
a. General description of work performed.
b. Expectation of meeting scheduled dates.
c. Description of current or anticipated delaying factors or problems, if any.
2. Review the updated Progress Schedule and present a written schedule analysis.
3. Review the Submittal Schedule /Log.
4. Review the Revision Log.
5. Review of Requests for Information.
6. Review of Record ( "As Built ") Drawings.
7. Review /approval of the Pay Request.
8. General discussion: Other outstanding/current business.
D. Number of Meetings: A minimum of one progress meeting shall be held each month. Other
weekly or biweekly progress meetings shall be held as determined by the Owner and shall
cover those subjects as required by the Owner.
1.05 PRE- INSTALLATION MEETINGS:
A. Convene a pre - installation meeting at the Project field office prior to commencing any work.
B. Require attendance of entities directly affecting, or affected by, work of Section.
C. Notify Engineer ten (10) days in advance of meeting date.
Section 01200 12/28/00 Page 2 of 3 Project Meetings
Memorial Park Improvements
PART 2- PRODUCTS
NOT USED
PART 3 - EXECUTION
NOT USED
Division 1
Project Meetings Section 01200
D. Contractor shall prepare agenda, preside at meeting, record minutes, and distribute copies
within four (4) working days after meeting to participants, with three (3) copies furnished to
the Architect and one (1) copy furnished to the Owner.
E. Review conditions of installation, preparation and installation procedures, and coordination
with related work. Review submittals for all work to be installed.
F. The Contractor shall maintain an adequate inspection system and perform such inspection
to insure that the work called for by this contract conforms to the contract specifications and
requirements.
The Contractor shall maintain complete inspection records and make them available to the
Owner's Representative.
END OF SECTION
Section 01200 12/28/00 Page 3 of 3 Project Meetings
Memorial Park Improvements
SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS:
A. Bidding and Contract Requirements and General Requirements of the Specifications apply
to this work.
1.02 SECTION INCLUDES:
A. Administrative submittal requirements, including but not limited to:
1.03 RELATED WORK:
1. List of proposed subcontractors.
2. List of materials.
3. Contract price breakdown.
4. Progress schedule.
A. Coordinate the work of this Section with work of other Sections as required to properly
execute the Work, and as necessary to maintain satisfactory progress of the work of other
Sections, including:
1. Section 01010 - Summary of Work.
2. Section 01310 - Schedules, Reports and Payments.
3. Section 01340 - Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and Colors.
4. Section 01600 - Material and Equipment.
5. Section 01630 - Product Options and Substitutions.
6. Section 01700 - Contract Closeout.
7. Division 16 Section: Additional submittal requirements for electrical work.
1.04 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:
Division 1
VOLUME ONE
Submittals Section 01300
A. General: Immediately after the development and acceptance of the fully developed
progress schedule, prepare a complete schedule of work - related submittals. Submit this
schedule within 10 days of the date required for establishment of progress schedule.
Correlate this submittal schedule with the listing of principal subcontractors, as required by
the Special Provisions, and with the "list of materials" as specified and elsewhere in Contract
Documents.
B. Form: Prepare the schedule in chronological order of submittals. Show category of the
submittal, name of Subcontractor, a generic description of work covered, related section
numbers, activity or event number on progress schedule, the scheduled date for the first
submission, resubmittal, and the final release or approval by Architect/Engineer. Submittals
of written data shall be on 8-1/2 x 11 inch size paper, they shall be typed and they shall
clearly state the name of the project, the subject of the submittal and its date.
C. Delivery: Submittals shall be sent to the Architect/Engineer's office. The required date shall
be considered met if the submittal is postmarked with such date.
Section 01300 12/28/00 Page 1 of 3 Submittals
Memorial Park Improvements
Division 1
VOLUME ONE
Submittals Section 01300
D. Approval: When approval is required, resubmittals shall be made when necessary in the
manner described for the original submission, unless specified otherwise, until it is received.
1.05 LIST OF PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS AND SUPPLIERS:
A. General: Not later than 30 days after Award of Contract, submit the names of
subcontractors and material suppliers proposed for work tabulated by and complete for each
portion of the work in duplicate, in accordance with General Conditions. Performance or
non - performance of any subcontractor or material supplier will not relieve the Contractor of
its responsibility for work as called for under the Contract Documents.
B. Submit list of materials within 60 days after issuance of Notice to Proceed in accordance
with General Conditions.
1.06 LIST OF PROPOSED MATERIALS:
A. Materials List: Submit in duplicate a list of the following types of materials proposed for
installation:
1. Material not specified (follow substitution requirements specified in Section 01630).
2. Material selected from a Specification naming more than one manufacturer or
supplier.
3. Material selected to conform to a reference specification when no manufacturer has
been named.
B. It will be assumed that unlisted materials will be furnished as specified when only one
manufacturer has been specified or that the Architect/Engineer's selection will govern when
more than one manufacturer has been named or when reference specifications have been
used.
C. The list shall be tabulated by, and be complete for, each Specification Section and portion of
the Work. Include name of manufacturer of each material. For materials specified by
reference standards, also include the following with the listing of each such product:
1. Address of manufacturer.
2. Trade name.
3. Model or catalogue designation.
4. Manufacturer's data, including performance and test data and referenced
standards.
1.07 CONTRACT PRICE BREAKDOWN:
A. General:
Section 01300 12/28/00 Page 2 of 3 Submittals
Memorial Park Improvements
1. Submit Contract Price Breakdown to Owner and Architect at least 20 days prior to
submitting first Application for Payment. (Refer to General Conditions)
2. Upon request of Architect, furnish additional data to support values given that will
substantiate their correctness.
3. Approved Contract Price Breakdown will be used as basis for reviewing
Contractor's Applications for Payment.
4. Identify and recap the 10% of the total amount of work to be performed by the
Contractor's own organization in accordance with General Conditions.
B. Form and Content:
PART 2- PRODUCTS
NOT USED
PART 3 - EXECUTION
NOT USED
Division 1
VOLUME ONE
Submittals Section 01300
1. Submit typewritten Schedule.
a. Use Table of Contents of Project Manual as basis of format for listing costs
of Work.
b. List installed value of component parts of Work in sufficient detail to serve
as basis for computing values for progress payments.
2. Line item costs shall not include General Contractor fee /overhead and profit; but,
shall reflect the direct cost for labor and materials to General Contractor. Separate
items into labor amounts and material amounts for each item.
3. For items on which payment will be requested for stored materials, break down
value into:
a. Cost of materials, delivered and unloaded, with taxes paid.
b. Total installed value.
4. Labor Costs: Include estimated installation costs including labor, applicable taxes,
insurance, fringe benefits, erection equipment and tools.
5. Materials Costs: Include estimated material and manufactured equipment costs
including delivery, taxes and insurance.
6. Itemize separate line item cost for each of the following General Contractor cost
items:
a. Bonds.
b. Field supervision and layout.
c. Temporary facilities and controls.
d. General Contractor overhead and profit or "fee."
7. Combined total of all costs listed in Schedule shall equal Contract Sum.
C. Review and Resubmittal:
1. After initial review by Owner and Architect, revise and resubmit if required.
2. Revise and resubmit along with next Application for Payment when a Change Order
is issued. List each Change Order as a new line item.
1.08 PROGRESS SCHEDULE
A. Submission: Prepare and submit in triplicate, a progress schedule and bar graph or if
specified, a Critical Path Method Schedule as specified in Section 01310 Schedules,
Reports and Payments.
END OF SECTION
Section 01300 12/28/00 Page 3 of 3 Submittals
Memorial Park Improvements
Schedules, Reports and Payments
SECTION 01310 - SCHEDULES, REPORTS AND PAYMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS:
A. Bidding and Contract Requirements and General Requirements of the Specifications apply
to this work.
1.02 SECTION INCLUDES:
A. Administrative submittal requirements, including but not limited to:
1.03 RELATED WORK:
Division 1
1. Bar chart progress schedule.
2. Daily reports.
3. Payment requests.
A. Coordinate the work of this Section with work of other Sections as required to properly
execute the Work, and as necessary to maintain satisfactory progress of the work of other
Sections, including:
1. Section 01010 - Summary of Work.
2. Section 01300 - Submittals.
3. Section 01340 - Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and Colors.
4. Section 01700 - Contract Closeout.
1.04 PROGRESS SCHEDULE:
VOLUME ONE
Section 01310
Coordination: Comply with General Conditions,. Coordinate both the listing and timing of reports and
other activities required by provisions of this Section and other Sections, so as to provide consistency
and logical coordination between the reports. Maintain coordination and correlation between separate
reports by updating at monthly or shorter time intervals. Make appropriate distribution of each report
and updated report to all parties involved in the work including the A/E and Owner. In particular,
provide close coordination of the progress schedule, contract price breakdown, listing of subcontracts,
schedule of submittals, progress reports, and payment requests.
A. Preliminary Work Progress Schedule: Submit a bar-chart type progress schedule within three
weeks after receipt of Notice to Proceed. On the schedule, indicate a time bar for each major
category or unit of work to be performed at Site, properly sequenced and coordinated with
other elements of work. Show completion of the work sufficiently in advance of the date
established for completion of the work. Update schedule monthly prior to approval of
progress payment. Provide the CPM diagram and logic for the Owner's review and
comments. Information shall include graphic (outlined in Section B) and on diskette.
1. Submittal Tabulation: With the bar -chart submittal, submit a tabulation, by date, of
the submittals required during the first 90 days of Construction Time. This tabulation
shall include both those submittals required during the initial 90 days of construction
to maintain the orderly progression of the work, and those submittals required early
because of long lead time for manufacture or fabrication. Submittal dates shall be
shown on the bar -chart schedule tabulated.
Section 01310 12/28/00 Page 1 of 8 Schedules, Reports and Payments
Memorial Park Improvements
2. Work Progress Schedule: Based on preliminary development of the progress
schedule, if any, and on whatever updating and feedback may have occurred during
project start-up, secure critical time commitments for performing major elements of
B. Critical Path Method:
VOLUME ONE
Division 1
Schedules, Reports and Payments Section 01310
the Work. Submit a comprehensive bar-chart type progress schedule indicating, by
stage -coded symbols, a time bar for each major category or unit of work to be
performed at Site; include minor elements of work which are, nevertheless, involved
in overall sequencing of the Work. Contractor shall identify all critical items. Arrange
schedule to show graphically the major sequences of work necessary for the
completion of related elements of work. Prepare and maintain the schedule on
either a sheet of sufficient size, not to exceed 30" x 42 ", (or else a series of sheets)
showing required data clearly for the entire Construction Time. Prepare the
schedule on sheets of stable transparency, or other reproducible material, to permit
reproduction for the required distribution. Provide monthly update on graphic and
diskette.
3. Distribution: Following the initial submittal to and response by the Architect/Engineer
and Owner, print and distribute progress schedules to Architect/Engineer, Owner,
the principal subcontractors and suppliers or fabricators, and others with a need-to-
know schedule - compliance requirement. Post copies in the project meeting room
and temporary field office. When revisions are made, distribute updated issues to
the same entities and post updated issues in the same locations. Delete entities
from distribution when they have completed their assigned work and are no longer
involved in performance of scheduled work.
1. Description: Submit Progress Schedule in accordance with the Critical Path Method
(CPM) consisting of a time scaled arrow diagram and related computer generated
analysis reports.
2. Submittals: Submit two (2) copies of the Network Diagram and Bar Chart and two
(2) copies of the computer generated Reports to the NE and to the Owner within
three weeks of the Notice to Proceed. (Owner and A/E will request revisions, if
necessary, and return to Contractor with suggested revisions.)
Upon final approval by A/E and Owner copies of the Network Diagram, Bar
Chart and Reports shall be distributed as follows:
Two (2) copies of each to Owner.
Three (3) copies of each to A/E.
One copy to principal Subcontractors and vendors.
One copy to others affected by schedule.
Copies posted in Project Meeting Room and Temporary Field Office.
As major revisions are made during construction, distribute up -to -date issues to the
same entities listed above and make postings accordingly.
Under no circumstances will construction operations begin other than initial
mobilization until the progress schedule, in its entirety, is approved.
3. Network Diagram: Activities shown on the schedule shall be categorized as follows:
Each individual construction activity.
Submittal of shop drawings product data, and samples for approval;
approval of submittals.
Delivery time for materials and equipment requiring long lead time.
Times anticipated for shutdown and tying -in of existing services.
Note: This does not serve as an official request to the Owner and each individual
Section 01310 12/28/00 Page 2 of 8 Schedules, Reports and Payments
Memorial Park Improvements
Memorial Park Improvements
VOLUME ONE
Division 1
Schedules, Reports and Payments Section 01310
request for an outage shall be submitted in writing two (2) weeks prior to the
anticipated outage, as described in Contractor Requirements Section. An integrated
schedule containing all of the above categories, or individual schedules for each of
the above categories, or both, shall be as required by the A/E or the Owner.
Diagram Format: Paper not exceeding thirty -two by forty -eight inches with a time
scale at top and bottom of page with time units shown in calendar weeks shall be
used.
Each activity shall be represented by a horizontal line or arrow, as follows:
Each line clearly and briefly described.
Estimated duration.
Start of activity.
Each activity shall have its own number.
Each activity except for start and finish activities shall have at least one (1)
preceding and succeeding activity and each may have more than one.
Line or arrow shall be drawn to the length as dictated by the item scale to
indicate the activity's duration.
Each activity shall be placed at its proper calendar location as determined
by the time scale.
Float time shall be shown in its proper time scale for each non - critical activity.
The path of critical activities shall be illustrated or accented, thereby easily
distinguished from non - critical activities.
Milestones or intermediate completion dates shall be clearly shown.
Final completion date on initial schedule shall coincide with time of completion
agreed upon and indicated in the Contract Documents.
Extent of detail and duration of activity shall be determined by the Contractor.
Generally, activities shall be detailed or broken down to have duration of fifteen (15)
days or less. Material and equipment deliveries may exceed 30 days. An activity
shall have at least seven days.
The duration of each activity shall be shown in calendar days and shall include
Saturdays, Sundays, holidays and anticipated days lost due to inclement weather
based on the Rainfall table in Special Provisions.
4. Bar Chart Format: From the Network Diagram, develop a separate Bar Char on
paper not exceeding thirty -two by forty -eight inches with a time scale at the top and
bottom of the page with time units shown in calendar weeks.
Categories required for the Bar Chart shall be the same as required for the Network
Diagram. Include one line for each activity on the network diagram.
Each activity shall be represented by a horizontal line as follows:
Each line clearly and briefly described.
Estimated duration.
Start of activity.
Completion of activity.
Each activity shall have its own number.
Line shall be drawn to the length as dictated by the time scale to indicate the
activity's duration.
Each activity shall be placed at its proper calendar location as determined
by the time scale.
Section 01310 12/28/00 Page 3 of 8 Schedules, Reports and Payments
Report Format:
VOLUME ONE
Division 1
Schedules, Reports and Payments Section 01310
Float time shall be shown in its proper time scale for each non - critical
activity.
The path of critical activities shall be illustrated or accented.
5. Reports: Computer generated printouts with data regarding each activity shown on
the Network Diagram shall include the following:
Description of the activity.
Activity number.
Duration.
Early and late start and finish dates.
Float.
Dates shown as calendar dates.
List of activities in ascending order according to activity number.
List of activities by amount of total float with activities have lowest float listed
first, followed by activities with next lowest float.
List activities by early start date.
Monthly Updated Submittals: Submit two (2) copies of the Network Diagram and the
Bar Chart to the Owner and the NE not later than the fifty day of each month,
illustrating the following:
Show progress on all active items.
Show Actual completed work as contrasted to estimated work.
Show critical path activities marked to distinguish them from non - critical
path activities.
Submit computer generated printout Reports.
Submit a detailed, written analysis describing deviations from the previous month's
schedule as follows:
Description of the critical path with changes from the previous month.
Changes in the network diagram and logic from the previous month.
Addition/deletion of activities.
Activities not finishing on the early /late finish date and the reason and the
impact on the project.
Activities impacting meeting the Contract Completion Date and the reason
and the corrective measures taken to correct the situation.
Any other items deviating from or impacting the schedule in relation to the
previous month's schedule which would have an adverse effect on the
project.
Note: Each of the above items shall be addressed monthly in this report. Provide
the Owner one (1) copy of the computer diskette containing the files for the updated
Monthly Progress Schedule. The CPM scheduling system utilized shall be IBM
compatible using an MS DOS operating system of 3.0 or later.
6. Schedule Revisions: Revise and resubmit the schedule for approval in accordance
with Analysis Report in the event any of the following occur:
Revise and resubmit the schedule for approval in accordance with Analysis Reports
Section 01310 12/28/00 Page 4 of 8 Schedules, Reports and Payments
Memorial Park Improvements
1.05 DAILY REPORTS:
1.06 PAYMENT REQUESTS:
Memorial Park Improvements
Division 1
Schedules, Reports and Payments
in the event of the following occur:
VOLUME ONE
Section 01310
The previously approved critical path changes.
The approved critical path is extended in excess of fourteen (14) calendar
days.
Issued change orders cause changes in the actual work which affect the
duration or actual start or finish date of activities to the extent that the
approved critical path is changed or extended in excess of fourteen (14)
calendar days.
Provide written description of each change to the schedule, including reason for the
change and how it affects the schedule.
Revisions to the schedule including those generated by change orders, shall be
made at no cost to the Owner.
7. Float: Contract Time shall be the Time of Completion as indicated in the Contact,
plus any time extension granted after award of Contract.
Float shall be the Contract Time less the Duration of the Critical Path, or the amount
of time non-critical activities can be delayed without causing the Contract Time to be
exceeded.
The Owner shall receive the benefit of float. Contract Time Extensions will not be
granted unless a change order or delay causes either of the following:
An increase in the duration of the Critical Path.
The available float of a non-critical activity is consumed causing the activity
to become critical and thereby altering the critical path.
Time extensions shall be limited to the Duration of the Revised Critical Path less the
Contract Time.
A. Prepare a daily report, recording the following information concerning events at the Site; and
submit duplicate copies to Architect/Engineer and Owner at regular intervals not exceeding
weekly intervals:
1. List of subcontractors at the Site.
2. Approximate count of personnel at the Site.
3. High /low temperatures, general weather conditions.
4. Accidents (refer to accident reports).
5. Meetings and significant decisions.
6. Unusual events (refer to special reports).
7. Stoppages, delays, shortages, losses.
8. Meter readings and similar recordings.
9. Emergency procedures, field orders.
10. Orders/requests by governing authorities.
11. Visitors.
12. Services connected, disconnected.
13. Equipment or system test and start-ups.
14. Partial completions, occupancies.
Section 01310 12/28/00 Page 5 of 8 Schedules, Reports and Payments
VOLUME ONE
Division 1
Schedules, Reports and Payments Section 01310
A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, the progress payment cycle is to be regular. Each
application must be consistent with previous applications and payments. Certain applications
for payment, such as the initial application, the application at final payment application
involved additional requirements. Refer to General Conditions Article VII for additional
requirements.
B. Construction Voucher: and Contractor prepared back -up sheets.
At the earliest convenient time after receiving the notice of award, the Contractor shall
develop a cost breakdown to reflect the value of the categories of work. If more than one
building is involved, the breakdown shall be by building. All exterior work involving utilities,
landscaping, sidewalks, etc., should be identified as separate items.
C. CONTRACTOR'S ESTIMATE /CONTRACT PAYMENTS:
The General Conditions makes provisions for partial payments once each month to the
Contractor based on the amount of work completed and materials stored. The approved
Contract breakdown schedule will be used in calculating the progress payments.
D. MONTHLY PAYMENT ESTIMATES:
Once each calendar month the A/E, General Contractor's superintendent, and Owner's
Representative will have an on- the -job meeting in which to review the Contractor's estimate
and to agree upon a percentage complete for the various items of work. The Owner's
Representative will review the estimate prior to presentation to the NE for approval. The
agreed upon percentage and amount will be typed on the Contract breakdown schedule and
signed by the General Contractor's representative and Owners Representative.
Limitations - Estimates will not be approved if the job site As -Built drawings are not
up to date and posted.
2. Historically Underutilized Business Progress Reports will be prepared and submitted
with the pay request each month in accordance with the General Conditions..
3. Payment for Stored Materials - Invoices for stored materials will be submitted when
required by the Owner's Representative.
4. Payment of Estimates - It is the desire of the Owner's representative to process the
Contractor's estimates as promptly as possible. In order to do this, it is requested
that these instructions be followed and that the Contractor make every effort to see
that the estimate is mathematically correct and that only approved items are included
as material stored on the site.
Invoices for stored materials wit only be considered when they exceed five hundred
dollars ($500) for each individual item. There will be no invoices accepted that
contain tools, or expendable materials.
Invoices will only be considered that are referenced to the materials in the estimate
cost breakdown. Invoices that are not legible will not be considered for payment.
All stored materials will be checked by the Project Superintendent and verified by the
Owner's Representative before being incorporated into the payment estimate.
E. Base applications for Payment on value of work installed, and materials and equipment
Section 01310 12/28/00 Page 6 of 8 Schedules, Reports and Payments
Memorial Park Improvements
VOLUME ONE
Division 1
Schedules, Reports and Payments Section 01310
suitably stored at Site. Materials and equipment suitably stored off site in an insured or
bonded warehouse may be included, if approved in writing by Owner.
F. Payment for Stored Materials:
1. Where the Schedule of Values separates items into labor amounts and material
amounts, payment will be made for materials delivered and suitably stored on Site.
2. Materials stored at an off site location which are eligible for inclusion on progress
payments are defined as finished goods made specifically for the Project. Raw
materials, work in progress at fabrication plants, and commodity items readily
available for purchase are not eligible for inclusion in Contractor's Application for
Payment.
3. Payment will be made under following provisions:
a. Items are listed separately on Application for Payment.
b. Include with Application for Payment:
(1) Paid receipts showing Contractor is unconditional owner.
(2) Fully executed Transfer of Title on photocopy of form provided
herein.
(3) Location where materials are stored if off site, and method used to
store.
(4) Identify items in off site storage as property of Owner and furnish
description of identification method.
(5) Inventory of items and methods used to verify inventory, including
Contractor's certification that quantities have been received in good
order.
(6) Proof of insurance for materials stored off site, in Owner's name.
(7) Proof of transportation arranged for delivery of material stored off
site.
c. Owner reserves right to verify storage by physical inspection at any time.
d. Payment does not relieve Contractor's obligations to protect, transport and
install materials.
e. Title of materials upon which partial payments are made shall transfer to
Owner. Partial payment does not constitute acceptance by Owner nor a
waiver of any right or claim by Owner. Any costs incurred by Owner shall be
paid by Contractor.
G. Final Payment Application: Administrative actions and submittals must precede or coincide
with submittal of Contractor's final payment application.
1. Complete project closeout requirements specification in Section 01700.
2. Additions and deductions resulting from (1) previous Change Orders, (2) deductions
for reinspection payments, and (3) other adjustments.
a. Original Contract Sum.
b. Additions and deductions resulting from (1) previous Change Orders, (2)
deductions for reinspection payments, and (3) other adjustments.
c. Retainage withheld from previous payments.
d. Total Contract Sum, as adjusted.
e. Previous payments.
f. Sum remaining due.
3. Architect will prepare final Change Order, reflecting approval adjustments to Contract
Sum not previously made by Change Orders.
Section 01310 12/28/00 Page 7 of 8 Schedules, Reports and Payments
Memorial Park Improvements
1.08 CONTRACTORS PAYROLL RECORDS
Memorial Park Improvements
Division 1
Schedules, Reports and Payments
VOLUME ONE
Section 01310
4. Final payment constituting entire unpaid balance of Contract Sum will be made within
60 days after final Certificate of Payment has been approved.
5. After final acceptance of the work, the Manager, Facilities Administration Division,
will prepare the final estimate. When Federal Funds or other grant funds are
included, approval of that agency may also be required.
H. Application Transmittal: Submit three (3) executed copies of each payment application, one
copy of which is completed with waivers of lien and similar attachments. Transmit each copy
with a transmittal form listing those attachments, and recording appropriate information
related to application in a manner acceptable to Owner. Transmit to Owner by means
ensuring receipt with 24 hours.
Cash Flow Schedule: With the required progress schedule, prepare and submit for approval
an Estimated Cash Flow Schedule for the Work, detailing the monthly payment requirements
anticipated during the course of the Work.
A. The Contractor is required to provide copies of the weekly payroll records to the Owner for
verification. These records are necessary to ascertain whether the prescribed wage rates
are being paid or to verify wages as submitted in Contract revisions.
B. The Contractor is required to submit a written monthly narrative of construction progress.
This report should be submitted to the A/E with copies to the Project Manager and Project
Inspector.
1,09 ARCHITECT /ENGINEER REPORTS
A. The A/E will make a monthly report to the Owner containing:
1. a brief synopsis of the work completed for this period;
anticipated problems; and
a review of the outstanding submittals and revisions.
A copy of this report shall be furnished to the Project Manager, Project Inspector, and General
Contractor.
PART 2- PRODUCTS
NOT USED
PART 3 - EXECUTION
NOT USED
END OF SECTION
Section 01310 12/28/00 Page 8 of 8 Schedules, Reports and Payments
PART 1 - GENERAL
Division 1
SECTION 01340 - SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, SAMPLES AND COLORS
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS:
A. Bidding and Contract Requirements and General Requirements of the Specifications apply
to this work.
1.02 SECTION INCLUDES:
Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and Colors Section 01340
A. Submittal requirements, including but not limited to:
1.03 RELATED WORK:
t Shop drawings, product data, samples and colors.
2. Submittal procedures.
3. Review procedures.
4. Mockups and field samples.
A. Coordinate the work of this Section with work of other Sections as required to properly
execute the Work, and as necessary to maintain satisfactory progress of the work of other
Sections, including:
1. Section 01010 - Summary of Work.
2. Section 01040 - Coordination.
3. Section 01300 - Submittals.
4. Section 01310 - Schedules, Reports and Payments.
5. Section 01600 - Material and Equipment.
6. Section 01630 - Product Options and Substitutions.
7. Section 01700 - Contract Closeout.
8. Other Technical Sections: Additional submittal requirements.
1.04 SUBMITTALS, GENERAL:
A. In addition to the requirements outlined under Article V, paragraph 5.14 of the General
Conditions, Contractor shall comply with the following duties and responsibilities.
B. The Contractor shall submit to the A/E for review all shop drawings, product data, samples
and other submittals for all items required in the Technical Sections of the Specifications and
for all items proposed for use in the Work. The Contractor will also send one (1)
complete set of review copies of shop drawings, product data, samples and other
submittals for all items proposed for use in the Work to The City Of Round Rock Parks
and Recreation Department marked "For Review Only ". Do not combine submittals for
specified work with requests for substitutions. Submit requests for substitutions. See
Section 01630 for requirements.
C. The Contractor shall review and designate (stamp) its approval and submit, with reasonable
promptness and in orderly sequence, all shop drawings, product data and samples required.
D. Submit shop drawings, product data and samples far enough in advance to allow ample time
for A/E's review, re- submittal if required, and fabrication without creating any delay in the
Work, or the work of any other Contractor or subcontractor.
1. Make civil submittals a minimum of 30 days prior to needed return date.
2. Make structural and electrical submittals a minimum of 45 days prior to needed
Section 01340 12/28/00 Page 1 of 8 Shop Drawings, Product Data
Memorial Park Improvements
Division 1
Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and Colors Section 01340
return date.
3. Allow more review time for requests or substitutions.
4. Shop drawings will be discussed at the Pre - Construction Conference on an individual
project basis regarding the number of shop drawings to be submitted for review by
the A/E and Owner. See General Conditions for requirements.
5. The NE, after review and approval of submittals, will mail or deliver one (1) approved
copy to the Owner's Project Inspector. Do not send the approved copies for the
Owner to the Contractor - but directly to the Owner.
6. For submittals that are rejected or require resubmittal to the NE for any reason, the
A/E is requested to provide two (2) copies of the "letter of transmittal" only to the
Owner, i.e., one (1) copy to the Project Inspector.
E. Submittal Content Requirements:
1. Shop drawings shall be completely detailed and dimensioned with types, sizes, and
gauges of materials noted. Where shop coat of paint is required on materials, brand
name, and chemical content shall be noted on the drawings.
2. Shop drawings shall be neatly, accurately, and legibly drawn, noted and referenced.
3. Each item contained in the submittal shall be clearly referenced and noted
establishing the item's location in the finished work.
4. Member and item designations shall be the same as those used on the NE's
drawings except that, where the A/E's has used the same designation for more than
one member or item, the Contractor may add a suffix to the designation to
differentiate between these members.
5. Where published standard exist (such as ACI Standard 315 -65 reinforcing steel),
these shall be followed in the preparation of shop drawings. Where no such
standards are published by the industry or trade concerned, the shop drawings shall
be prepared in a suitable form acceptable to the A/E.
F. Submittal Format Requirements:
1. Submittal Preparation: Mark each submittal with a permanent label or title block, as
appropriate, for identification with the following information on the label or title block
for proper processing and recording of action taken.
a. Title of submittal and date submitted.
b. Sheet number and number of sheets included (as applicable). Number
drawings consecutively.
c. Project Name, Project Number, and location of Project.
d. Name of Architect and Architect's Project Number.
e. Name of Contractor, subcontractor, fabricator supplier, and manufacturer,
as appropriate.
f. Name of drawing and scale (as applicable).
g. Name and date of each revision.
h. Cross reference to A/E's Drawings and Specification Sections, as
appropriate.
Provide a space on the label or adjacent to title block for the Contractor's
review and approval markings, and appropriate space for the Architect's or
Engineer's "Action" stamp.
j. Name of each item on each sheet submitted and indicate its location in the
Project Work.
2. Submittal Numbering System: To expedite review of shop drawings, product data,
samples and other submittals, all submittals shall be assigned a submittal number
clearly visible on all transmittal forms and on each copy of each submittal adjacent
to Contractor's review stamp. Numbering system shall track Specifications format.
In the example 03 -001.0 the number represents the following:
Section 01340 12/28/00 Page 2 of 8 Shop Drawings, Product Data
Memorial Park Improvements
Division 1
Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and Colors Section 01340
a First Two Numbers: Specification Division; Division 3 in example.
b. Third Through Fifth Numbers: Numerical log of submittals within each
Division; Submittal number 1 in example.
c. Last Number: Initial or re- submittal of each submittal; .0 for initial submittal,
.1 for first re- submittal, and so forth.
3. Transmittal Form: Provide a letter of transmittal with each submittal, in duplicate,
accurately describing the complete contents of the submittal, including the following:
a. Project name.
b. Date.
c. To:
d. From:
e. Names of subcontractor, manufacturer and supplier.
f. References.
g. Category and type of submittal.
h. Submittal purpose and description of number of sheets, type of data,
equipment and product types, finishes, submittal number, and similar data.
i. Submittal and transmittal distribution record.
j. Signature of transmitter.
k. Record relevant information and requests for data on the transmittal form.
On the transmittal form, or on a separate sheet attached to the form, record
deviations from the requirements of the Contract Documents, if any,
including minor variations and limitations.
4. Submit Electrical items specified in each individual Section at the same time. Partial
submittals will not be considered.
5. Bind each of the Electrical submittals into a complete brochure; loose sheets wit not
be accepted. Each complete brochure shall contain a Table of Contents showing
the order in which the items are arranged in the brochure and shall have extended
index tabs for each item. Arrange items in the same order in each brochure. Where
manufacturer's literature contains information on more than one product, clearly
mark the item being submitted, using the symbol or designation used to identify the
item on the Drawings or in the Specifications.
6. Group only like or related items together in a single submittal. Do not combine
submittals for specified work with requests for substitutions. Submit requests for
substitutions as specified in Section 01630.
G. Contractor Duties and Responsibilities:
1. Coordinate requirements for submission of each shop drawing, product data and
sample as required to properly execute the Work and as necessary to maintain
satisfactory progress of the Work in accordance with the Construction Progress
Schedule and Submittal Schedule.
2. Review shop drawings, product data, and samples prior to submission to Architect.
By submitting shop drawings, product data, and samples, Contractor represents that
it has verified field measurements, field construction criteria, catalog numbers and
similar data, and has coordinated each submittal with requirements of the Work and
of the Contract Documents. Contractor's responsibility for errors and omissions in
submittals is not relieved by A/E's review of submittals. Submittals received from
sources other than Contractor will be returned to sender without Architect's or
Engineer's review "action ".
3. Contractor shall certify by stamped, signed, and dated notation on each submittal,
that "Submittal is in compliance with requirements of Contract Documents without
deviation." Submittals without Contractors stamp and submittals which, in A/E's or
Owner's opinion, are incomplete, contain numerous errors, have not been checked,
or have been checked only superficially, will be returned without disposition. Delays
resulting therefrom shall be Contractor's responsibility.
Section 01340 12/28/00 Page 3 of 8 Shop Drawings, Product Data
Memorial Park Improvements
Division 1
Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and Colors Section 01340
4. Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for any deviation from the
requirements of the Contract Documents by NE's review of shop drawings, product
data, and samples unless Contractor has specifically informed the NE in writing of
such deviation at time of submission and NE has given written acceptance to the
specific deviation.
5. Contractor shall direct specific attention, in writing or on resubmitted shop drawings,
product data or samples, to revisions other than those requested by Architect on
previous submittals.
6. Contractor shall give prompt written notice to NE of inability to comply with
exceptions noted on the returned submittals or if unsatisfactory results are
anticipated. Document specific reasons for inability to comply or specific
unsatisfactory results that are anticipated. Propose substitution to comply with intent
of the Contract Documents and produce satisfactory results in accordance with the
substitution requirements of Section 01630.
7. No portion of the Work requiring submission of a shop drawing, product data or
sample shall be commenced until submittal has been reviewed with "No Exceptions
Taken" status by NE, except as otherwise provided in this Section.
8. All portions of the Work shall be in accordance with approved submittals.
H. Submittal Quantity: Unless greater quantity is otherwise required, provide and transmit to the
office of the A/E, at the address given in the Contract Documents, the quantity of shop
drawings, and product data required in General Conditions, Article V, paragraph 5.14.4.
Submit minimum of three samples of materials requiring choice of color, texture or finish.
Large job site samples shall be limited to one for each approval submittal. Refer to Section
01630 for additional requirements.
Reproduction and Distribution of Submittals After A/E's Review: Provide and distribute
blueline prints of reviewed shop drawing reproducible transparencies as required to provide
2 copies for Owner and 1 copy for Job Site file (both "No Exceptions Taken" status only), and
copies necessary for Contractor operations. Distribute sets of product data to provide 2
copies for Owner and 1 copy for Job site file (both No Exceptions Taken" status only) and
others as necessary for Contractor operations. Retain Job Site mock -ups and samples until
removal is approved by A/E and Owner's Representative.
1.05 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES:
A. Shop Drawings: Comply with "Submittals, General" and the following:
1. Definition: The term "shop drawings" refers to original drawings prepared by the
Contractor, subcontractor, supplier, fabricator or distributor illustrating a portion of
the Work including fabrication drawings, manufacturing drawings, erection drawings,
setting drawings, patterns, coordination drawings, schedules, design mix formulas,
Contractor's engineering calculations, and layout drawings including ceiling layouts
if varied from the Contract Documents. Do not submit Contract Drawings for shop
drawings.
2. Format: Prepare drawings on minimum 8 -1/2" x 11" to maximum 30" x 42" sheets.
Draw plan and section details at a scale of 1" = 1' - 0 ", details shall be drawn at a
scale of 3" = 1' - 0" or larger scale. In addition to "Submittals, General"
requirements, each drawing shall be cross - referenced to A/E's Drawings.
3. Content: Drawings shall include, but not be limited to the following:
a. The size thickness of members.
b. The method of anchoring and securing parts together.
c. The quantity and location of each item.
d. Other pertinent data necessary to show the work to be done, where, and
how it is to be done.
Section 01340 12/28/00 Page 4 of 8 Shop Drawings, Product Data
Memorial Park Improvements
C. Samples:
Division 1
B. Product Data:
Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and Colors Section 01340
e. Materials and finishes.
f. How item fits to abutting work and requirements for related construction.
g. Required connections.
h. Overall size and weight.
i. Clearances and tolerances.
j. Verify field conditions prior to fabrication.
k. Coordinate Shop Drawings and data with requirements.
I. Refer to Section 01040 - Coordination for other requirements.
1. Definition: Manufacturer's standard product specifications, installation instructions,
roughing -in diagrams and templates, standard wiring diagrams, printed performance
and operational range diagrams, mill reports, operating and maintenance manuals,
color charts, data sheets, brochures, drawings and diagrams, and other standard
illustrative and descriptive data to clearly identify pertinent data, models and
materials, uses, limitations, actual dimensions and clearances required, and
technical performance data including wiring diagrams and controls.
2. Mark out information not applicable to this Project and supplement standard product
data to show compliance with requirements.
1. Definition: Samples include:
a. Partial sections of manufactured or fabricated work.
b. Small cuts or containers of materials.
c. Complete units of repetitively -used materials.
d. Swatches showing full range of color, texture and pattern.
e. Color range sets.
f. Units of work to be used for independent inspection and testing.
g. Units of work to be used as a standard to judge materials and workmanship.
2. Provide samples for items where specified and for items requiring a choice of color,
texture or finish. Samples shall illustrate the materials and workmanship and
establish standards by which to judge the completed work. Refer to Section 01630
for additional requirements.
3. Typical office samples shall be approximately 12" square of 12" long unless
otherwise noted and shall clearly illustrate the applicable function, corners, joints,
related parts, attachment devices, specified finish and full range of colors. Full size
approved samples may be incorporated into the Work.
1.06 FIELD MOCK -UPS AND FIELD SAMPLES:
A. The Contractor shall erect and maintain mock -ups and field samples as required by the
various sections of the specifications. Mock -ups and field samples are required for, but not
limited to the following:
1. Concrete sidewalk finishes.
B. Field samples and job site mock -ups shall be erected at the Project Site at a mutually agreed
location. Contractor shall request approval for location on which to construct mock -up of field
sample prior to proceeding. Each field sample or mock -up shall be complete and illustrate
the range of finish and workmanship required in the completed Work and will be used by A/E,
upon approval, as a standard to judge subsequent work.
C. Where several mock -ups of alternate construction techniques or finishes are required and
prepared, each shall be labeled for clear identification indicating base construction finish
Section 01340 12/28/00 Page 5 of 8 Shop Drawings, Product Data
Memorial Park Improvements
Division 1
Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and Colors Section 01340
material, special techniques used and where important for duplication of effect line pressures,
grit classification, lengths of exposure, surface preparation, undercoats, strength of reagents,
etc.
D. Contractor shall request review of mock -up or field sample upon completion prior to
proceeding with actual construction work.
E. Contractor shall protect mock -up or field samples from damage, dirt and discoloration after
NE's approval. Retain on the job as a standard reference for materials, workmanship and
appearance until removal is authorized. Do not alter, move or destroy mock -up or field
sample until so authorized.
1.07 ARCHITECT'S AND ENGINEER'S ACTION:
A. Upon receipt of submittals requiring review, the A/E will review submittals and return them
to the Contractor with results of the review indicated as follows:
1. REVIEWED; NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN: Submittal has been reviewed for the
limited purpose of checking for conformance information given and design concept
expressed in the Contract Documents and no exceptions are taken; Contractor may
proceed with work represented in submittal, provided no deviation to Contract
Documents.
2. REVIEWED; EXCEPTIONS NOTED: Submittal has been reviewed as stated above
and certain exceptions are noted. Contractor may proceed with work represented
in submittal, unless otherwise noted. Revise submittal, incorporating exceptions
noted, and resubmit to NE until "Reviewed; No Exceptions Taken" status is given.
3. REVIEWED; REVISE AND RESUBMIT: Submittal has been reviewed as stated in
paragraph 1 above, Contractor may not proceed with work represented in submittal,
and submittal is not acceptable for one of the following reasons:
a. Not enough information is provided to make a determination.
b. Submittal contains too many errors or omissions to make a determination.
c. Information provided does not conform with the information given in the
Contract Documents.
4. REJECTED; SUBMIT SPECIFIC ITEM: Submittal has been reviewed as stated in
paragraph 1 above, work represented in submittal has not been accepted in
accordance with procedures specified in Section 01600; submit specified item.
1.08 REQUIRED SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE:
A. General:
1. In addition to the requirements outlined in the General Conditions, Special
Conditions, Division 1 and in the Technical Sections of the Specifications, the
Contractor shall submit shop drawings, product data, samples, color samples,
warranties, and other pertinent data as briefly scheduled herein.
2. Refer to each individual Section of the Specifications for specific requirements of
each submittal item.
3. Where requirements are not specifically indicated, provide sufficient data as required
to incorporate each item into the work.
4. All subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers shall provide a warranty of materials
and workmanship of not less than one year duration, and as otherwise specified.
B. Submittal Schedule Legend The following abbreviations are used in remarks column of the
Submittal Schedule:
1. SD: Shop Drawings
2. M: Manufacturer's Data
3. C: Color Selection Required
Section 01340 12/28/00 Page 6 of 8 Shop Drawings, Product Data
Memorial Park Improvements
PART 2- PRODUCTS
Division 1
Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and Colors Section 01340
4. S: Physical Samples
5. R: Additional Replacement Materials
6. MO: Maintenance and Operating Manuals
7. 10: Instruction of Owner's Personnel
8. 01, G5, Etc: Guarantee with number of years duration
9. TR: Test Reports
10. CR: Certifications
C. Submittal Schedule:
Division 0 - Bidding and Contract Requirements
List of Subcontractors
List of Materials
Construction Progress Schedule
General Contractor's and
Maintenance Warranty
Division 1 - General Requirements
Construction Progress with
Schedule of Values
Contract Warranty and Guarantee
Guarantees
Project Sign
Maintenance
Division 2 - Site Work
Lime Stabilization
Compaction and Testing
Soil Treatment
Sidewalk Finish Sample
Concrete and Reinforcing Steel
Pavement Marking
Storm Sewer System
Flexible Base
Hot Mix Asphaltic Pavement
Refer to Division 2 sections for other submitted requirements.
Division 3 - Concrete
Concrete Formwork
Concrete Reinforcement & Assemblies
Cast -in -Place Concrete
Division 16 - Electrical
Refer to the various Division 16 Sections
specific submittal requirements
within 30 days after notification of Contract Award
within 60 clays after issuance of Notice to Proceed
within 3 weeks after issuance of Notice to Proceed
01
within 3 weeks and each month there after
additions noted herein
additions noted herein
SD within 30 days
MO 4 sets prior to Final Acceptance and payment
All items requiring Color Selection within 60 days
Soil, Concrete Mix Designs M, S
TR, 01
TR, Special Provisions
M, 05
S, G1
M, TR, SD, G1
M, C, SD, G1
M, G1
TR, G1
TR, G1
SD
M, TR, CR, SD, G1
M, TR, SD, CR, G1
M, SD, S, C, MO, 10, G1
Section 01340 12/28/00 Page 7 of 8 Shop Drawings, Product Data
Memorial Park Improvements
Division 1
Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and Colors
NOT USED
PART 3 - EXECUTION
NOT USED
END OF SECTION
Section 01340
Section 01340 12/28/00 Page 8 of 8 Shop Drawings, Product Data
Memorial Park Improvements
Division 1
Testing Laboratory Services Section 01410
SECTION 01410 - TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES:
A. General requirements for Owner's testing laboratory services to perform quality control
services and testing.
B. General requirements and responsibilities for Contractor's testing laboratory services to
perform specified services and testing (Concrete mix designs, required material certification
testing, and similar specified testing).
C. Testing laboratory qualifications, procedures, limits of authority and testing laboratory
submittal requirements.
D. Testing, inspection, and certifications specified in other sections of Project Manual shall be
paid by the Contractor, unless otherwise indicated, and shall be by agencies approved by the
Owner.
1.02 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR OWNERS QUALITY CONTROL TESTING:
A. The Owner wit employ a testing laboratory and /or geotechnical engineering service to
perform quality control tests and to transmit copies of test reports to Contractor. Sampling
and testing that the Owner may require is specified in this Section and in the various technical
Sections requiring quality control testing. Cooperate with Owner's testing laboratory
personnel, provide access to the Work, to manufacturer's and fabricator's operations, furnish
incidental labor and facilities, and samples for test and inspections, as specified,
1. Employment of testing laboratory to perform quality control tests is for benefit of
Owner in confirming that performance and quality of the Work is in conformance with
the Contract Documents.
2. Employment of a testing laboratory by Owner in no way relieves Contractor's
obligation to perform work in accordance with Contract Documents.
3. Owner's testing laboratory shall not be the same as Contractor's testing laboratory
used for design and certification testing unless otherwise acceptable to the A/E and
Owner.
4. Where the terms "Inspector" and "Laboratory' are used, they mean and refer to an
officially designated and accredited inspector of the testing laboratory engaged by
the Owner.
5. The inspecting agency shall make all inspections and perform all tests in accordance
with the rules and regulations of the building code, local authorities, the
Specifications of the ASTM and these Contract Documents.
MmtioridITIMIk Improvet8MBMIO Page 1 of 8 Testing Laboratory Services
Memorial Park Improvements
6. Commercial Testing Laboratories
Division 1
Testing Laboratory Services Section 01410
In general, all Contracts awarded will require that testing not performed by the
Contractor (i.e., hydrostatic testing of piping) or by the A/E (i.e., spot checking of air
flow by the Engineer) will be performed by a commercial testing laboratory selected
by the Owner. The cost of such commercial testing will be paid directly by The
Owner. Retesting will be paid by the Contractor. The number of copies of test
reports will be determined for each individual project but in general will include:
Two copies for the General Contractor;
One copy for the NE;
One copy for the Project Inspector.
Employment of the testing laboratory is for the benefit of the Owner in confirming that
performance and quality of the Work is in conformance with the Contract documents.
The engagement of a testing laboratory by the Owner in no way relieves the
Contractor of its responsibility. In full compliance of the Contract, the Contractor
remains liable for the quality of the materials, products /equipment installed, and
satisfactory work performance.
B. Owner's quality control testing and sampling may include the following and other services and
testing to ensure Contract performance.
1. Compacted Fill and Backfill (Section 02200): Perform field density tests.
1.03 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR CONTRACTOR'S LABORATORY SERVICES:
A. Contractor's Design and Certification Testing: Provides services of an independent testing
laboratory or facility acceptable to the A/E and Owner to perform design and certification
testing services.
1. Submit written description of testing laboratory giving qualifications of personnel,
laboratory facilities and equipment, and other information as may be requested by
A/E.
2. Contractor's testing laboratory shall not be the same as Owner's testing laboratory
used for quality control testing unless otherwise acceptable to the NE and Owner.
B. Contractor's design testing and certification testing includes:
1. Earthwork (Section 02200): Identify suitable soil material at borrow material location,
sampling soil material, and testing of soil material samples.
2. Performing certified welding procedure qualification and requalification testing
specified in Section 05400, 05500, 05520, 05720, and 05721.
3. Testing of above materials when mill certificates are unavailable.
Maslioridifkia ImprovetIMBfti0 Page 2 of 8 Testing Laboratory Services
Memorial Park Improvements
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Laboratory Qualifications and Procedures:
1. Meet "Recommended Requirements for Independent Laboratory Qualification," latest
edition published by American Council of Independent Laboratories. Testing
agencies shall meet the requirements of ASTM E 329, "Recommended Practice for
Inspection and Testing Agencies for Concrete, Steel and Bituminous Materials as
Used in Construction" and ASTM E 543, "Determining the Qualification of
Nondestructive Testing Agencies."
2. Testing agencies shall each be insured against errors and omissions by a
professional liability insurance policy having a limit of liability not less than
$500,000.00.
3. The inspection and testing services of the testing agency shall be under the direction
of a Registered Engineer licensed in the State of Texas, charged with engineering
managerial responsibility, and having at least five years engineering experience in
inspection and testing of construction materials.
4. Inspecting personnel monitoring concrete work shall be ACI certified inspectors.
5. Submit copy of report of inspection of facilities made by Materials Reference
Laboratory of National Bureau of Standards during most recent tour of inspection.
Include memorandum of remedies of deficiencies reported by this inspection.
6. Testing Equipment: Calibrated at reasonable intervals by devices of accuracy
traceable to either National Bureau of Standards or accepted values of natural
physical constants.
7. Tests and inspections shall be conducted in accordance with specified requirements
and if not specified, in accordance with applicable standards of the American Society
for Testing and Materials and other recognized authorities as approved.
8. Primary inspectors performing structural steel inspection shall be currently certified
AWS Certified Welding Inspectors (CWI), in accordance with the provisions of AWS
QCI, "Standard and Guide for Qualification and Certification of Welding Inspectors."
The inspector may be supported by assistant inspectors who may perform specific
inspection functions under the supervision of the inspector. Assistant inspectors
shall be currently certified ASW Certified Associate Welding Inspectors (CAWI). The
work of assistant inspectors shall be regularly monitored by the inspector, generally
on a daily basis.
B. Laboratory Duties: Cooperate with A/E and Contractor. Upon notice, provide qualified
personnel to perform required tests and inspections. In performing tests and inspections,
Laboratory shall:
1. Comply with specified standards. Comply with building code requirements for
"Special Inspection" whether or not such inspections are specified herein.
2. Ascertain compliance of materials with requirements of Contract Documents. If the
material furnished and /or work performed fails to meet requirements of contract
documents, laboratory inspector shall promptly notify both the Contractor and the
NE of such failure.
3. Promptly notify Owner's Representative, Contractor and A/E of observed
irregularities or deficiencies in the Work.
4. A representative of the Owner's testing laboratory, who has reviewed and is familiar
with the project and specifications, shall participate in all preconstruction
conferences. It shall coordinate material testing and inspection requirements with
fifeatioridiftaik Improvet9812180
Memorial Park Improvements
Division 1
Testing Laboratory Services Section 01410
4. Testing when source of material is changed after initial tests have been performed.
5. Other testing required by other Sections of the Specifications.
Page 3 of 8 Testing Laboratory Services
Division 1
Testing Laboratory Services Section 01410
the Contractor and its subcontractors consistent with the planned construction
schedule. The laboratory representative shall attend, throughout the course of the
project, such conferences as may be required or requested to address quality control
issues.
5. Laboratory personnel shall inspect and /or test materials, assemblies, specimens, and
work performed, including design mixes, methods and techniques and report to the
A/E the progress thereof.
C. Limits of Testing Laboratory Authority: Laboratory is not authorized to:
1. Release, revoke, alter, relax, or enlarge requirements of Contract Documents.
2. Approve or reject any portion of the Work.
3. Perform any duties of the Contractor and subcontractors.
4. Laboratory technicians do not act as foremen, or perform other duties for Contractor.
Work will be checked as it progresses, but failure to detect any defective work or
materials shall not, in any way, prevent later rejection when such defect is
discovered.
5. The laboratory inspector is not authorized to revoke, alter, relax, enlarge, or release
any requirement of the Contract Documents or to approve or accept any portion of
the work, except where such approval is specifically called for in the Specifications.
D. Contractor's Responsibilities:
1. Cooperate with laboratory personnel, provide access to Work, to manufacturer's and
fabricator's operations wherever work is in preparation or progress.
2. Secure and deliver to the laboratory without cost to Owner adequate quantities of
representative samples of materials proposed to be used and which require testing.
3. Furnish Incidental Labor and Facilities:
a. To provide access to Work to be tested.
b. To obtain and handle samples at the Project Site or at the source of the
product to be tested.
c. To facilitate inspections and tests. Furnish such labor as is required to
assist laboratory personnel in obtaining and handling samples at the site.
d. For safe storage and curing of concrete test cylinders at project site and
other test samples as required for field curing by ASTM C31.
4. Costs of tests, samples, and mock -ups of substitute material, where the substitution
is requested by the Contractor and the tests are necessary in the opinion of the A/E
to establish equality with specified items, shall be borne by the Contractor.
5. Costs of tests, samples, and mock -ups performed solely for the benefit or
convenience of the Contractor.
6. Notify laboratory sufficiently in advance of construction operations to allow for
laboratory to complete any required checks or tests and to make assignment of
personnel and scheduling of tests.
7. Owner's testing laboratory will conduct additional tests at Contractor's expense when
initial quality control testing indicates work is defective or does not conform to
requirements. Materials and workmanship not meeting the required standards or
performance obligations are to be removed and replaced. Replacement and
subsequent testing shall be at the expense of the Contractor.
8. Furnish concrete mix designs, in accordance with ACI 301, Section 3.9, made by an
independent testing laboratory or qualified concrete supplier. Where mix designs by
an independent testing laboratory are required, the laboratory shall be selected by
the Contractor, approved by the NE, and paid by the Contractor.
9. Obtain required inspections or approvals of the building official when required. All
inspection requests and notifications required by the building code, are the
6Aeetloriz0141 r Improveteig2100
Memorial Park Improvements
Page 4 of 8 Testing Laboratory Services
Division 1
Testing Laboratory Services Section 01410
responsibility of the Contractor.
10. Provide current welder certifications for each welder to be employed.
11. Furnish fabrication /erection inspection and testing of all welds in accordance with
AWS D1.1, Chapter 6.
12. Prequalification of all welding procedures to be used in executing the work.
1.05 SUBMITTALS:
A. General: Testing laboratory shall promptly submit written report of each and every test and
inspection; 1 copy each to Architect, Engineer, and Contractor, and 2 copies each to Owner.
Each report shall include:
1. Date issued.
2. Project title and number.
3. Testing laboratory name, address, and telephone number.
4. Name and signature of laboratory inspector.
5. Date and time of sampling or inspection.
6. Record of temperature and weather conditions.
7. Date of test.
8. Identification of product and Specification Section.
9. Location of sample or test in the Project.
10. Type of inspection or test.
11. Results of tests and observation regarding compliance with Contract Documents.
12. Interpretation of test results, when requested by Architect.
B. State in report all details of each inspection and test. Indicate compliance or noncompliance
with requirements of the Contract Documents. Also state in report any and all unsatisfactory
conditions.
C. In addition to furnishing a written report, notify the NE and the Contractor verbally of any
uncorrected conditions or failures to comply with the requirements of the Contract
Documents.
D. At completion of each trade or branch of work requiring inspecting and testing, submit a final
certificate attesting to satisfactory completion of work and full compliance with requirements
of Contract Documents.
E. Upon completion of construction, testing laboratory shall furnish, to Owner and A/E,
statement (certified by Notary Public) that all required tests and inspections were made in
accordance with requirements of Contract Documents.
1.06 REFERENCED STANDARDS
A. The latest adopted edition of all standards references in this section shall apply, unless noted
otherwise. In case of conflict between these Contract Documents and a referenced standard,
the Contract Documents shall govern. In case of conflict between these Contract Documents
and the Building Code, the more stringent shall govern.
PART 2 —NOT USED
PART 3 — EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. Testing shall be performed as indicated in the Technical Specifications and as provided
Meatiori81 Improvettt22/90
Memorial Park Improvements
Page 5 of 8 Testing Laboratory Services
Division 1
Testing Laboratory Services Section 01410
herein.
3.02 REINFORCING STEEL MECHANICAL SPLICES
A. Visually inspect and report on the completed condition of each mechanical splice of
reinforcing steel.
B. Each mechanical splice shall be visually inspected to ensure compliance with the I.C.B.O.
Reports and the manufacturer's published criteria for acceptable completed splices.
C. Special emphasis shall be placed on inspection of the end preparation of each bar to be
spliced, as required by the I.C.B.O. Report.
D. Submit copies of manufacturer's published criteria for acceptable completed splices prior to
observing mechanical splices.
E. Reports on each mechanical splice shall indicate location of the splice, size of bars spliced,
and acceptability or rejection of splice. Reasons for rejection shall be shown on each report.
3.03 CONCRETE REINFORCING STEEL AND EMBEDDED METAL ASSEMBLIES
A. Inspect all concrete reinforcing steel prior to placing of concrete for compliance with Contract
Documents and approved shop drawings. All instances of noncompliance with Contract
Documents and approved shop drawings shall be immediately brought to the attention of the
Contractor for correction and then, if uncorrected, reported to the Architect.
B. Observe and Report on the Following:
1. Number and size of bars.
2. Bending and lengths of bars.
3. Splicing.
4. Clearance to forms including chair heights.
5. Clearance between bars or spacing.
6. Rust, form oil, and other contamination.
7. Grade of steel.
8. Securing, tying, and chairing of bars.
9. Excessive congestion or reinforcing steel.
10. Installation of anchor bolts and placement of concrete around such bolts.
11. Fabrication of embedded metal assemblies, including visual inspection of all welds.
12. Visually inspect studs and deformed bar anchors on embedded assemblies for
compliance with Contract Documents. Check number, spacing and weld quality. If,
after welding, visual inspection reveals that a sound weld or a full 360 degree fillet
has not been obtained for a particular stud or bar, such stud or bar shall be struck
with a hammer and bent 15 degrees off perpendicular and then bent back into
position. Anchors failing this test shall be replaced.
C. Provide a Registered Professional Engineer experienced in inspecting reinforcing steel to
inspect reinforcing steel.
3.04 CONCRETE INSPECTION AND TESTING
A. Receive and evaluate all proposed concrete mix designs submitted by the Contractor. If the
mix designs comply with the Drawings and Specifications, the laboratory shall submit a letter
to the Engineer certifying compliance. Mix designs not complying with the Drawings and
Meatiorillc Improvel9at8100
Memorial Park Improvements
Page 6 of 8 Testing Laboratory Services
Division 1
Testing Laboratory Services Section 01410
Specifications shall be returned by the laboratory as unacceptable.
B. Secure composite samples of concrete at the jobsite in accordance with ASTM C 172.
C. Mold and cure four specimens from each sample in accordance with ASTM C 31. Supervise
the curing and protection provided (by others) for test specimens in the field, and the
transportation from the field to the laboratory. The test cylinders shall be stored in the field
24 hours and then be carefully transported to the laboratory and cured in accordance with
ASTM C 31.
D. Test specimens in accordance with ASTM C 39. Two specimens shall be tested at 28 days
for acceptance and one shall be tested at seven days for information.
E. Make one strength test (three cylinders) for each 100 cubic yards or fraction thereof, of each
mix design of concrete placed in any one day.
F. Make one slump test for each set of cylinders following the procedural requirements of ASTM
C 243 and ASTM C 172. Make additional slump tests whenever the consistency of concrete
appears to vary. Do not permit placement of concrete having a measured slump outside the
limits given on the Drawings, except when approved by the NE. Slump tests corresponding
to samples from which strength tests are made shall be reported with the strength test
results. Other slump tests need not be reported.
G. Determine total air content of air entrained normal- weight concrete sample for each strength
test in accordance with ASTM C 231.
H. Determine temperature of concrete sample for each strength test.
The testing agency shall furnish and maintain a competent inspector at the mixing plant at
the start of each day's mixing. The inspector shall examine concrete materials for
compliance with Specifications and approved mix design, weighing and measuring devices,
proportioning and mixing of materials, the water and cement content of each batch, the
general operation of the plant and the transportation of concrete to the jobsite. The inspector
shall verify that the amount of free surface moisture contained in the fine and coarse
aggregate has been properly accounted for in the concrete mixing to achieve the required
consistency and water cement ratio.
J. The testing laboratory shall monitor the addition of water to the concrete at the jobsite and
the length of time the concrete is allowed to remain in the truck before placement. The
inspector shall compare the mixture with the criteria on the approved mix design and report
any significant deviation to the Architect, Contractor and concrete supplier. Do not permit the
addition of water which will exceed the maximum water /cement ratio for the mix as given on
the approved mix design.
K. Observe the placing of all concrete, except non - structural slabs-on-grade and sitework.
Observe and report on placing method, consolidation, cold joints, length of drop, and
displacement of reinforcement. Report deficiencies to the Contractor immediately for
corrective action. Inspections may be reduced to a periodic basis when all procedures have
been deemed satisfactory by the laboratory.
L. The testing laboratory shall certify each delivery ticket indicating class of concrete delivered
(or poured), amount of water added and the time at which the cement and aggregate was
dispensed into the truck, and the time at which the concrete was discharged from the truck.
tileatioriM1410 Improvet9dt8100
Memorial Park Improvements
Page 7 of 8 Testing Laboratory Services
M. Evaluation and Acceptance:
1. If the measured slump, or air content of air entrained concrete, falls outside the
specified limits, a check test shall be made immediately on another portion of the
same sample. In the event of a second failure, the concrete shall be considered to
have failed to meet the requirements of the specifications, and shall not be used in
the structure.
2. The strength level of the concrete will be considered satisfactory if the averages of
all sets of three consecutive strength test results are equal to, or exceed specified
strength and no individual test result (average of two cylinders) is below specified
strength by more than 500 psi.
3. Completed concrete work will be accepted when the requirements of "Specifications
for Structural Concrete for Buildings," ACI 301, Chapter 18, have been met.
N. Concrete Test Reports:
Division 1
1. Reports shall be made and distributed immediately after the respective tests or
inspections are made.
2. Where reports indicate deviations from the Contract Documents, they shall also
include a determination of the probable cause of the deviation and, where applicable,
a recommendation for corrective action.
3. Whenever the testing laboratory recognizes a trend of decreasing quality in the
concrete due to changing seasons, conditions of curing, or other cause; this shall be
brought to the attention of the NE, along with a recommendation for corrective action
to be taken before the materials fall below the requirements of these Specifications.
O. Comply with ACI 311, "Guide for Concrete Inspection" and "ACI Manual of Concrete
Inspection" (SP -2).
P. Inspect the application of curing compound and monitor all curing conditions to assure
compliance with specification requirements. Report curing deficiencies to the Contractor
immediately and submit a written report to the A/E.
dor10118808Improvete e. 0
Memorial Park Improvements
END OF SECTION
Testing Laboratory Services Section 01410
Page 8 of 8 Testing Laboratory Services
VOLUME ONE
Section 01500
Division 1
Construction Facilities and Temp. Controls
SECTION 01500 - CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES:
A. General requirements for utilities and services, construction aids, barriers and enclosures,
security, access and parking, temporary controls, project signs, and field offices and sheds.
1.02 RELATED WORK:
A. Related Work of Other Sections:
1. Section 01010 - Summary of Work.
2. Section 01165 - NPDES, Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan.
3. Section 01700 - Contract Closeout.
4. Section 01710 - Cleaning.
1.03 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:
A. Contractor shall provide all construction facilities and temporary controls specified in this
Section and as necessary for the proper and expeditious prosecution of the Work.
B. Contractor shall make or have made and pay all charges for all connections to and
distribution from existing services and sources of supply.
C. Requirements of service and utility authorities relating to the Work shall be ascertained by
Contractor. Comply with all such requirements, including those relating to continued
protection and maintenance until completion of Work.
D. Materials and construction for construction facilities and temporary controls may be new or
used, must be adequate in capacity for required usage, and must not create unsafe
conditions. Comply with requirements of Federal, State and Local authorities having
jurisdiction.
E. Construction facilities and temporary controls shall be maintained by Contractor in usable
condition at all times until completion of Work or their removal is authorized by A/E or
Owner's Representative.
F. Relocate temporary services and facilities as required by progress of construction, by storage
or work requirements, to accommodate legitimate requirements of Owner and other
contractors employed at the Site, and when directed by Owner's Representative.
G. When any portions of permanent systems are in operating condition, that part of the system
may be used for construction purposes provide that the Contractor:
1. Obtains Owner's approval.
2. Assumes full responsibility for the system used.
3. Pays all costs for operation, maintenance, cleaning, and restoration of the system
to as -new condition.
4. Operates the system under the supervision of the subcontractor responsible for
system installation and ultimate performance.
5. Does not effect specified warranty.
H. Completely remove temporary services and facilities when their use is no longer required and
Section 01500 12/28/00 Page 1 of 6Construction Facilities and Temp. Controls
Memorial Park Improvements
at completion of Project, when directed by Owner's Representative.
Clean and repair damage caused by temporary services and facilities to new condition for
new work and to a condition as good as or better than existed prior to start of Work for
existing construction, services, and facilities.
1.04 TEMPORARY UTILITIES AND SERVICES:
A. General: Arrange and pay for connections, materials and appurtenances required to provide
temporary utilities and services.
B. Payment: Pay the cost of services used (gas, water, and electricity) monthly. Utilities
purchased by the Contractor for construction purposes are exempt from State and local sales
tax as established by General Conditions. When charges are made to a Contractor for
Owner - furnished utilities, it is requested to examine the charges promptly and either pay the
amount or notify the Owner's Representative, if discrepancies are indicated. Final payment
to the Contractor will not be processed until all utility bills are paid.
D. Temporary Electrical Service:
Memorial Park Improvements
VOLUME ONE
Division 1
Construction Facilities and Temp. Controls Section 01500
1. Contractor shall install all temporary electrical wiring, lamps, including meter pole and
meter loop, for temporary lighting and power required to perform work of this
Contract.
2. Install and maintain temporary electrical systems in accordance with the current
addition of the National Electric Code.
E. Temporary Water: Procedures for Requesting Temporary Water Service
1. The Contractor submits a letter to the Owner's Representative. The letter must
request that a water meter be installed; state that the Contractor will pay for water
usage at the rate stipulated in the CONTRACT, and provide a billing address.
F. Temporary Gas Service: Temporary gas piping, if required for heating and testing, shall be
provided by Contractor. Contractor shall make arrangements with gas supplier for service.
H. Temporary Toilets and Sanitation: Provide service, clean, and maintain sanitary
conveniences with proper enclosures, in conformance with requirements of local laws and
ordinances governing such installations. Post notices, take such precautions as may be
necessary, and do cleaning necessary to keep the building and the premises in a sanitary
condition. From start of the Work, provide suitable temporary toilets and enclosures for the
use of the workmen on the Job. Maintain same in a sanitary condition. Use of Owner's
existing toilet facilities will not be permitted.
1.06 BARRIERS AND ENCLOSURES:
A. General: Construct temporary barricades, warning signs, hazard and warning lights, walks,
passage -ways, and similar temporary barriers and enclosures that are necessary to protect
persons and property from hazards or damage due to construction operations, and required
by University, City, State or Federal laws, ordinances or codes.
B. Construction Fences: Contractor shall furnish and install construction fences and gates within
the limits of construction, prior to beginning of work so as maintain area free of unauthorized
personnel, which includes Project working area and storage locations allocated by the Owner
to the Contractor. Keep adjacent property free from disturbance, dust, and noise as much
as feasible.
Section 01500 12/28/00
Page 2 of 6Construction Facilities and Temp. Controls
VOLUME ONE
Division 1
Construction Facilities and Temp. Controls Section 01500
C. Non - Movable Fences: Fencing and gates shall be minimum 6' -0" high, new material, chain
link fabric tightly stretched between line posts (1 -5/8" O.D. galvanized iron) at not more than
10 foot centers (tree protective posts 8 foot centers). Posts in earthen areas shall be
plumbed and aligned, and firmly anchored in the ground at least 24" deep. Corner and gate
posts (2 -3/4" O.D. galvanized iron) shall have line posts within 6' and braced using clamps
at posts. Posts that are machine pounded must be cut off flush and level at top. Gates shall
be substantially constructed of materials similar to fence, equipped with hinges of adequate
size and strength for operation and to maintain gate level. Provide security chain and
padlock at each gate with 2 keys furnished to Owner's Representative. Fence posts in
permanently paved and sidewalk areas shall be set in 4" thick concrete bases, 24' square
or 30" round.
D. Movable Fences: Fences that need to be moved frequently for access to the Site or to be
movable tree protection shall be 6' high posts, using 5" non -climb wire fabric, 12.5 gage
galvanized wire, 2" wide x 4" high openings, attached to posts set in concrete within an old
tire to prevent post bases from marring pavements and sidewalks.
E. Tree and Plant Protection: Provide barricades, fences, and guards as necessary to prevent
damage to existing trees and shrubs indicated to remain including, but not limited to, the
following:
F. Tree Damage: When trees other than those indicated or approved for removal are destroyed,
killed or badly damaged as a result of construction operations, the Contract Sum will be
reduced by the amount determined from the following International Shade Tree Conference
formula: D x D x 0.7854 x $28.00, where D is the diameter of the trunk measure 12" above
grade.
G. Fence Maintenance and Removal: All fencing and gates shall be maintained deep straight
and level, having a neat and uniform appearance during the construction period and upon
completion, before acceptance of the Work, shall be removed from the Site and post hole
filled to original condition.
1. Compaction of root area by equipment or material storage,
2. Trunk damage by moving equipment, material storage, nailing or bolting.
3. Strangling by tying ropes or guy wires to trunks or large branches.
4. Poisoning by pouring solvents, gas, paint and other toxic materials on or around
trees and roots.
5. Cutting roots by excavating, ditching and similar operations.
6. Damaging branches by improper pruning; notify Owner's Representative for required
pruning.
7. Drought from failure to water or by cutting or changing normal drainage pattern past
roots.
8. Changes in soil pH factor by disposal of lime and other alkali based materials such
as plaster, concrete, mortar and grout.
9. Machine excavating within the dripline of trees; conduct all excavating within dripline
by hand. Do not cut roots 1 -1/2" in diameter and over.
H. Temporary Enclosures and Protection:
Section 01500 12/28/00 Page 3 of 6Construction Facilities and Temp. Controls
Memorial Park Improvements
1. Protection of Installed Work: Provide protection for installed work so that it will be
without damage at time of acceptance by Owner. Control traffic in immediate area
to minimize damage. Prohibit traffic and storage on newly laid pavement on lawn
and landscaped areas.
a. Concrete, cement, mortar, grout, sludge, plaster and similar materials shall
Memorial Park Improvements
Division 1
Construction Facilities and Temp. Controls
VOLUME ONE
Section 01500
not be placed in or washed down storm and sanitary sewers, plumbing lines
or fixtures.
2. Protect improvements on Owner's and adjoining properties.
Site: Unless otherwise specified or directed, carefully protect existing walks, lawns, other
buildings, and other work on Site, whether specifically indicated on the Drawings or not.
Damaged areas of curbs, walks and paving will not be permitted to be patched; remove
entire section between expansion joints in which the damage occurs and replace with
construction to match existing adjacent work.
J. The Contractor is responsible for injury to the Work and persons due to failure of barrier and
enclosure work to protect it; and wherever evidence is found of such injury, the Owner may
order the work so injured to be immediately removed and replaced by the Contractor. All
costs and expenses for such occurrences shall be the responsibility of the Contractor at no
additional expense to Owner. Contractor's responsibility for maintenance of barrier and
enclosure work, shall not cease until the Project has been completed and is accepted by
Owner.
1.07 SECURITY:
A. Provide security program and facilities to protect Work, existing facilities, and Owner's
operations from unauthorized entry, vandalism, and theft. Coordinate with Owner's security
program. Project security within limits of construction is Contractor's responsibility.
1.08 PARKING, ACCESS ROADS AND TRAFFIC:
A. Parking: Parking for workmen employed on the Site may be provided within construction
limits or at a remote location if needed to the extent that space for that purpose may be
available without interference with the activities related to performance of the Work. On
campus parking other than within construction limits shall only be as approved by Owner's
Representative. Contractor shall pay all associated parking fees.
1. Reserved Parking: Allocate two spaces convenient to offices for use of the Owner
and A/E.
B. Provide temporary roads as required to bring vehicles onto the Site. Restore new paving
used for construction operations to new condition prior to acceptance of Work by Owner.
1. Restrict vehicles from doing unnecessary damage to the Site and any existing
paving.
2. Restore all improvements damaged by this Work to original condition, as acceptable
to Owner or other parties having jurisdiction.
C. Traffic Control: Prior to start of Work, examine construction vehicle routing, and safeguards
and procedures necessary to carry out the Work. In addition, be responsible for and observe
the following:
1. Be responsible for controlling construction traffic within and adjacent to the Site.
2. Provide all entrances, lifts and safeguards required or necessary to the progress of
the Work, and effectively control such traffic to provide minimum hazard to the Work
and all persons.
3. Route all construction equipment, trucks, and similar vehicles on existing public
streets to and from the Site as approved by Owners Reperesentative and on Site as
indicated on the Drawings.
4. Construct and maintain temporary walks for pedestrians. Keep streets adjacent to
the Site open to vehicular and pedestrian traffic.
Section 01500 12/28/00 Page 4 of BConstruction Facilities and Temp. Controls
VOLUME ONE
Division 1
Construction Facilities and Temp. Controls Section 01500
5. Maintain constant access for police, fire and ambulance service.
6. Provide and maintain for proper control of traffic and safety of all concerned:
a. All necessary barricades, suitable and sufficient lights, reflectors, and danger
signals.
b. Warning and closure signs, directional, and detour signs.
c. All traffic control devices furnished and installed in compliance with the
Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices as prepared by the State
Department of Highways and Public Transportation.
7. Provide on a 24 hour basis for all restricted and dangerous conditions existing on or
adjacent to the Site:
a. Illuminate barricades, danger signals, warning signs and obstructions at
night.
b. Keep warning lights burning from sunset until sunrise.
8. All barricades to be installed within TxDOT ROW shall be approved by TxDOT prior
to installation.
1.09 TEMPORARY CONTROLS:
A. Cleaning During Construction: Contractor at all times shall keep the premises free from
accumulation of waste materials and rubbish caused by operations for the entire Work.
Provide a collection can at each area used for eating. Pick up garbage daily. Keep Project
Site free of garbage, trash, vermin and rodent infestation. Contractor, by agreement, shall
require each subcontractor to collect and deposit waste and rubbish caused by subcontractor
operations at pre- designated location.
B. Traffic Control: Conduct construction operations and the removal of debris to ensure
minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, and other adjacent occupied or used
facilities. Do not close or obstruct streets, walks, or other occupied or used facilities without
permission from authorities having jurisdiction. Provide alternate routes around closed or
obstructed traffic ways if required by governing regulations.
C. Noise Control: In and around occupied areas, minimize use of noise producing equipment.
Work with noise - producing is subject, at all times, to Owner's approval of entire procedure.
Use only on a scheduled basis as agreed with Owner's Representative prior to start of
Construction operations.
D. Water Control: Provide methods to control surface water to prevent damage to Project, site
of adjoining properties. Control fill, grade and ditch to direct surface drainage away from
excavations, pits, tunnels and other construction areas. Direct drainage to proper runoff.
Memorial Park Improvements
1. Provide, operate and maintain hydraulic equipment of adequate capacity to control
surface and water.
2. Dispose of drainage water in a manner to prevent flooding, erosion or other damage
to any portion of site or to adjoining areas.
3. For NPDES requirements see Section 01165, Storm Water Pollution Prevention
Plan.
E. Pollution Control:
1. Provide methods, means and facilities required to prevent contamination of soil,
water or atmosphere by discharge of noxious substances from construction
operations.
2. Provide equipment and personnel, perform emergency measures required to contain
any spillages, and to remove contaminated soil or liquids. Excavate and dispose of
contaminated earth off site and replace with suitable compacted fill and topsoil.
3. Take special measures to prevent harmful substances from entering public waters.
Section 01500 12/28/00
Page 5 of 6Constructlon Facilities and Temp. Controls
1.10
F. Erosion Control:
NOT USED
FIELD OFFICES AND SHEDS:
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
NOT USED
PART 3 - EXECUTION
NOT USED
Section 01500 12/26/00
Memorial Park Improvements
VOLUME ONE
Division 1
Construction Facilities and Temp. Controls Section 01500
Prevent disposal of wastes, effluents, chemicals or other such substances adjacent
to streams or in sanitary or storm sewers.
4. Provide systems for control of atmospheric pollutants. Prevent toxic concentrations
of chemicals. Prevent harmful dispersal of pollutants into atmosphere.
1. Plan and execute construction and earthwork by methods to control surface drainage
from cuts and fills, and from borrow and waste disposal areas, to prevent erosion
and sedimentation.
a. Hold areas of bare soil exposed at one time to minimum.
b. Provide temporary control measures such as berms, dikes, and drains.
2. Construct fills and waste areas by selective placement to eliminate surface silts or
clays which will erode.
3. Periodically inspect earthwork to detect any evidence of start of erosion, apply
corrective measures as required to control erosion.
G. Dust Control: Provide positive methods and apply dust control materials to minimize raising
dust from construction operations and provide positive means to prevent air -borne dust from
dispersing into atmosphere.
A. Contractor may provide its own field office and storage sheds on the premises, maintain
same, and remove same upon completion of the Work. When storing materials on site,
contractor shall adhere to the following:
1. Provide fenced areas for storage of materials and workmen's parking of the sizes
and of locations designated on the drawings. Should the Contractor require
additional storage area beyond that indicated on the Site, contractor shall arrange
for such storage facilities off - campus, at no additional cost to Owner.
2. Building materials, Contractor's equipment and similar items necessary for
prosecution of the Work, may be stored on the premises, the placing and handling
of same shall be such that they can be inspected at all times.
3. When any area on the site is used for a storeroom, shop or similar use, the
Contractor shall be responsible for repairs, patching, restoration and cleaning arising
from such use. All such replacement costs and expenses shall be borne by
contractor at no additional expense to Owner.
END OF SECTION
Page 6 of 6Construction Facilities and Temp. Controls
Division 1
Material and Equipment
SECTION 01600 - MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS:
A. Bidding and Contract Requirements and General Requirements of the Specifications apply
to this work.
1.02 SECTION INCLUDES:
A. General requirements for materials and equipment, manufacturer's instructions,
transportation and handling, storage and protection, material and coordination.
1.03 RELATED WORK:
Section 01600
A. Related Work of Other Sections:
1.04 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:
A.
Memorial Park Improvements
VOLUME ONE
Section 01600
1. Section 01010 - Summary of Work.
2. Section 01040 - Coordination.
3. Section 01300 - Submittals: List of Materials.
4. Section 01340 - Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and Colors.
5. Section 01500 - Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls: Material Storage
Facilities.
6. Section 01630 - Product Options and Substitutions.
7. Section 01700 - Contract Closeout.
In addition to General Conditions Contractor shall use materials and equipment that are:
1. New, unless otherwise specified, and that are of good quality, free from faults and
defects, and in conformance with the requirements of the Contract Documents.
2. Suitable for use and function intended.
3. Corresponding in quality to related materials in the absence of a complete
specification.
4. Of quality appearance where exposed to view.
5. Of one manufacturer or source for the same specific purpose, with uniform
appearance and physical properties.
6. Interchangeable and be the same, when required to be supplied in quantity.
B. Product Color, Texture, and Pattern Selection: No work requiring NE's review for color,
texture and pattern selection shall be fabricated, delivered or installed prior to review and
selection.
1. Contractor shall select product of a named manufacturer that complies with the
specified requirements and submit the full range of colors, textures, patterns,
including custom colors, textures and patterns for NE's selection. All subsequently
approved products of other manufacturers are approved contingent upon availability
of equivalent colors, textures, and patterns available to NE for selection.
2. When "match existing color" is indicated or specified, Contractor shall, in addition to
material and construction requirements specified elsewhere, match existing color,
texture, and pattern in every respect, as approved by NE.
3. When materials have a natural range of color, texture, and pattern such as natural
stone, brick, tile, anodized aluminum finish and other exposed materials and
12/28/00 Page 1 of 3 Material and Equipment
Division 1
Material and Equipment
VOLUME ONE
Section 01600
finishes, submit required number of sets of ranges of color, texture, and pattern,
including representative naturally occurring defects as appropriate, for A/E's review.
All work fabricated and installed shall be within range of samples approved by
Architect. In addition, Contractor shall refer selection of raw materials containing
defects within limits of A/E's approved range of samples, to Architect to provide
distribution of such throughout required work so as to avoid patterns and
concentrations of such defects.
C. Source Limitations: To the fullest extent possible, provide products of the same generic kind,
from a single source, for each item of work.
1. When specified products are available from only sources that do not or cannot
produce an adequate quantity to complete Project requirements in a timely manner,
consult with A/E for a determination of what product qualities are most important
before proceeding. A/E will designate those qualities, such as visual, structural,
durability, or compatibility, that are most important. When NE's determination has
been made, select products from those sources that produce products that possess
the most important qualities, to fullest extent possible.
D. Compatibility of Options: Where product options are permitted, select products that are
compatible with other products to be incorporated into the Work, including products
previously selected product options.
1.05 MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS:
A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. Obtain and distribute
copies of such instructions to installer, including one copy to NE and one to Owner's
Representative. Maintain one set of complete instructions at Job Site during installation and
until completion.
B. Manufactured articles, materials, and items of equipment shall be handled, stored, applied,
installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned, adjusted, conditioned, and protected in
accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions and specifications for the Project
conditions indicated, within manufacturer's published limitations, and requirements specified.
C. Should any manufactured articles, materials, and items of equipment be found to be
damaged, deteriorated, or otherwise contrary to the requirements of the Contract Documents,
remove and replace such damaged or deteriorated articles, materials, and items of
equipment, no matter in what stage of completion and replace with new materials.
D. Should Project conditions or specified requirements be in conflict with manufacturer's
instructions request written clarification from A/E before proceeding. Do not proceed with
work without clear instructions. Do not omit any preparatory step or installation procedure
unless specifically modified or exempted by Contract Documents.
E. Keep a copy of material safety data sheets for all products used in the Work, at Contractor's
field house.
1.06 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING:
A. Arrange deliveries of materials and products in accordance with Construction Progress
Schedule.
B. Transport products by methods to avoid product damage; deliver in undamaged condition
in manufacturer's unopened containers or packaging, dry.
Section 01600 12/28/00 Page 2 of 3 Material and Equipment
Memorial Park Improvements
Division 1
Material and Equipment
VOLUME ONE
Section 01600
C. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling or
damage.
D. Promptly inspect shipments to ensure that products comply with requirements of the Contract
Documents and approved submittals, quantities are correct, and products are undamaged.
1.07 STORAGE AND PROTECTION:
A. Store products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, with seals and labels intact
and legible. Store sensitive products, including factory- finished items and similar work, in
weather -tight enclosures; maintain within temperature and humidity ranges required by
manufacturer's instructions. Comply with applicable laws, ordinances and regulations for
protective storage of potentially dangerous materials.
B. For exterior storage of fabricated products, place on sloped supports above ground. Cover
products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering; provide ventilation to avoid
condensation.
C. Store loose granular materials on solid surfaces in a well- drained area; prevent mixing with
foreign matter.
D. Arrange storage to provide access for inspection at all times. Periodically inspect to assure
products are free from damage or deterioration, and are maintained under required
conditions.
E. At end of each days work, cover new work likely to be damaged. Provide substantial
coverings necessary to protect installed products from damage, traffic, and subsequent
construction operations. Refer to Section 01500 for additional requirements, including
removal of temporary protections.
F. Contractor shall provide inspection of subcontractor's material for compliance with submittals
on proper storage.
PART 2- PRODUCTS
NOT USED
PART 3 - EXECUTION
NOT USED
Section 01600 12/28/00 Page 3 of 3 Material and Equipment
Memorial Park Improvements
END OF SECTION
1.04 GENERAL:
1.06 SUBSTITUTIONS:
Memorial Park Improvements
Division 1
SECTION 01630 - PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS:
1.05 MATERIAL AND PRODUCT OPTIONS:
VOLUME ONE
Product Options and Substitutions Section 01630
A. Bidding and Contract Requirements and General Requirements of the Specifications apply
to this work.
1.02 SECTION INCLUDES:
A. General requirements for product options and substitution procedures.
1.03 RELATED WORK:
A. Related Work of Other Sections:
1. Section 01010 - Summary of Work.
2. Section 01300 - Submittals: List of Materials within 30 days of Notice to Proceed.
3. Section 01340 - Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and Colors.
4. Section 01040 - Coordination.
5. Section 01600 - Material and Equipment.
6. Section 01700 - Contract Closeout.
A. In addition to General Conditions comply with product option and substitution requirements
specified in this Section.
A. Materials and Products Specified by Reference Standards, by Performance, or by
Description Only: Any product meeting specified requirements.
B. Materials and Products Specified by Naming Products of One or More Manufacturers with a
Provision for an Equivalent Product: Submit one of the products listed which complies with
specified requirements or submit a request for substitution for a product of manufacturer not
specifically named which complies with specked requirements.
C. Materials and Products Specified by Naming Products of Several Manufacturers Meeting
Specifications: Submit one of the products listed which complies with specified
requirements or submit a request for substitution for a product of manufacturer not
specifically named which complies with specified requirements.
A. Within sixty (60) days after date of Owner's Notice to Proceed, NE will consider requests
from Contractor for substitutions. Subsequently, substitutions will be considered only when
a material or product becomes unavailable due to no fault of Contractor and as follows:
Section 01630 12/28/00 Page 1 of 3 Product Options and Substitutions
1. Lockouts.
Division 1
2. Strikes.
3. Bankruptcy.
4. Discontinuation of product.
5. Proven shortage.
6. Other similar occurrences.
VOLUME ONE
Product Options and Substitutions Section 01630
B. Each proposed substitution of materials or products for that specified is a representation by
Contractor that it has personally investigated the substitution and determined that the
proposed substitution is equivalent or superior to that specified in quality, durability and
serviceability, design, appearance, function, finish, performance, and of size and weight
which will permit installation in spaces provided and allow adequate service access.
Additionally, Contractor agrees that it will provide and do the following:
1. Same warranty for substitution as for specified product or material.
2. Coordinate installation and make other changes which may be required for Work to
be complete in all respects.
3. Waive claims for additional costs which may subsequently become apparent.
4. Verify that proposed materials and products comply with applicable building codes
and governing regulations and, where applicable, has approval of governing
authorities having jurisdiction.
C. A/E will review requests from Contractor for substitutions with Owner. Do not purchase or
install substitute materials and products without written approval. A/E will give written notice
to Contractor of acceptance or rejection within a reasonable time.
D. Document each request for substitution with complete data substantiating compliance of
proposed substitution with Contract Documents. As appropriate include:
1. Reason for the proposed substitution.
2. Change in Contract Sum and Contract Time, if any.
3. Effect on Construction Progress Schedule and completion date.
4. Changes in details and construction of related work required due to substitution.
5. Drawings and samples.
6. Product identification and description.
7. Performance and test data.
8. Itemized comparison of the qualities of the proposed substitution to the product
specified including durability, serviceability, design, appearance, function, finish,
performance, size and space limitations, vibration, noise, and weight.
9. Availability of maintenance service, source and interchangeability of parts or
components.
10. Additional information as requested.
E. In the event of credit change in the cost, the Owner shall receive all benefit of the reduction
in cost of the proposed substitution. Credit shall be established prior to final approval of the
proposed substitution and will be adjusted by Change Order.
F. Substitutions will not be considered when they are indicated or implied on shop drawing or
product data submittals without separate written request, without having been reviewed and
Section 01630 12/28/00 Page 2 of 3 Product Options and Substitutions
Memorial Park improvements
Division 1
VOLUME ONE
Product Options and Substitutions Section 01630
approved by Contractor, or when acceptance will require substantial revision of Contract
Documents without additional compensation to NE.
G. In the event that the Contractor or subcontractor has neglected to place an order for
specified materials and products to meet the Construction Progress Schedule, specified
requirements, color schemes or other similar provisions, such failure or neglect shall not be
considered as legitimate grounds for an extension of completion time nor shall arbitrary
substitutions be considered to meet completion date.
H. Only one request for substitutions will be considered for each product. When substitutions
are not accepted, provide specified product.
I. Should substitution be accepted, and substitution subsequently is defective or otherwise
unsatisfactory, replace defective material with specified material at no cost to Owner.
1.07 COORDINATION:
A. When a specified, optional, specified by reference standard, or proposed substitution item of
equipment or material is submitted which requires minor changes or additions to the
designed structure, finishes or to electrical services due to its requirements being different
from those shown on the Contract Documents, itemize the changes required and attach to
submittal. Do not proceed with changes without approval in writing from the NE.
B. Contractor shall make adjustments and changes required to coordinate work for installation
of optional materials and products, approved substitutions and materials and products
specified by reference standards without additional costs to Owner or NE.
PART 2- PRODUCTS
NOT USED
PART 3 - EXECUTION
NOT USED
Section 01630 12128/00 Page 3 of 3 Product Options and Substitutions
Memorial Park Improvements
END OF SECTION
SECTION 01700 - CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS:
A. Bidding and Contract Requirements and General Requirements of the Specifications apply
to this work.
1.02 SECTION INCLUDES:
General requirements for closeout procedures, beneficial occupancy, final completion, final
cleanup, closeout submittals, and application for final payment.
1.03 RELATED SECTIONS:
A. Related Work of Other Sections:
A.
1.04 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES:
A. Instruction of Using Personnel
B. Beneficial Occupancy: Refer to General Conditions "Beneficial Occupancy' for additional
requirements.
Section 01700
Memorial Park Improvements
Division 1
VOLUME ONE
Contract Closeout Section 01700
1. Section 01010 - Summary of Work.
2. Section 01300 - Submittals.
3. Section 01310 - Schedules, Reports and Payments.
4. Section 01500 - Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls.
5. Section 01710 - Cleaning.
6, Section 01720 - Project Record Documents.
7. Section 01730 - Operating and Maintenance Data.
8. Section 01735 - Maintenance Instruction.
9. Section 01740 - Warranties.
10. Section 01750 - Spare Parts and Maintenance Materials.
The Contractor will provide demonstrations, conduct training and familiarization sessions for
Physical Plant/User personnel on the electrical systems prior to Final or Beneficial
Occupancy Inspections. Arrangements for these instruction periods shall be made by the
Owner's Representative. Operation and Maintenance Manuals must be available and used
during this training period.
1. When Contractor considers the Work is sufficiently complete as defined in
"Beneficial Occupancy', it shall submit to Architect a written notice that the Work, or
designated portion thereof, is sufficiently complete for "Beneficial Occupancy' along
with a list of items to be completed or corrected.
2. Within a reasonable time after receipt of such notice, Owner and Engineer, as
appropriate, will make an inspection to determine the status of completion.
3. Should NE determine that Work is not sufficiently complete for "Beneficial
Occupancy', NE will promptly notify the Contractor and Owner's Representative in
writing, giving reasons therefore.
4. Contractor shall remedy the deficiencies in the Work, and send a second written
12/28/00 Page 1 of 4 Contract Closeout
Division 1
Contract Closeout
VOLUME ONE
Section 01700
notice to the A/E.
5. Owner and Engineer, as appropriate, will reinspect the Work.
6. When Owner and A/E concur that the Work is sufficiently complete as defined in
"Beneficial Occupancy', the NE will:
a. Prepare a Certificate of Beneficial Occupancy, accompanied by
Contractor's list of items to be completed or corrected, as verified
and amended by the Engineer and Owner.
b. Submit the Certificate to Owner and Contractor for their written
acceptance of the responsibilities assigned to them in the
Certificate.
7. Failure to include any item in the "punchlist" does not alter the responsibility of the
Contractor to complete all Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
8. The NE and Owner may review and amend the list of items to be completed or
corrected and append the "punchlist" of the Certificate of Beneficial Occupancy at
any time before Contractor's final Notice of Completion.
C. Pre -Final Completion: Refer to General Conditions "Contract Final Acceptance ". Those in
attendance at final inspection may include the NE, representatives of the Owner's Planning
and Construction Department, Owner's User Coordinator and Contractor. Failure to
satisfactorily complete items will necessitate further reinspections by the NE and other
persons above. Perform and submit following prior to Pre -Final Inspection.
1. Before requesting pre -final inspection, Contractor shall review the Contract
Documents and inspect the Work for compliance with the Contract Documents.
Contractor shall make a thorough survey of work of all trades and ascertain that all
final adjustments have been made and that the Work has been completed.
a. Test equipment and systems in the presence of the Owner's
Representative and determined that equipment and systems are
operational. Give necessary verbal instructions and demonstrations to
maintenance forces for component parts of the building. Refer to Section
01735.
b. Furnish an updated list of Subcontractors and material suppliers along with
names of key personnel, addresses and telephone numbers.
c. Deliver all Maintenance and Operating Manuals as specified in Section
01730.
d. Performed clean -up as specified in Section 01710.
e. Delivered packaged and labeled maintenance materials as required by the
various specification Sections to a location within three miles of the Project
Site as designated by Owner's Representative as specified in Section
01750.
f. Deliver labeled keys and special tools to designated representative of
Owner and secure a receipt. Master keys, safe combinations and similar
sensitive items shall be mailed or delivered directly to Manager of
Construction from hardware supplier.
g. Submit "Record Documents" to NE as specified in Section 01720.
2. Upon receipt of notice of completion of Work and submittal of all required items
from Contractor, Architect/Engineer and Owner's Representatives will make a pre -
final inspection to determine status of completion, and prepare a punchlist of items
requiring completion or correction for use of the Contractor. If Architect/Engineer or
Owner's Representative do not concur in Contractor's claim of completion,
Contractor will be notified, and Contractor shall send a second notice at an
Section 01700 12/28/00 Page 2 of 4 Contract Closeout
Memorial Park Improvements
Division 1
Contract Closeout
appropriate time of completion including a list of corrections made.
1.05 REINSPECTION FEES:
VOLUME ONE
Section 01700
A. Should status of completion of Work require reinspection by Engineer due to failure of Work
to comply with Contractor's claims of completion, Owner will deduct the amount of A/E's
compensation for reinspection services from final payment to Contractor.
1.06 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS:
A. Refer to Section 01310 "Schedules, Reports and Payments" for required administrative
action and submittals which must precede or coincide with Contractor's final payment
application. Contractor shall deliver these submittals to NE for transmittal to Owner,
properly executed, in one package, prior to the request for final payment.
B. Beneficial Occupancy: Submit list of items remaining to be completed or corrected and
written notice of request for Beneficial Occupancy.
C. Final Completion: Submit written request for Final Completion inspection and the following:
1. Certification that work is complete and Owner has full access and use of completed
work, Contract Documents have been reviewed, and systems and equipment have
been tested and are operational.
2. Copy of list of items to be completed or corrected from Beneficial Occupancy and
Pre -Final Inspection, with each item initialed and showing date completed.
3. Evidence of compliance with requirements of goveming authorities:
a. Certificates of occupancy.
b. Certificates of final inspection for plumbing, mechanical, fire protection,
electrical, and other systems required by governing authorities.
4. List of all subcontractors and material suppliers and product description. Provide
name, address, and phone number:
a. Product manufacturer.
b. Installer (subcontractor).
c. Local representative.
d. Local source of supply for parts and replacement.
5. Submit test/adjust/balance records; start -up performance reports, change over
information germane to Owner's occupancy.
6. Clean -up: Refer to Section 01710 for requirements.
7. Deliver to Owner all special tools and keys in relation to project equipment and
devices.
8. Instruction Logs for Instruction of Owner's Operating Personnel: Refer to Section
01735 for requirements.
9. Warranties: Refer to Section 01740 for requirements.
10. Keys
11. Spare Parts and Maintenance Material: Refer to Section 10750 for requirements.
12. Fully executed copies of following, in triplicate:
a. Contractor's Affidavit of Payment for Debts and Claims: On Owner
provided document.
13. List of Contractor's incomplete work, recognized as exceptions to Owner's
Certificate of Final Acceptance.
14. Certificate of Insurance for Products and Completed Operations.
Section 01700 12/28/00 Page 3 of 4 Contract Closeout
Memorial Park Improvements
Division 1
Contract Closeout Section 01700
15. Final Application for Payment: Refer to Section 01310.
PART2- PRODUCTS
NOT USED
PART 3 - EXECUTION
NOT USED
END OF SECTION
VOLUME ONE
Section 01700 12128/00 Page 4 of 4 Contract Closeout
Memorial Park Improvements
PART 2- PRODUCTS
Division 1
Cleaning
1. Section 01010 - Summary of Work.
2. Section 01300 - Submittals.
3. Section 01500 - Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls.
4. Section 01700 - Contract Closeout.
1.03 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:
VOLUME ONE
Section 01710
SECTION 01710 - CLEANING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS:
A. Bidding and Contract Requirements and General Requirements of the Specifications apply
to this work.
1.02 RELATED WORK:
A. Related Work of Other Sections:
A. General: In addition to General Conditions provide progress and final cleaning as specified
in this section.
B. Progress Cleaning: Keep premises and public properties free from accumulations of waste,
debris and rubbish, caused by operations. Maintain Project in accord with State and local
safety, health, and insurance standards.
C. Final Cleaning: At completion of Work, remove waste materials, rubbish, tools, equipment,
machinery and surplus materials, and dean all exposed surfaces of the Project Site,
including vaults and storm drainage systems; leave Project clean and ready for occupancy.
D. Pre -Final Inspection: Prior to pre -final inspection, clean all surfaces and remove all debris
from project.
2.01 CLEANING MATERIALS:
A. Use materials which will not create hazards to health or property, and which will not damage
surfaces.
B. Use only materials and methods recommended by manufacturer of material being cleaned.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 CLEANING:
A. In addition to removal of debris and cleaning specified in other sections, clean interior and
exterior exposed - to-view surfaces affected by Work of this Contract.
B. Hazards Control: Store volatile waste in covered metal containers and remove from
Section 01710 12/28/00 Page 1 of 3 Cleaning
Memorial Park Improvements
Division 1
Cleaning Section 01710
VOLUME ONE
premises daily. Prevent accumulation of wastes which create hazardous conditions.
Provide adequate ventilation during use of volatile or noxious substances.
C. Remove waste, debris, and surplus materials from site. Clean paving areas, walks, drives
and streets in the vicinity of the building; remove mud, rubbish, waste, stains, spills, and
foreign substances from paved areas and sweep clean. Immediately clean any mud tracked
out of the construction area by vehicles and equipment.
D. Keep the entire construction area clean and at least weekly conduct a general clean -up
operation.
E. Keep grass/weeds cut at all times within the limits of construction; maximum time interval in
growing season is two weeks.
F. Periodically inspect, tighten and realign construction /tree protection fencing.
G. Do not burn or bury rubbish and waste materials on the Project Site.
H. Do not dispose of volatile wastes such as mineral spirits, oil, or paint thinner in storm or
sanitary drains.
I. Do not dispose of rubbish and wastes into streams or waterways.
J. Do not dispose of excess concrete on the Project Site.
K. Wet down rubbish and waste to lay dust and prevent it from blowing.
L. Provide on Site containers for collection of waste, debris and rubbish. Handle materials in a
controlled manner with as few handlings as possible; do not drop or throw materials from
heights. Do not fence, block, cover, otherwise make inaccessible, or use Owner's waste
containers located inside or outside construction limits.
M. Remove temporary protection and labels not required to remain.
N. Disposal: Remove waste materials, debris and rubbish from the Project Site and provide
legal disposal at a Texas Department of Health (TDH) permitted solid waste facility. In
hauling material from the Project Site, Contractor shall prevent debris from dropping from
vehicles and littering the campus or area streets and roads. Contractor shall promptly
remove any debris which falls from vehicles.
3.02 FINAL CLEANING
A. Prior to final inspection and the Owner's acceptance of the Work, perform final cleaning of
all areas of the Project Site, performing all operations called for in the various Sections of
Project Specifications. Final cleaning operations include, but are not limited to:
1. Remove waste, debris, and surplus materials of any nature from site. Clean paving
areas in the vicinity of the project; remove stains, spills, and foreign substances
from paved areas and sweep paved areas clean and rake clean other surfaces of
grounds.
2. Cleaning all stonework.
3. Cleaning all exposed unpainted metals.
Section 01710 12/28/00 Page 2 of 3 Cleaning
Memorial Park Improvements
Division 1
Cleaning Section 01710
4. Cleaning all exposed surfaces of light fixtures, including removal of construction
dust, paint overspray, finger prints, and similar soiling from light fixture bodies,
reflectors, and both sides of light fixture lenses.
5. Removing and disposing of all temporary protections.
6. Repair, patch and touch -up marred surfaces to match adjacent surfaces.
7. Prior to final completion inspect exposed interior and exterior surfaces and work
areas to verify that entire work is clean.
C. Clean finishes free of dust, stains, films, and other foreign substances.
D. Clean transparent and glossy materials to a polished condition; remove foreign substances.
Polish reflective surfaces to a clear shine.
Section 01710 12/28/00 Page 3 of 3
Memorial Park Improvements
END OF SECTION
VOLUME ONE
Cleaning
Project Record Documents Section 01720
SECTION 01720 - PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS:
A. Bidding and Contract Requirements and General Requirements of the Specifications apply
to this work.
1.02 SECTION INCLUDES:
A. In addition to General Conditions provide and maintain project record documents specified
in this Section.
1.03 RELATED WORK:
A. Related Work of Other Sections:
1.04 GENERAL:
Division 1
1. Section 01300 - Submittals.
2. Section 01410 - Testing Laboratory Services.
3. Section 01700 - Contract Closeout.
A. Maintain at the Site for the Owner one record copy of:
1. Drawings.
2. Specifications.
3. Addenda.
4. Change Orders and other modifications to the Contract.
5. A/E's field orders and other written instruction.
6. Approved shop drawings, product data, and samples.
7. Field test records.
8. Other records required throughout construction by Owner.
VOLUME ONE
B. Source of Record Documents: Arrange for documents to be sent to reproduction company
and pay costs of reproduction and delivery of prints and originals.
1. Drawings and Approved Drawing Modifications: Provide one complete full size set
of blueline prints of Contract Drawings and full size blueline prints of each approved
Contract Change to Contract Drawings. Reproduction costs may include
photographic screen processing of pinbar overlay composite drawings.
2. Specifications, Addenda, Contract Changes, NE's Field Orders and Written
Instructions, and Field Test Data: Provide one xerox single side copy of each
document on 8 -1/2" x 11" three hole paper, collated, indexed, tabbed and bound in
durable three ring loose -leaf binders.
3. Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples: Refer to Section 01340 for
requirements.
4. Referenced Standards and Other Documents: Obtain, when directed, or as
necessary to properly execute the work, copies of literature, standards and other
data referred to but not included in the Specifications.
Section 01720 12/28/00 Page 1 of 3 Project Record Documents
Memorial Park Improvements
1.05 RECORDING:
1.06 SUBMITTAL:
Division 1
Section 01720 12/28/00 Page 2 of 3
Memorial Park Improvements
VOLUME ONE
Project Record Documents Section 01720
C. Maintenance of Record Documents and Samples:
1. Store documents and samples in Contractor's field office apart from documents
used for construction. Provide files and racks for storage of documents. Provide
locked cabinet or secure storage space for samples.
2. File documents and samples in accordance with Drawing Index and Specification
Table of Contents.
3. Maintain documents in a clean, dry, legible condition and in good order. Do not use
record documents for construction purposes.
4. Make documents and samples available at all times for inspection by NE and
Owner's Representative.
5. Record Prints will be reviewed monthly by the Owner and NE. Contractor shall
bring record documents to monthly meeting. This will be a requirement for issuance
of a Certificate for Payment.
A. Label each document and each sheet of the Record Drawing Set as constructed, "Project
Record Documents', in stamped or printed letters, also with company name of installing
subcontractor and General Contractor, date, and name of responsible company
representative.
B. Record information concurrently with construction progress. Make entries within 24 hours
after receipt of information. Do not conceal items required to be shown on Project Record
Documents until recorded.
C. Utilize skilled draftspersons to make neat legible notations on Record Documents to record
actual construction as follows:
1, Location of underground utilities and appurtenances concealed in construction,
referenced by a elevation and dimension to visible and accessible features of
structure.
2. Location of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in construction,
referenced by elevation and dimension to visible and accessible features of
structure.
3. Indicate field changes of dimension and detail, changes made by field order or
Change Order, and details not on Contract Drawings.
4. In Specifications and Addenda, record manufacturer, trade name, catalog number,
and supplier of each product and item of equipment actually installed, approved
changes made by Change Order, approved substitution, or other modification, and
other matters not originally specified.
D. Entries: Clearly describe change by note and by graphic line, as required. Date all entries.
Call attention to entry by "cloud" around area or areas affected. In event of overlapping
changes, use different color for each change.
E. Owner and NE will review Record Set monthly. If documents are not being maintained
concurrently with construction progress, Owner may withhold progress payments until
documents are made current.
A. Prior to Pre -Final inspection and as a prerequisite to Final Payment, submit Record
Document drawings, including electrical installations, and other installations as specified in
Project Record Documents
PART 2- PRODUCTS
NOT USED
PART 3 - EXECUTION
NOT USED
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
Texas ARM University
Parking Lot 50 Expansion
Contract Specifications, to A/E for permanent Project File.
B. Documents shall be submitted at one time with transmittal letter containing date, Project title,
Contractor's name and address, itemized list of documents, and signature of Contractor.
The Contractor's signature acknowledges that the documents have been reviewed and that
they represent a true and accurate record of the work installed.
END OF SECTION
01720 -3
Division 1
SECTION 01730 - OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS:
Section 01730
A. Bidding and Contract Requirements and General Requirements of the Specifications apply
to this work.
1.02 RELATED WORK:
A. Related Work of Other Sections:
1.03 FORMAT:
Memorial Park Improvements
Operating and Maintenance Data Section 01730
1. Section 01300 - Submittals.
2. Section 01700 - Contract Closeout.
3. Section 01735 - Maintenance Instruction.
A. Prepare prior to pre -final inspections four (4) sets of operating and maintenance data, each
containing data bound in commercial quality 3-rina binders with plastic covers. Minimum size
B. Cover: Identify each volume, front cover and spline, with type or printed title "OPERATING
AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS ", name of Project, Project No., location, Contractor,
date of Beneficial Occupancy and Volume Number.
C. Arrange content by systems under section numbers and sequence of Table of Contents of
this Project Specification. Include Tab for each section number, systems and equipment
number.
D. The work covered by these manuals will not be accepted nor will the Final Inspection and
Acceptance be conducted until the Owner has received the manuals. The NE will check for
compliance with the specifications and furnish the approved copies to the Manager, Facilities
Construction Division, who will make distribution. Payment will be withheld unless O &M
Manuals submitted are in accordance with this specification.
1.04 CONTENTS, EACH VOLUME:
A. Arrange typewritten table of contents for each volume, in systematic order:
1. A list of each product required to be included with name, address and telephone
number of:
a. Subcontractor or installer.
b. Maintenance contractor, as appropriate.
c. Local source of supply for parts and replacement.
2. Identifying each product by product name and other identifying symbols.
B. Product Data:
VOLUME ONE
1. Include only those sheets which are pertinent to specific product with product clearly
identified.
2. Delete references to inapplicable information.
12/28/00 Page 1 of 3 Operating and Maintenance Data
C. Drawings:
E. Miscellaneous Data:
Division 1
1. Supplement product data with drawings as necessary to clearly illustrate relations
of component parts of equipment and systems and control and flow diagrams.
2. Coordinate drawings with information in Project Record Documents to assure correct
illustration of completed installation.
D. Written Text: As required to supplement product data for particular installation to provide
logical sequence of instructions for each procedure.
1. Furnish copy of each warranty, bond and service contract issued.
2. Furnish proper procedures in event of failure and instances which might affect validity
of warranties or bonds.
1.05 MANUAL FOR MATERIALS AND FINISHES:
A. Applied Materials and Finishes:
Section 01730
Memorial Park Improvements
VOLUME ONE
Operating and Maintenance Data Section 01730
1. Provide manufacturer's data giving full information on product:
a. Catalog number, size and composition.
b. Color and texture designations.
c. Information required for re- ordering special manufactured products.
2. Provide instructions for care and maintenance including:
a. Manufacturer's recommendation for types of cleaning agents and methods.
b. Cautions against cleaning agents and methods which are detrimental to
product.
c. Recommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance.
B. Additional Requirements: Refer to respective Specification Sections.
1.06 MANUAL FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS:
A. Each Electric and Electronic System:
1. Provide description of system and component parts including:
a. Function, normal operating characteristics and limiting conditions.
b. Performance curves, engineering data and tests.
c. Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts.
2. Panelboard Circuit Directories: Provide electrical service characteristics, controls
and communications.
3. Include color coded wiring diagrams.
4. Operating Procedures: Include start-up, break -in, and routine and normal operating
instructions and sequences. Include regulation, control, stopping, shut -down, and
emergency instructions. Include summer, winter, and any special operating
instructions.
5. Maintenance Procedures: Include routine procedures and guide for trouble- shooting;
disassembly, repair, and reassembly instructions: and alignment, adjusting,
balancing, and checking instructions.
6. Include manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions.
7. Provide list of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices and
recommended quantities to be maintained in storage.
12128/00 Page 2 of 3 Operating and Maintenance Data
B. Include warning of detrimental maintenance practices.
C. Prepare and include additional data when need for such data becomes apparent during
instruction of Owner's personnel or as required under pertinent Specification Sections.
1.07 SUBMITTALS:
Division 1
VOLUME ONE
Operating and Maintenance Data Section 01730
A. Submit completed manuals to NE for review and transmittal to Owner 30 days prior to Pre -
Final Inspection.
B. Submittal of operating and maintenance manuals shall be prior to instruction of Owner's
operating and maintenance personnel.
PART 2- PRODIJCTS
NOT USED
PART 3 - EXECUTION
NOT USED
Section 01730 12/28/00 Page 3 of 3 Operating and Maintenance Data
Memorial Park Improvements
END OF SECTION
Division 1
SECTION 01735 - MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS:
VOLUME ONE
Maintenance Instructions Section 01735
A. Bidding and Contract Requirements and General Requirements of the Specifications apply
to this work.
1.02 SECTION INCLUDES:
A. Instruction requirements for Owner's personnel in operation and maintenance of equipment
and systems is specified in this Section.
1.03 RELATED WORK:
A. Related Work of Other Sections:
1.04 SUBMITTALS:
1. Section 01300 - Submittals.
2. Section 01700 - Contract Closeout.
3. Section 01730 - Operation and Maintenance Data.
A. Submit preliminary copy of "Instruction of Owner's Operating and Maintenance Personnel"
report for each system or item requiring instruction, on photocopy of form provided herein, at
least 60 days prior to instruction date.
B. Submit fully completed forms upon completion of all instruction.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Instruction shall be done by personnel trained and experienced in maintenance of described
products and operation of described equipment and systems, and familiar with requirements
of this Section.
1.06 SCHEDULING:
A. Do not perform instruction until systems and equipment have been inspected and approved.
B. Complete all instruction prior to Pre -Final Completion.
1.07 INSTRUCTION OF OWNER'S PERSONNEL:
A. Instruct Owner's designated personnel in operation and maintenance of systems and
equipment. Use Operation and Maintenance Data specified in Section 01730 as basis for
instruction.
B. Furnish specialized tools required to operate and maintain systems and equipment for
Owner's use.
Section 01735 12/28/00 Page 1 of 4 Maintenance Instructions
Memorial Park Improvements
Division 1
VOLUME ONE
Maintenance Instructions Section 01735
C. Provide level of instruction commensurate with system or item requiring instruction. Some
items may require multiple training sessions at different times due to Owner's 24 hours per
day operation.
D. Explain contents and use of Operation and Maintenance Data.
E. Explain operating sequences as follows:
1. Show location and operation of switches, valves and other such devices used to
start, stop and adjust systems.
2. Explain use of flow diagrams, operating sequence diagrams and other such
devices.
3. Demonstrate operation through complete cycles and full range of operation through
all modes, including testing and adjusting relevant to operation.
F. Explain use of control equipment, including temperature settings, switch modes, available
adjustments, reading of gauges, and functions that must be serviced by factory- authorized
representatives.
G. Explain trouble- shooting procedures; demonstrate problems which commonly occur, and
their resolution, and note procedures which must be performed by factory authorized
personnel.
H. Explain maintenance procedures and requirements, including items requiring periodic
maintenance. Demonstrate preventive maintenance procedures and recommended
maintenance intervals. Demonstrate other maintenance procedures not part of periodic
maintenance program. Identify maintenance materials to be used.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
NOT USED
PART 3- EXECUTION
NOT USED
END OF SECTION
Section 01735 12/28/00 Page 2 of 4 Maintenance Instructions
Memorial Park Improvements
PROJECT:
B. To be completed by Owner:
INSTRUCTION LOG:
Owner's Representative:
Division 1
No.
SYSTEM OR EQUIPMENT:
PRELIMINARY INFORMATION:
A. To be completed by Contractor:
INSTRUCTION OF OWNER'S OPERATING PERSONNEL
1. Proposed dates of instruction:
2. Representative performing instruction:
3. Number of hours required:
1. Owner's personnel to be instructed:
to
Date No. of Materials Instructor's Owner's Rep. Comments
Hours Covered Initials Initials
VOLUME ONE
Maintenance Instructions Section 01735
Total Hours: Date Instruction Completed:
Section 01735 12/28/00 Page 3 of 4 Maintenance Instructions
Memorial Park Improvements
Instructor:
Division 1
VOLUME ONE
Maintenance Instructions Section 01735
Section 01735 12/28/00 Page 4 of 4 Maintenance Instructions
Memorial Park Improvements
SECTION 01740 • WARRANTIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS:
A. Bidding and Contract Requirements and General Requirements of the Specifications apply
to this work.
1.02 SECTION INCLUDES:
A. Provide preparation and submittal of warranties as specified in this Section.
B. The Contractor is responsible for implementation of all warranties, guarantees, bonds,
maintenance contracts and shall perform all work required, in case of failure of
Subcontractors; material suppliers and manufacturers; applicators and installers; to fulfill any
and all provision of the warranties, guarantees, service and maintenance contracts and
bonds.
C. General Contractor and installers shall sign warranties.
1.03 RELATED WORK:
A. Related Work of Other Sections:
1.04 FORM OF WARRANTY SUBMITTALS:
Section 01740
Memorial Park Improvements
VOLUME ONE
Division 1
Warranties Section 01740
1. General Conditions- Contract Warranty and Guarantee.
2. Section 01300 - Submittals.
3. Section 01340 - Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and Colors: Submittal
schedule warranty requirements.
4. Section 01700 - Contract Closeout.
5. Individual Specification Sections: Special Project Warranties.
A. Warranty Format: Assemble warranties executed by respective manufacturers, suppliers,
subcontractors and Contractor as follows:
1. Size: 8 -1/2" x 11 ". Punch sheets for 3 -ring binder; fold larger sheets to fit into
durable binders.
2. Cover: Identify each packet with type or printed title 'WARRANTIES ". List title of
Project and name of Contractor.
3. Table of Contents: Neatly typed, using table of contents of Project Specification as
format.
4. Procedures to be followed in case of failure.
5. Quantity: Provide two (2) sets.
B. Warranty Forms: Except as otherwise specified, Contractor shall execute in duplicate on
Contractor's letterhead, the Project Warranty for General Construction and special
Warranties required by various Specification Sections, on the warranty forms which follow
at end of this Section.
C. Warranty Effective Date:
1. For portions of work accepted by Owner prior to Final Completion: Date of Beneficial
12/28(00 Page 1 of 4 Warranties
1.05 PREPARATION:
Memorial Park Improvements
Division 1
Warranties
1. Name and location of Project.
2. Name and address of Contractor.
3. Product or work item.
4. Scope of warranty.
5. Date of beginning and duration of correction period for warranty.
C. Retain warranties until time specified for submittal.
1.06 TIME OF SUBMITTALS:
VOLUME ONE
Section 01740
Occupancy.
2. For portions of work accepted by Owner at Final Completion: Date of Beneficial
Occupancy or Final Completion whichever occurs sooner.
A. Obtain warranties and guarantees, executed in duplicate by responsible subcontractors,
suppliers, and manufacturers, within 10 days after completion of the applicable item or work.
Except for items put into use with Owner's permission, leave date of beginning of time of
warranty until Beneficial Occupancy or Final Completion is determined in accordance with
General Conditions Paragraph 9.1.
B. Verify that documents comply with requirements of Contract Documents, are in form
approved by Owner, contain full information, and are notarized. As a minimum, each
warranty shall contain:
A. For equipment or component parts of equipment put into service with Owner's permission,
submit documents within 10 days after acceptance.
B. Make other submittals within 10 days after Date of Beneficial Occupancy, prior to Final
Application for Payment.
1.07 SCHEDULE OF SUBMITTALS:
A. Refer to Section 01340 for Schedule of Submittals.1.08 WARRANTY ADMINISTRATION
PART 2- PRODUCTS
NOT USED
PART 3 - EXECUTION
NOT USED
Section 01740 12/28100 Page 2 of 4 Warranties
Division 1
Warranties
PROJECT WARRANTY FOR GENERAL CONSTRUCTION
VOLUME ONE
Section 01740
WHEREAS, (Contractor),
Address
Telephone ( ) has performed general construction work on the following project:
For (Owner),
Address and,
WHEREAS, Contractor has agreed to warrant said work to be new, unless otherwise specified in the Contract
Documents, and that all Work is of good quality, free from faults and defects, and in accordance with the
Contract Documents.
NOW THEREFORE, Contractor hereby warrants said work in accordance with terms hereof, complying with
terms of Contract with Owner dated , 19 , that:
Contractor agrees to repair or replace to the satisfaction of the Owner all work that may prove defective in
workmanship or materials together with all other work which may be damaged or displaced in so doing, except
for abuse, modifications not executed by Contractor, insufficient maintenance, improper operation, or normal
wear and tear under normal usage.
All repairs or replacements shall have a correction period for such work equal to the original correction period
as herein stated, dated from the final acceptance of repairs or replacement.
CORRECTION PERIOD FOR THE WORK: STARTING , TERMINATING
In the event of our failure to comply with the above mentioned conditions within a reasonable time after being
notified in writing, we hereby authorize the Owner to proceed to have defects repaired and made good at our
expense, and will pay the costs and charges therefore immediately upon demand.
IN WITNESS THEREOF, this instrument has been duly executed this day of , 19
for Contractor by
(Signature) (Typed Name)
as its
(Position)
Section 01740
Memorial Park Improvements
12/28/00 Page 3 of 4 Warranties
as its
Division 1
Warranties Section 01740
SPECIAL WARRANTY FOR
WHEREAS, (Contractor),
Address
Telephone ( ) has performed
work on the following project:
Address
For (Owner),
Address and,
WHEREAS, Contractor has agreed to warrant said work to be new, unless otherwise specified in the Contract
Documents, and that all Work is of good quality, free from faults and defects, and in accordance with the
Contract Documents.
NOW THEREFORE, Contractor hereby warrants said work in accordance with terms hereof, complying with
terms of Contract with Owner dated , 19 , that:
Contractor agrees to repair or replace to the satisfaction of the Owner all work that may prove defective in
workmanship or materials together with all other work which may be damaged or displaced in so doing, except
for abuse, modifications not executed by Contractor, insufficient maintenance, improper operation, or normal
wear and tear under normal usage.
All repairs or replacements shall have a correction period for such work equal to the original correction period
as herein stated, dated from the final acceptance of repairs or replacement.
CORRECTION PERIOD FOR THE WORK: STARTING TERMINATING
In the event of our failure to comply with the above mentioned conditions within a reasonable time after being
notified in writing, we agree to hereby authorize the Owner to proceed to have defects repaired and made
good at our expense, and will pay costs and charges therefore immediately upon demand.
IN WITNESS THEREOF, this instrument has been duly executed this day of 19
for Contractor by
(Signature) (Typed Name)
(Position)
And has been countersigned in accordance with terms and conditions, for
Installer by:
as its
(Position)
Name of Firm
Address
Section 01740 12/28/00 Page 4 of 4 Warranties
Memorial Park Improvements
(Signature) (Typed Name)
VOLUME ONE
1.02 SECTION INCLUDES:
1.03 RELATED WORK:
1.04 GENERAL:
PART 2- PRODUCTS
NOT USED
PART 3 - EXECUTION
NOT USED
Division 1
SECTION 01750 • MAINTENANCE MATERIALS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS:
Maintenance Materials Section 01750
A. Requirements for spare parts and maintenance materials required by the Various
Specification Sections are specified in this Section.
VOLUME ONE
A. Bidding and Contract Requirements and General Requirements of the Specifications apply
to this work.
A. Related Work of Other Sections:
1. Section 01300 - Submittals.
2. Section 01700 - Contract Closeout.
3. Individual Specification Sections: Spare parts and maintenance materials.
A. Assemble spare parts and maintenance materials as required in individual Specification
Sections. Deliver in clean packaging identified with manufacturer's name, trade name, stock
number, size, color, and other similar information identifying products. Identify location
where item is used or with what it is used. Include name, address and telephone number of
local supplier. Supply Owner with one gallon of touch up paint for all materials requiring
paint.
B. Deliver to Owner, prior to Pre -Final Completion, at a location within 3 miles of Project Site as
directed by Owner. Include a letter of transmittal with delivery with a copy to NE listing
materials provided.
END OF SECTION
Section 01750 12/28/00 Page 1 of 1 Maintenance Materials
Memorial Park Improvements
DIVISION 2
SECTION 02210 — EARTHWORK
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION:
A. RELATED DOCUMENTS
B. DESCRIPTION OF WORK
1.02 DEFINITIONS:
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
Division 2
Earthwork
Preparing subgrade for drainage structures, walks, pavements and structures.
VOLUME ONE
Section 02210
Drawings and General Provisions of Contract, including General Provisions and Supplemental
Conditions and Division -1 Specifications Sections, apply to work of this Section.
A. Excavation consists of removal of material encountered to subgrade elevations indicated and
subsequent disposal of materials removed.
B. Unauthorized excavation consists of removal of materials beyond indicated subgrade elevations or
dimensions without specific direction of Engineer. Unauthorized excavation, as well as remedial work
directed by Engineer, shall be at Contractor's expenses.
Backfill and compact unauthorized excavations as specified for authorized excavations of
same classification, unless otherwise directed by Engineer.
C. Subgrade: The undisturbed earth or the compacted soil layer immediately below granular subbase,
drainage fill, or topsoil materials.
A. Codes and Standards: Perform excavation work in compliance with applicable requirements of
authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Testing and Inspection Services. Contractor shall employ a qualified independent engineering testing
agency, subject to approval of Owner and Engineer, to verify compliance with the requirements of
this section.
1. Before commencing work, Contractor shall convene a meeting with the Owner, Engineer,
Geotechnical Engineer, and approved qualified testing agency to review procedures and
responsibilities pertaining to this section, including testing and inspection procedures and
requirements. Contractor shall notify all participants at least 3 days prior to convening the
meeting. Contractor shall record discussions and agreements and provide a copy of minutes
to all participants.
1.04 PROJECT CONDITIONS
Section 02210 12128/00 Page 1 of 6 Earthwork
Memorial Park Improvements
VOLUME ONE
Division 2
Earthwork Section 02210
A. Utilities shown on the plans from available records. No assurances are made that these utilities
actually exist as shown or that different underground utilities are present.
B. Existing Utilities: Locate existing underground utilities in areas of excavation work. If utilities are
indicated to remain in place and are not to be abandoned, provide adequate means of support and
protection during earthwork operations.
1. Should uncharted, or incorrectly charted, piping or other utilities be encountered during
excavation, consult utility owner immediately for directions. Cooperate with Owner and
utility companies in keeping respective services and facilities in operation. Repair damaged
utilities to satisfaction of utility owner.
2. Do not interrupt existing utilities service facilities occupied by Owner or others.
C. Use of Explosives: Use of explosives in not permitted.
D. Protection of Persons and Property. Barricade open excavation occurring as part of this work and post
with warning lights.
PART 2- PRODUCTS
2.01 SOIL MATERIALS:
Operate wattling lights as recommended by authorities having jurisdiction.
2. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage caused
by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout, and other hazards created by
earthwork operations.
3. Perform excavation by hand within dripline of large trees to remain. Protect root systems
from damage or draught to the greatest extent possible. Maintain moist condition for root
system and cover exposed roots with moistened burlap.
A. Backfill and Fill Materials for Site work and placement under Pavements and Sidewalks: Suitable
materials shall consist of soil materials free of rock or gravel larger than 3 inches in any dimension,
debris, waste, frozen materials, vegetation and other deleterious matter, and any soil material having a
P.I. of less than 24.
B. Borrow: Soil materials free of rock or gravel larger than 3 inches in any dimension, debris, waste,
frozen materials, vegetation and other deleterious matter, and any soil material having a P.I. of less
than 24.
PART 3- EXECUTION
3.01 EXCAVATION:
A. Excavation is unclassified and includes excavation to subgrade elevations indicated, regardless of
character of materials and obstructions encountered.
Section 02210 12/28/00 Page 2 of 6 Earthwork
Memorial Park Improvements
Division 2
Earthwork
3.02 STABILITY OF EXCAVATION:
3.03 DEWATERING:
3.04 STORAGE OF EXCAVATED MATERIALS:
3.05 EXCAVATION FOR DRAINAGE AND UTILITY STRUCTURES:
3.06 EXCAVATION FOR PAVEMENTS:
Locate and retain soil materials away from edge of excavations.
VOLUME ONE
Section 02210
A. General: Comply with local codes, ordinances, and requirements of agencies having jurisdiction.
B. Slope sides of excavations to comply with local codes, ordinances, and requirements of agencies
having jurisdiction. Shore and brace where sloping in not possible because of space restrictions or
stability of material excavation. Maintain sides and slopes of excavations in safe condition until
completion ofbackfilling.
Prevent surface water and subsurface or ground water from flowing into excavations and from
flooding project site and surrounding area.
1. Do not allow water to accumulate in excavations. Remove water to prevent soil changes
detrimental to stability of subgrades. Provide and maintain dewatering system components
necessary to convey water away from excavations.
B. Establish and maintain temporary drainage ditches and other diversions outside excavation limits to
convey rain water and water removed from excavations to collecting or runoff areas. Do not use
trench excavations as temporary drainage ditches.
A. Stockpile excavated materials acceptable for backfill and fill where directed in the Drawings. Place,
grade, and shape stockpiles for proper drainage.
2. Dispose of excess excavated soil material and materials not acceptable for use as backfill or
fill to site designated on plans. As directed, place in compacted layers of 6" after stripping
stockpile area. Replace Topsoil and hydromulch stockpile upon completion.
A. Conform to elevations and dimensions indicated within a tolerance of plus or minus 0.10 foot; plus a
sufficient distance to permit placing and removal of concrete formwork, installation of services, and
other construction and for inspection. Do not disturbed bottom of excavation intended for bearing
surface.
A. Cut surface under pavements to comply with cross - sections, elevations, and grades as indicated.
3.07 BACKFILL EXCAVATIONS:
A. Backfill excavations as promptly as work permits, but not until completion of the following:
Section 02210 12/28/00 Page 3 of 6 Earthwork
Memorial Park Improvements
VOLUME ONE
Division 2
Earthwork Section 02210
Acceptance of construction below finish grade.
2. Inspection, testing, approval, and recording locations of underground utilities have been
performed and recorded.
3. Removal of shoring and bracing, and backfilling of voids with specified materials.
4. Removal of trash and debris from excavation.
3.08 PLACEMENT AND COMPACTION:
A. Ground Surface Preparation: Remove vegetation, debris, unsatisfactory soil materials, obstructions,
and deleterious materials from ground surface prior to placement of fills. Plow, strip, or break up
sloped surfaces steeper than 1 vertical to 4 horizontal so that fill material will bond with existing
surface.
When existing ground surface has a density less than that specified under "Compaction" for
particular area classification, break up ground surface, pulverize, moisture - condition to
optimum moisture content, and compact to required depth and percentage of maximum
density.
B. Place backfill and fill materials in layers not more than 8 inches in loose depth for material compacted
by heavy compaction equipment, and not more than 4 inches in loose depth for material compacted by
hand-operated tampers.
C. Before compaction, moisten or aerate each layer as necessary to provide optimum moisture content.
Compact each layer to required percentage of inaximum dry density or relative dry density for each
area classification. Do not place backfill or fill material on surfaces that are muddy, frozen, or contain
frost or ice.
D. Place backfill and fill materials evenly adjacent to structures, piping, or conduit to required elevations.
Prevent wedging action or backfill against structures or displacement of piping or conduit by carrying
material uniformly around structure, piping, or conduit to approximately same elevation in each lift.
E. Control soil and fill compaction, providing minimum percentage of density specified for each area
classification indicated below. Correct improperly compacted areas or lifts as directed by Engineer if
soil density tests indicate inadequate compaction.
Memorial Park Improvements
Percent of Maximum Density Requirements: Compact soil to not less than the following
percentages of maximum density, in accordance with TEX- 113 -E:
a. Under drainage structures and pavements, compact top 6 inches of subgrade and
each layer of backfill or material at 95 to 97 percent maximum proctor density.
b. Under lawn or unpaved areas, compact top 6 inches of subgrade and each layer of
backfill or fill material at 90 to 93 percent maximum proctor density.
c. Under walkways, compact top 6 inches of subgrade and each layer of backfill or
fill materials at 90 to 95 percent maximum proctor density.
Section 02210 12/28/00 Page 4 of 6 Earthwork
3.09 GRADING:
3.12 EROSION CONTROL:
VOLUME ONE
Division 2
Earthwork Section 02210
Moisture Control: Where subgrade or layer of soil material must be moisture conditioned
before compaction, uniformly apply water to surface of subgrade or layer of soil material.
Apply water in minimum quantity as necessary to prevent free water from appearing on
surface during or subsequent to compaction operations.
a. Remove and replace, or scarify and air dry, soil material that is too wet to permit
compaction to specified density.
b. Stockpile or spread soil material that has been removed because it is too wet to
permit compaction. Assist drying by discing, harrowing, or pulverizing until
moisture content is reduced to a satisfactory value.
A. General: Uniformly grade areas within limits of grading under this section, including adjacent
transition areas. Smooth finish surfaces to specified tolerances, compact with uniform levels or slopes
between points where elevations are indicated or between such points and existing grades.
B. Finish surfaces free from irregular surface changes and as follows:
Lawn or Unpaved Areas: Finish areas to receive topsoil to within not more than 0.10 foot
above or below required subgrade elevations.
2. Walks: Shape surface or areas under walks to line, grade, and cross - section, with finish
surface not more than 0.10 foot above or below required subgrade elevation.
3. Pavements: Shape surface of areas under pavement to line, grade, and cross - section, with
finish surface not more than 1/2 inch above or below required subgrade elevation.
3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL:
A. Quality Control Testing During construction: Allow testing service to inspect and approve each
subgrade and fill layer before further backfill or construction work is performed.
1. Based on testing service's reports and field observations revealing subgrade or fills that have
been placed below specified density, perform additional compaction and testing until
specified density is obtained at no additional cost to Owner.
A. Provide erosion control methods in accordance with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction
and as indicated on the drawings.
3.13 MAINTENANCE:
A. Protect newly graded areas from traffic and erosion. Keep free of trash and debris.
B. Repair and reestablish grades in settled, eroded, and rutted areas to specified tolerances.
Section 02210 12/28/00 Page 5 of 6 Earthwork
Memorial Park Improvements
3.14 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS AND WASTE MATERIALS:
END OF SECTION 02210
Memorial Park Improvements
VOLUME ONE
Division 2
Earthwork Section 02210
C. Where compacted areas are disturbed by subsequent construction operations or adverse weather,
scarify surface, reshape, and compact to required density prior to further construction.
D. Settling: Where settling is measurable or observable at excavated areas during general project
warranty period, remove surface (pavement, lawn, or other finish), add backfill material, compact, and
replace surface treatment. Restore appearance, quality, and condition of surface or finish to match
adjacent work, and eliminate evidence of restoration to greatest extent possible.
A. Removal from Owner's Property: Remove waste materials, including unacceptable or excavated
excess material, trash, and debris, and dispose of it off Owner's property in accordance to local
authorities and jurisdiction.
Section 02210 12/28/00 Page 6 of 6 Earthwork
SECTION 02230 - SITE CLEARING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Condi-
tions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Removing trees and other vegetation.
2. Clearing and grubbing.
3. Topsoil stripping.
4. Removing above -grade site improvements.
5. Disconnecting, capping or sealing, and abandoning site utilities in place
6. Disconnecting, capping or sealing, and removing site utilities.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 1 Section "Field Engineering" for verifying utility locations and for recording field
measurements.
2. Division 1 Section "Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls" for temporary utili-
ties, temporary construction and support facilities, temporary security and protection fa-
cilities, and environmental protection measures during site operations.
3. Division 2 Section "Earthwork" for soil materials, excavating, backfilling, and site grading.
1.3 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP
A. Except for materials indicated to be stockpiled or to remain Owner's property, cleared materials
shall become Contractor's property and shall be removed from the site,
1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Traffic: Minimize interference with adjoining roads, streets, walks, and other adjacent occupied
or used facilities during site - clearing operations.
1. Do not close or obstruct streets, walks, or other adjacent occupied or used facilities with-
out permission from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction.
2. Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways if required by authorities
having jurisdiction.
B. Salvable Improvements: Carefully remove items indicated to be salvaged and store on Owner's
premises where indicated.
Section 02230 12/28/00 Page 1 of 3 Site Clearing
Memorial Park Improvements
Division 2
Site Clearing
VOLUME ONE
Section 02230
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
VOLUME ONE
Division 2
Site Clearing Section 02230
C. Notify utility locator service for area where Project is located before site clearing.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS — NOT APPLICABLE
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Protect and maintain benchmarks and survey control points from disturbance during construc-
tion.
B. Provide erosion - control measures to prevent soil erosion and discharge of soil- bearing water
runoff or airborne dust to adjacent properties and walkways. Place erosion control measures
prior to begining any site clearing operations.
C. Locate and clearly flag trees and vegetation to remain or to be relocated. Erect and maintain a
temporary fence around drip line of individual trees or around perimeter drip line of groups of
trees to remain in accordance with Division 2 Section "Tree Protection and Trimming ", prior to
beginning site clearing operations. Remove fence when all construction that may damage such
trees is complete.
D. Protect existing site improvements to remain from damage during construction.
Memorial Park Improvements
Restore damaged improvements to their original condition, as acceptable to Owner.
3.2 UTILITIES
A. Locate, identify, disconnect, and seal or cap off utilities indicated to be removed.
1. Arrange to shut off indicated utilities with utility companies or owner as appropriate
B. Existing Utilities: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others except
as provided in Section 01040 "Coordination" and 01160 "Contractor Requirements" and then
only after arranging to provide temporary utility services as specified by the Owner.
C. Excavate for and remove underground utilities indicated to be removed.
3.3 CLEARING AND GRUBBING
A. Remove obstructions, trees, shrubs, grass, and other vegetation to permit installation of new
construction. Removal includes digging out stumps and obstructions and grubbing roots.
1. Do not remove trees, shrubs, and other vegetation indicated to remain or to be relocated.
2. Cut minor roots and branches of trees indicated to remain in a clean and careful manner
where such roots and branches obstruct installation of new construction.
3. Completely remove stumps, roots, obstructions, and debris extending to a depth of 18
inches (450 mm) below exposed subgrade.
4. Use only hand methods for grubbing within drip line of remaining trees.
Section 02230 12/28100 Page 2 of 3 Site Clearing
VOLUME ONE
Division 2
Site Clearing Section 02230
B. Fill depressions caused by clearing and grubbing operations with satisfactory soil material, un-
less further excavation or earthwork is indicated.
1. Place fill material in horizontal layers not exceeding 8 -inch (200 -mm) loose depth, and
compact each layer to a density equal to adjacent original ground.
3.4 TOPSOIL STRIPPING
A. Remove sod and grass before stripping topsoil.
B. Strip topsoil to whatever depths are encountered in a manner to prevent intermingling with un-
derlying subsoil or other waste materials.
1. Strip surface soil of unsuitable topsoil, including trash, debris, weeds, roots, and other
waste materials.
C. Stockpile topsoil materials away from edge of excavations without intermixing with subsoil.
Grade and shape stockpiles to drain surface water. Cover to prevent windblown dust.
1. Limit height of topsoil stockpiles to 72 inches (1800 mm).
2. Do not stockpile topsoil within drip line of remaining trees.
3. Dispose of excess topsoil as specified for waste material disposal.
4. Contractor may reuse topsoil for use on project.
3.5 SITE IMPROVEMENTS
A. Remove existing above- and below -grade improvements as indicated and as necessary to fa-
cilitate new construction.
B. Remove slabs, paving, curbs, gutters, and aggregate base as indicated
1. Unless existing full -depth joints coincide with line of demolition, neatly saw -cut length of
existing pavement to remain before removing existing pavement. Saw -cut faces verti-
cally.
3.6 DISPOSAL
A. Disposal: Remove surplus soil material, unsuitable topsoil, obstructions, demolished materials,
and waste materials, including trash and debris, and legally dispose of them off Owner's prop-
erty.
END OF SECTION 02230
Section 02230 12/28/00 Page 3 of 3 Site Clearing
Memorial Park Improvements
Division 2
Tree Protection and Trim;r_'ng
Section 02231 TFer.7 PROTECTI(.'r: AND TRIMMING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
PART 2- PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
B. Trunk Protection
1. Any 2 x 4 -inch or 2 x 6-inch planking; plastic strapping.
C. Tree Dressing
1. Any Asphaltic tree wound paint.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 PROTECTIVE FENCING
Memorial Park Improvements
VOLUME ONE
Section 02231
A. This item shall consist of the proper care and treatment of all trees and other vegetation in
the vicinity of any development activity.
B. Drawings and General Provisions of contract, including General Provisions and
Supplemental Conditions and Division -1 Specifications Sections, apply to work of this
Section.
A. Protective Fencing: Protective fencing refers to materials used to protect the root zones of
trees. Three basic types of protective fencing materials are to be used as indicated. Type A
and Type B are typical, and are to be installed where damage potential is high. Type C is to
be installed where damage potential is minimal and shall be replaced by Type A or B fencing
if, in the opinion of the Owner's Representative, it fails to perform the necessary function.
1. Type A Chain Link Fence (Typical)
a. Six -foot chain link fencing with tubular steel support poles
2. Type B Wood Fence (Typical)
a. Any planking; 4x4 -inch for every forth vertical support; 2x4 -inch for intermediate
vertical supports and horizontal stringers.
3, Type C Other Materials (Limited Application)
a. The following materials will be permitted as alternates for limited application
where tree damage potential is minimal.
1. Mesh type field fencing with fluorescent surveyor's flagging.
2. High visibility plastic construction fencing.
a.) All of the above fencing materials are to be supported with steel
pipe, tee posts, U posts or 2x4 timberposts, 5 % feet in length
minimum, spaced no wider than 8 foot on center. Fabric to be
secured to posts with bands or wire ties.
D. Paving
1. Permeable segmented pavers in conjunction with PVC pipe aeration system or
concrete on gravel base with cored holes.
Section 02231 12/28/00 Page 1 of 3 Tree Protection and Trimming
VOLUME ONE
Division 2
Tree Protection and Trimming Section 02231
A. All trees cnd shrubs in the in pro;J,r::'t; of th.; eon:iru:`ion site a rc! J cled to
remain in the drawings are to be carefully checked for injur =a prior to lic ',':?;ng any
development activity.
B. All individual trees, shrubs, and natural areas to be preserved are to be protected during
construction with temporary fencing as indicated.
3.02 REPAIR OF DAMAGE
Memorial Park Improvements
1. Protective fences are to be installed prior to the start of any site preparation work
(clearing, grubbing, or grading), and maintained in functioning condition throughout
all phases of the construction project.
2. Protective fence locations in close proximity to intersecting streets or drives shall
adhere to the site distance requirements set forth by the authorities having
jurisdiction.
3. Protective fences are to be constructed at the locations (typically the outer limits of
the Critical Root Zone) and with materials indicated to prevent the following:
a. Soil compaction in the root zone area resulting form vehicular traffic or
storage of equipment or materials
b. Root suffocation from excess fill or sedimentation accumulation (grater
than four (4) inches).
c. Feeder root loss due to minor grade lowering (two (2) to six (6) inches).
d. Structural and feeder root loss due to major grade lowering (more than six
(6) inches) or trenching.
e. Wounds to exposed roots, trunks or limbs by mechanical equipment.
f. Other activities detrimental to trees such as chemical storage, cement truck
cleanin, and fires.
C. Exceptions to installing fences at the Critical Root Zone may be permitted in the following
cases:
1. Where trees are close to a proposed building or other construction activity, erect the
fence to allow the minimum necessary work space between the fence and the
structure and apply organic mulch to a depth of four (4) to six (6) inches in the
unprotected root zone area.
1. Where permeable paving is to be installed within a tree's Critical root zone, erect
the fence at the outer limits of the permeable paving area prior to any site grading
(no grading shall take place under permeable paving).
2. Where there are street -side pedestrian walkways, construct fences in a manner
which does not obstruct safe passage.
3. Where there are several space constraints due to tract site or other special
requirements, contact the Engineer to discuss alternatives.
4. Where any of the above exceptions result in a fence being closer than five (5) feet
to a tree trunk, protect the trunk, with strapped-on planking to a height of 8 feet (or
to the limits of lower bracing) in addition to the reduced fencing provided.
A. Tree roots scarred by equipment will be cut cleanly and covered with top soil. When tree
roots are pruned, a comparable protection of selected branches will be cut form the tree
on the opposite site. Limb pruning will be made at the branch collar as indicated. All limbs
pruning will be made at the branch collar as indicated. All limbs greater than 1 inch in
diameter must be precut to prevent splitting. All cut limbs shall be treated with an
approved tree dressing. Tools are to be disinfected with alcohol or 5 ppm chlorine solution
between trees to prevent transmitting diseases.
Section 02231 12/28/00 Page 2 of 3 Tree Protection and Trimming
VOLUME ONE
Division 2
Tree Protection and Trimming Section 02231
B. All trees damaged during cons` .:c'.ion shall . fert:72cr
drip line at the rate of 4 pounds per caliper inch.
C. Replace trees that cannot be repaired and restored to full-growth o tatus, as determined by
a qualified arborist.
3.03 CUTTING AND FILLING AROUND TREES
A. When an excavation or embankment is placed within the dripline c` any tree groater than 8
inches in diameter, a dry well will be constructed to protect the tree as indicated, when the
cut or fill exceeds 8 inches.
3.04 PAVING AROUND TREES
A. Where excavation for new construction is required within drip line of trees, hand clear and
excavate to minimize damage to root systems. Use narrow -tine spading forks, comb soil
to expose roots, and cleanly cut roots as close to excavation as possible.
1. Cover exposed roots with burlap and water regularly.
2. Temporarily support and protect roots from damage until they are permanently
relocated and covered with soil.
3. Coat cut faces of roots more than 1 -1/2 inches in diameter with an emulsified
asphalt or other approved coating formulated for use on damaged plant tissues.
4. Cover exposed roots with wet burlap to prevent roots from drying out. Backfill
with soil as soon as possible.
3.05 TREE REMOVAL
A. Any trees which are indicated for removal or which may interfere with the construction shall
be removed subject to the approval of the Architect. When a tree or shrub is determined to
be removed, it shall be cut to a depth of 12 inches below the surrounding ground line. After
removal, soil is to be placed in the hole to match the existing grade. After cutting the tree into
pieces than can be managed, it will be removed form the site and disposed of. All work shall
be conducted in such a manner as to protect all facilities, improvements and vegetation in
the work area,
1. All damage resulting from tree removal or pruning shall be repaired at the
Contractor's expense.
3.06 FINAL CLEANUP
A. All temporary tree and shrub preservation measures shall be removed when the
construction has been completed.
1. Do not store construction materials, debris, or excavated material within drip line
of remaining trees.
2. Do not permit vehicles, equipment, or foot traffic within drip line of remaining
trees.
Section 02231 12/28/00 Page 3 of 3 Tree Protection and Trimming
Memorial Park Improvements
Division 2
Excavation Support and Protection
SECTION 02260 - ;_iXCAVATIOl .(.1F
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
1.2 TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM PLAN SUBMITTAL
The Trench Safety System Plan submittal shall include:
VOLUME ONE
? ect8on 02260
This item consists of designing, furnishing, installing, dewatering, maintaining and removing safety sys-
tems for trenches and other excavations as determined by Contractor's Trench Safety Engineer and/or
Contractor's Competent Person(s). This includes special clearing, excavation and backfilling for safety
systems. At a minimum, this work shall conform to United States Department of Labor Rules 29 CFR,
Part 1926 (OSHA), and all requirements of the Uniform General Conditions for State of Texas Building
Construction Contracts.
Prior to, or at the Pre- Construction Conference, the Contractor shall submit to Owner a Trench Safcty
System Plan sealed by a Professional Engineer registered in the State of Texas. The Trench Safety
System Plan at a minimum, shall conform to OSHA standards for sloping of sides, utilization of trench
boxes, and/or utilization of shoring, sheeting and bracing methods. Contractor shall be responsible for
obtaining the necessary geotechnical information to design the Trench Safety System Plan.
(1) A plan or other designation of areas in which each type of system is to be used, including
length of trench to be opened, length of time trench to remain opened, means of egress, stor-
age of materials, allowable loads on trench walls, methods for filling /compacting bed-
ding /backfill within the safety of the system, removal of system and equipment restrictions.
(2) Drawings or manufacturers data describing various elements of Trench Safety System with
sufficient detail for workers to property install Trench Safety System, as applicable.
(3)
(4) Sealed engineering calculations and /or equipment manufacturers certifications, as applicable,
showing that system is designed to withstand anticipated loadings and can be fully installed in
the designated space provided by Owner.
(5)
Recommendations and limitations for using systems.
Certificate of Insurance of Trench Safety Engineer's Professional Liability Insurance coverage
written by a company acceptable to Owner and authorized to do business in State of Texas at
time policy is issued. Contractor's Trench Safety Engineer shall carry and maintain coverage
with minimum limits of $500,000.
1.3 TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEM PLAN REVIEW
Review of the Trench Safety System Plan by Owner is only for general conformance to OSHA standards
and regulations. Owner's failure to note exception(s) to the submittal does not relieve Contractor of any or
all responsibility or liability for the Trench Safety System Plan. Contractor remains solely and completely
responsible for all trench safety systems and for the means, methods, procedures, and materials thereof.
1.4 CHANGED CONDITIONS
When changed conditions require modifications to the Trench Safety System, Contractor shall provide a
new design or an alternate Trench Safety System designed by Contractor's Trench Safety Engineer ade-
quate for conditions encountered. Copies thereof shall be provided to Owner in accordance with Section
Section 02260 12/28/00 Page 1 of 3 Excavation Support and Protection
Memorial Park Improvements
Division 2
Excavation Support and Protecti= . rtc ", 02260
1.2 'Trench Safety Plan S'/ r• ". A cop;' "'le most eel, x:ch Safs}; she!' ' 'nt.'r.,:
on site ,bpecticn . .;ai ;cc.e .,. -•, _. u:i Ume.
Changes to the Trench Safety System Fhn initiated by Contractor for o gyrational effci:;ncy or by
changed conditions that could be reasonably anticipated will not be cause fcr contract time c:ctension or
cost adjustment thereof. When changes to the Trench Safety System Plan z:ra the result o•` s vere and
uncharacteristic natural conditions or other •_onditions totally out of the cone :,' Contracts• , "ontractor
may make a written request to Owner for , Change Order to address said prk. Contract :r = ' notify
Owner in writing immediately, but no later tl an 24 hours, n''ienever change' - .:-editions are :n.uuntered
that Contractor may claim for additional compensation. Only that work that Contractor deems immediately
necessary to protect the safety of workers and public, equipment or materials may be accomplished until
Contractor makes the written request for a Change Order and Owner has a reasonable opportunity to
investigate and respond in writing to the request.
1.5 MEASUREMENT
Trench Safety Systems shall be measured by linear foot through manholes and other appurtenances
along the centerline of trench conforming to Contractor's Trench Safety System Plan.
1.6 PAYMENT
Payment for Trench Safety Systems, measured as prescribed above, will be made at unit price bid per
Trench Safety System, which price shall include designing, furnishing, installing, dewatering, maintaining,
replacing and removing the Trench Safety Systems, sloping, special clearing, and excavation necessary
to safely implement the Trench Safety System Plan.
PART 2— PRODUCTS
Section 02260 12/28/00 Page 2 of 3 Excavation Support and Protection
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Materials need not be new but must be in serviceable condition.
B. Structural Steel: ASTM A 36 (ASTM A 36M).
C. Steel Sheet Piling: ASTM A 328 (ASTM A 328M) or ASTM A 572 (ASTM A 572M)
D. Wood Lagging: Lumber, mixed hardwood, nominal rough thickness of 3 inches (75 mm).
E. Shoring as designated by Trench Safety Engineer.
PART 3 — EXECUTION
3.1 CONSTRUCTION METHODS
Memorial Park Improvements
VOLUME ONE
Contractor's Competent Person(s) shall maintain a copy of and implement OSHA trenching safety regula-
tions at the worksite. Trenching shall be completed to lines and grades indicated or as specified in various
technical specification items requiring excavation and trenching and /or backfilling. Contractor shall per-
form all trenching in a safe manner and maintain safety systems to prevent death or injury to personnel or
damage to structures, utilities or property in or near excavation.
If evidence of possible cave -ins or slides is apparent or an installed trench safety system is damaged,
work in trench shall immediately cease and personnel evacuated from hazardous area and Owner noti-
fied. Personnel shall not re -enter excavation until necessary repairs or replacements are completed, in-
spected and approved by Contractor's Competent Person(s). Repair and replacement of damaged safety
system shall be at Contractor's sole expense. This Section uses the term Architect. Change this term as
Division 2
Excavation Support and P * ^s tion
ne7c ^nary to mat; _' :!cal t ^. _.,a t- h. ;-� �,_ - ' :.
Cup,;lementary G•..:;i�ns.
END OF SECTION 02260
Section 02260 12/28/00 Page 3 of 3
Memorial Park Improvements
VOLUME ONE
:n 022r
Excavation Support and Protection
SECTION 02630 - STORM DRAINAGE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
Division 2
Storm Drainage Section 02630
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Condi-
tions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes storm drainage outside the building.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 3 Section "Cast -in -Place Concrete" for concrete structures.
2. Division 2 Section 'Excavation Support and Protection"
3. Division 2 Section "Earthwork" for bedding and backfill
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. RCP: Reinforced Concrete Pipe
B. EPDM: Ethylene - propylene - diene- monomer rubber.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For the following:
1. Piping
2. Jointing Material
B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, details, and attachments for the following:
VOLUME ONE
1. Precast concrete manholes and other structures, including frames, covers, and grates.
2. Cast -in -place concrete manholes and other structures, including frames, covers, and
grates.
C. Cut sheets: at minimum 50 - foot intervals.
D. Design Mix Reports and Calculations: For each class of cast -in -place concrete.
E. Field Test Reports: Indicate and interpret test results for compliance with performance require-
ments.
Section 02630 12/28/00 Page 1 of 7 Storm Drainage
Memorial Park Improvements
VOLUME ONE
Division 2
Storm Drainage Section 02630
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Protect pipe, pipe fittings, and seals from dirt and damage.
B. Handle precast concrete manholes and other structures according to manufacturer's written rig-
ging instructions.
1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Site Information: Underground utility information included on the project drawings was derived
from record information provided by the Owner. Failure of an existing underground utility or ap-
purtenance to appear on the project drawings shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility
for repairing such feature if damaged in the course of construction.
B. Existing Utilities: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others except
as provided in Section 01040 "Coordination" and 01160 "Contractor Requirements" and then
only after arranging to provide temporary utility services as specified by the Owner.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PIPES AND FITTINGS
A. Reinforced- Concrete Storm Sewer Pipe: ASTM C 76, Class III, with tongue and groove or O-
ring joint design. Each joint of pipe shall be marked with the pipe class, the date of manufac-
ture, the manufacturer's name or trade mark, diameter of pipe and orientation, if required. Pipe
marking shall be waterproof and conform to ASTM C 76.
B. Joint Materials shall be one of the following:
Gaskets: ASTM C 443 (ASTM C 443M), rubber.
2. Cold Applied Preformed Plastic Gaskets: Preformed plastic gaskets shall be suitable for
sealing joints of tongue and groove concrete pipe. The gasket sealing the joint shall be
produced from blends of refined hydrocarbon resins and plasticizing compounds rein-
forced with inert mineral filler and shall contain no solvents, irritating fumes or obnoxious
odors. The gasket joint sealer shall not depend on oxidizing, evaporating, or chemical
action for its adhesive or cohesive strength, and shall be supplied in extruded rope -form
of suitable cross - section. The size of the plastic gasket joint sealer shall be in accor-
dance with the manufacturer's recommendations and be of sufficient size to properly seal
the joint. The plastic gasket joint sealer shall be so constructed as to provide evidence of
proper installation either by means of "squeeze -out" of the gasket material on the inside
or outside around the complete pipe joint circumference or by means of tabs, projections
or other such indicators placed at established intervals around the circumference of the
pipe joint. Plastic gasket joint sealers shall be Type 1 or Type 2. Type 1 gaskets shall
meet the "squeeze -out" requirements and Type 2 gaskets shall meet the requirements for
tabs, projections or other indicators. The gasket joint sealer shall be protected by a suit-
able wrapper designed that when removed, the jointing material maintains integrity.
Section 02630 12/28/00 Page 2 of 7 Storm Drainage
Memorial Park Improvements
The chemical composition of the gasket joint sealing compound for Type 1 and 2, as
shipped, shall meet the following requirements:
2.5 CONCRETE
COMPOSITION
Memorial Park Improvements
VOLUME ONE
Division 2
Storm Drainage Section 02630
TEST METHOD ANALYSIS
Bitumen, Petroleum Plastic
Content, % by weight ASTM D4 50 -70
Ash -Inert Mineral Matter,
% by weight Tex -526 -C 30 -50
Volatile Matter, 325F,
% by weight Tex -506 -C 2.0 max
The gasket joint sealing compound when immersed for 30 days at ambient room tem-
perature separately in five (5) percent solution of caustic potash; a five (5) percent solu-
tion of hydrochloric acid; a five (5) percent solution of sulfuric acid; and a saturated H
solution, shall show no visible deterioration.
The physical properties of the gasket joint sealing compound as shipped shall meet the
following requirements:
PROPERTY TEST METHOD REQUIREMENT
Type 1 Type 2
Ductility @ 77 F (cm), min. Tex -503 -C 5.0 5.0
Softening Point, F Tex -505 -C 275 275
Penetration
32 F (300g) 60 sec., min. Tex -502 -C -- 65
77 F (150g) 5 sec. Tex -502 -C 50 -120 50 -120
115 F (150g) 5 sec., max. Tex -502 -C - -- 150
2.2 STORMWATER INLETS
A. Inlets: Vertical curb opening, of materials and dimensions indicated on drawings. Forms will be
required for all side cast units except where the nature of the surrounding material is such that it
can be trimmed to a smooth vertical face. All exposed concrete surfaces shall be rubbed to
present a uniform appearance.
2.4 PIPE OUTLETS
A. Head Walls: Cast -in -place reinforced concrete, of dimensions indicated on drawings. All visi-
ble concrete surfaces shall be rubbed to present a uniform appearance.
A. General: Cast -in -place concrete according to ACI 318, ACI 350R, and the following:
1. Cement: ASTM C 150, Type II.
2. Fine Aggregate: ASTM C 33, sand.
3. Coarse Aggregate: ASTM C 33, crushed gravel.
4. Water: Potable.
B. Portland Cement Design Mix: 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) minimum, with 0.45 maximum water -
cementitious ratio.
1. Reinforcement Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 (Grade 420), deformed steel.
Section 02630 12/28/00 Page 3 of 7 Storm Drainage
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXCAVATION
3.2 TRENCH WIDTH
3.4 DEWATERING EXCAVATION
3.5 TRENCH CONDITIONS
3.6 LINES AND GRADES
Memorial Park Improvements
Division 2
Storm Drainage
VOLUME ONE
Section 02630
A. Underground piped utilities shall be construction in an open cut in accordance with Federal
regulations, applicable State Statutes conforming to Section 02260, "Excavation Support and
Protection" and with a trench width and depth described below.
Trenches for Storm Sewers up to 42 inches shall have a width of 1 foot on each side beyond
the outside surfaces of the pipe. Pipes more than 42 inches shall have a trench width not to ex-
ceed 18 inches on each side beyond the outside surfaces of the pipe.
If the trench width within the pipe zone exceeds this maximum, the entire pipe zone shall be re-
filled with approved backfill material, thoroughly compacted to a minimum of 95 percent of
maximum density as determined by TxDOT Test Method Tex -114 -E and then re- excavated to
the proper grade and dimensions.
3.3 TRENCH DEPTH AND DEPTH OF COVER
All pipe and in -line appurtenances shall be laid to the grades indicated. The depth of cover
shall be measured from the established finish grade, natural ground surface, subgrade for
staged construction, street of other permanent surface to the top or uppermost projection of the
pipe.
Underground piped utilities shall not be constructed or the pipe laid in the presence of water. All
water shall be removed from the excavation prior to the pipe placing operation to insure a dry
firm granular bed on which to place the underground piped utilities and shall be maintained in
such unwatered condition until all concrete and mortar is set. Removal of water may be ac-
complished by bailing, pumping, or by a well -point installation as conditions warrant.
Before attempting to lay pipe, all water, slush, debris, loose material, etc., encountered in the
trench must be pumped or bailed out and the trench must be kept clean and dry while the pipe
is laid and backfilled. Where needed, sump pits shall be dug adjoining the trench and pumped
as necessary to keep the excavation dewatered.
Backfilling shall closely follow pipe laying so that no pipe is left expose and unattended after ini-
tial assembly. All open ends, outlets or other openings in the pipe shall be protected from dam-
age and shall be properly plugged and blocked watertight to prevent the entrance of trench wa-
ter, dirt, etc. The interior of the pipeline shall at all times be kept clean, dry and unobstructed.
The Contractor shall furnish, at his expense, all necessary batter boards or electronic devices
for controlling the Work. Batter boards shall be of adequate size material and shall be sup-
ported substantially. The boards and all location stakes must be protected from possible —dam-
age or change of location. The Contractor shall furnish good, sound twilled lines for use in
achieving lines and grades and the necessary plummets and graduated poles.
Section 02630 12/28/00 Page 4 of 7 Storm Drainage
Division 2
Storm Drainage
3.7 SURPLUS EXCAVATED MATERIALS
Excess material or material which cannot be made suitable for use in embankments will be de-
clared surplus by the Engineer and shall become the property of the Contractor to dispose of off
site at a permitted fill site Such surplus material shall be removed from the Work site promptly
following the completion of the portion of the utility involved.
3.8 PIPE BEDDING ENVELOPE
Pipe shall be installed in a continuous bedding envelope of the type shown on the drawings or
as described in Section "Earthwork ". The envelope shall extend the full trench width, to a depth
of 6 inches below the pipe and shall rise to 12 inches above the stormwater pipe.
A. General requirements and limitations governing bedding selection.
1. Bedding shall be placed in lifts not exceeding 8 inches loose thickness and compacted
thoroughly to provide uniform support for the pipe barrel and to fill all voids around the
pipe.
3.9 LAYING PIPE
No pipe shall be installed in the trench until excavation has been completed, the bottom of the
trench graded and the trench completed as indicated.
No debris shall remain in the drainways or drainage structures.
VO'_ ONE
Section 02630
All recommendations of the manufacturer shall be carefully observed during handling and in-
stallation of each material. Unless otherwise indicated, all materials shall be delivered to the
project by the manufacturer or agent and unloaded as directed by the Contractor. Each piece
shall be placed facing the proper direction near to where it will be installed.
The interior of all pipe, fittings, and other accessories shall be kept free from dirt and foreign
matter at all times and stored in a manner that will protect them from damage. Stockpiled mate-
rials shall be stacked so as to minimize entrance of foreign matter.
The interior of all pipeline components shall be clean, dry and unobstructed when installed.
Piping materials shall not be skidded or rolled against other pipe, etc., and under no circum-
stances shall pipe, fittings or other accessories be dropped or jolted.
During handling and placement, materials shall be carefully observed and inspected and any
damaged, defective or unsound materials shall be marked, rejected and removed from the job
site. Minor damage shall be marked and repaired in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer.
Joints which have placed but not joined, backfilled, etc., shall be protected in a manner satis-
factory to the Engineer.
3.10 ASSEMBLING OF PIPE
A. Angular spacing of all joints shall meet the manufacturer's recommendations for the pipe and
accessories being used. Before joining any pipe, all foreign matter, lumps, blisters, excess coal
tar coating, oil or grease shall be removed from the ends of each pipe and the pipe ends shall
then be wire brushed and wiped clean and dry. Pipe ends shall be kept clean until joints are
made. Every precaution shall be taken to prevent foreign material from entering the pipe during
installation. No debris, tools, clothing or other materials shall be placed in the pipe.
Section 02630 12/28/00 Page 5 of 7 Storm Drainage
Memorial Park Improvements
VOLUME ONE
Division 2
Storm Drainage Section 02630
B. Just before making a joint the ends of the pipe shall be clean, dry, free of any foreign, natter,
lump blisters, excessive coal tar cooling and greaso or oil and shall ' >e wire brush he
tongue shall be centered in the grocco, `.tie pipe pu h..cd liom brought :. ; true
alignment. Bedding material shall be placed and tarrp =d mains' p pe se:;:ure the jo:r.`.
should be taken to prevent dirt or foreign matter from entering the joint space.
3.11 BACKFILLING
Special emphasis is placed upon the need to obtain uniform density throughout the backfill ma-
terial. The maximum lift of backfill shall be determined by the compaction equipment selected
and in no case shall it exceed 18 inches, loose measurement.
No heavy equipment, which might damage pipe, will be allowed over the pipe until sufficient
cover has been placed and compacted. All internal pipe bracing installed or recommended by
the manufacturer shall be kept in place until the pipe bedding and trench backfill have been
completed over the braced pipe section. Testing of the completed backfill in streets and under
and around structures shall meet the specified density requirements. Unless otherwise noted
on the drawings, all backfill shall be compacted to 95% of modified proctor density. Backfilling
shall meet the requirements of Section "Earthwork ".
3.12 STORM DRAINAGE INLET AND OUTLET INSTALLATION
A. Construct inlet head walls, aprons, and sides of reinforced concrete, as indicated.
B. Install outlets that spill onto grade, anchored with concrete, where indicated.
C. Construct energy dissipators at outlets, as indicated.
3.13 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Clear interior of piping and structures of dirt and superfluous material as work progresses
Maintain swab or drag in piping, and pull past each joint as it is completed.
1. In large, accessible piping, brushes and brooms may be used for cleaning.
2. Place plug in end of incomplete piping at end of day and when work stops.
3. Flush piping between manholes and other structures to remove collected debris, if
required by authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Inspect interior of piping to determine whether line displacement or other damage has occurred.
Inspect after approximately 24 inches of backfill is in place and again at completion of Project.
1. Submit separate reports for each system inspection.
Section 02630 12/28100 Page 6 of 7 Storm Drainage
Memorial Park Improvements
2. Defects requiring correction include the following:
a.Alignment: Less than full diameter of inside of pipe is visible between structures.
b.Deflection: Flexible piping with deflection that prevents passage of ball or cylinder
of size not less than 92.5 percent of piping diameter.
c. Crushed, broken, cracked, or otherwise damaged piping.
d. lnfiltration: Water leakage into piping.
e.Exfiltration: Water leakage from or around piping.
END OF SECTION 02630
Section 02630 12/28/00 Page 7 of 7 Storm Drainage
Memorial Park Improvements
4. Reinspect and repeat procedure until results are satisfactory.
^` 2
Stone Drainage 02630
3. Replace defective piping using new malaria's, and r ''nspe ^tic,, • it deF?c:;
are within allowanG )s specified.
Environmental Protection
SECTION 02940 - ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and General Provisions of Contract, including General Provisions and Supplemental
Conditions and Division -1 Specifications Sections, apply to work of this Section.
t2 SUMMARY
A. This section includes:
1. Temporary berm constructed of open graded rock installed at the toe of a slope on the
perimeter of a developing area. The purpose of a rock berm is to intercept sediment laden
water from unprotected areas, retain the sediment, and release the water in sheet flow.
2. Filter fabric silt fence
3. Stabilized pad of crushed stone located at any point where traffic will be entering or leaving a
construction site to or from a public right-of-way, street, alley, sidewalk, or parking area. The
purpose of a stabilized construction entrance is to reduce or eliminate the tracking or
deposition of sediment onto public right of way.
PART 2- PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
B. Silt Fence:
1. Fabric
Memorial Park Improvements
Division 2
VOLUME ONE
Section 02940
A. Rock Berm: Surplus rock excavated from utility trenches or from other excavations may be used for
construction of these berms. In general, stones shall be sound with a minimum of 3 inches in
smallest dimension and shall weigh between 10 and 30 pounds each. Use only open - graded rock,
with mores of the fines removed.
a.) General: The filter fabric shall be of nonwoven polypropylene, polyethylene or polyamide
thermoplastic fibers with non - ravelling edges. The fabric shall be nonbiodegradable,
inert to most soil chemicals, ultraviolet resistant, unaffected by moisture or other
weather conditions, and permeable to water while retaining sediment. The filter fabric
shall be supplied in rolls a minimum of 36 inches wide.
b.) Physical requirements: The fabric shall meet the following requirements when sampled
and tested in accordance with the methods indicated.
Section 02940 12/28/00 Page 1 of 4 Environmental Protection
Physical Properties
Method
Requirements
Fabric Weight: (oz/sy)
TEX -616 -J
4.5 minimum
Water Flow Rate: (gal /sq. ft. /minute)
TEX -616 -J
40 maximum
Equivalent Opening Size: US Standard sieve
(number)
CW -02215, US Army
Corps of Engineers
40 to 100
Mullen Burst Strength: (psi)
ASTM D 3786
300 minimum
Ultraviolet Resistance; Strength retention: ( %)
ASTM D 1682
70 minimum
Table 1:
Aggregate Gradation Chart (TEX 401 -A, Percent Retained)
2 inch
8 inch
5 inch
0
90 -100
100
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
PART 3- CONSTRUCTION METHODS
3.1 CONSTRUCTION METHODS
Memorial Park Improvements
Division 2
Environmental Protection
VOLUME ONE
Section 02940
2. Posts: Posts shall be painted or galvanized steel Tee or Y -posts with anchor plates, not less
than 5 feet in length with a minimum weight of 1.3 pounds per foot with a minimum Brinell
Hardness of 143. Hangers shall be adequate to secure fence and fabric to posts. Posts
and anchor plates shall conform to ASTM A 702.
3. Wire Fence: Wire fence shall be welded wire fabric 2x4- W1.0xW1.0, and shall conform to
Item Na 406 "Reinforcing Steel."
C. Stabilized Construction Entrance: Aggregate for construction shall conform to the following
gradation:
A. Rock Berm
1. All trees, brush, stumps, objectional material shall be removed and disposed of so as not to
interfere with the construction of the berm.
2. A trench shall be excavated to place the rock as indicated. The rocks shall be placed in
layers with close joints starting at the base. Open joints shall be filled with spalls as required
to stabilize the berm.
3. The rock berm shall be inspected after each rain and the stone shall be replaced when the
structure ceases to function as intended due to silt accumulation among the rocks, washout,
construction traffic damage, etc.
Section 02940 12/28/00 Page 2 of 4 Environmental Protection
4. The area upstream from the rock berm shall be maintained in a condition which will allow
sediment to be removed following the runoff of a rainfall event. Inspection, after each rainfall
of 1 inch or more, will be made by the Contractor, and when the silt reaches a depth equal to
1/3 the height of the berm or 1 foot, whichever is less, the Contractor will remove the
accumulated silt and dispose of it at an approved site in a manner that will not contribute to
additional siltation. The berm will be reshaped as needed during construction. The rock
berm shall be left in place until all upstream areas are stabilized and then removed and the
area revegetated.
5. When the site is completely stabilized, the berm will be removed and disposed of in an
approved manner.
6. The area will be revegetated following removal of the berm.
B. Silt Fence
1. The silt fence fabric shall be securely attached to the posts and the wire support fence with
the bottom 12 inches of the filter material buried in a trench a minimum of 6 inches deep and
6 inches wide to prevent sediment from passing under the fence. When the silt fence is
constructed on impervious material, a 12 inch flap of fabric shall be extended upstream from
the bottom of the silt fence and weighted to limit particulate loss. No horizontal joints will be
allowed in the filter fabric. Vertical joints shall be overlapped a minimum of 12 inches with
the ends sewn or otherwise securely tied.
2. The silt fence shall be a minimum of 24 inches high. Posts shall be embedded a minimum
of 12 inches in the ground, placed a maximum of 8 feet apart and set on a slight angle
toward the anticipated runoff source.
3. The silt fence shall be repaired, replaced, and /or relocated when necessary or as directed by
the Owner's Representative. Accumulated silt shall be removed when it reaches a depth of
6 inches.
C. Stabilized Construction Entrance
Division 2
VOLUME ONE
Environmental Protection Section 02940
1. All trees, brush, stumps, obstructions and other objectionable material shall be removed and
disposed of so as not to interfere with the excavation and construction of the entrance as
indicated. The entrance shall not drain onto the public right of way or leave the construction
site.
2. When necessary, vehicle wheels shall be cleaned to remove sediment prior to entrance
onto public right of way. When washing is required, it shall be done on an area stabilized
with crushed stone which drains into an approved sediment trap or sediment basin. All
sediment shall be prevented from entering any storm drain, ditch or watercourse through
use of sand bags, gravel, boards, silt fence or other approved methods.
3. The entrance shall be maintained in a condition which will prevent tracking or disposition of
sediment onto public right of way. This may require periodic top dressing with additional
stone as conditions demand and repair and /or cleanout of any measures used to trap
Section 02940 12/28/00 Page 3 of 4 Environmental Protection
Memorial Park Improvements
Division 2
Environmental Protection Section 02940
sediment. All sediment spilled, dropped, washed or Lacked onto public right of way must be
removed immediately.
END OF SECTION 02940
Section 02940 12/28/00 Page 4 of 4 Environmental Protection
Memorial Park Improvements
VOLUME ONE
DIVISION 3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Division 3
SECTION 03301 - CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
PART I - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section specifies cast -in -place concrete, including reinforcement, concrete materials, mix design,
placement procedures, and finishes.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 2 Section "Earthwork ".
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. General: In addition to the following, comply with submittal requirements in ACI 301.
B. Product Data: For each type of manufactured material and product indicated.
C. Design Mixes: For each concrete mix. Include alternate mix designs when characteristics of materials,
Project conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances warrant adjustments.
D. Material Certificates: Signed by manufacturers certifying that each of the following materials complies
with requirements:
1. Cementitious materials and aggregates.
2. Admixtures.
3. Curing compounds.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
Cast in Place Concrete
VOLUME ONE
Section 03301
A. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who has completed concrete work similar in material,
design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and whose work has resulted in construction with a re-
cord of successful in- service performance.
B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready -mixed concrete products com-
plying with ASTM C 94 requirements for production facilities and equipment.
C. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of cement of the same brand from the same manufacturer's plant,
each aggregate from one source, and each admixture from the same manufacturer.
D. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division l
Section "Project Meetings."
Section 03301 12/28/00 Page 1 of 8 Cast in Place Concrete
Memorial Park Improvements
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 FORMWORK
A. Furnish formwork and form accessories according to ACI 301.
B. Forms for Cylindrical Columns, Pedestals, and Supports: Metal, glass- fiber - reinforced plastic, paper, or
fiber tubes that will provide surfaces with gradual or abrupt irregularities not exceeding specified form-
work surface class. Provide units with sufficient wall thickness to resist plastic concrete loads without
detrimental deformation.
C. Chamfer Strips: Metal, rigid plastic, elastomeric rubber, or dressed wood, 3/4 by 3/4 inch (19 by 19 mm),
minimum; nonstaining.
D. Form Joint Tape: Compressible foam tape, pressure sensitive, AAMA 810.1, minimum 1/4 inch (6 mm)
thick.
E. Form Joint Sealant: Elastomeric sealant complying with ASTM C 920, Type M or S, Grade NS, that ad-
heres to form joint substrates.
F. Sealer: Penetrating, clear, polyurethane wood form sealer formulated to reduce absorption of bleed water
and prevent migration from wood of set - retarding chemicals.
G. Form - Release Agent: Commercially formulated form - release agent that will not bond with, stain, or ad-
versely affect architectural concrete surfaces and will not impair subsequent treatments of those surfaces.
1. Formulate form- release agent with rust inhibitor for steel form- facing materials.
2.2 STEEL REINFORCEMENT
A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 (Grade 420), deformed.
B. Plain -Steel Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A 185, fabricated from as -drawn steel wire into flat sheets.
2.3 CONCRETE MATERIALS
Memorial Park Improvements
Division 3
Cast in Place Concrete
A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I, gray color, of same type, brand, and source for entire Project.
Fly Ash: ASTM C 618, Class C or F.
Ground Granulated Blast - Furnace Slag: ASTM C 989, Grade 100 or 120.
1. Aggregate Sizes: 3/8 to 5/8 inch nominal.
VOLUME ONE
Section 03301
B. Exposed Aggregate (for applications where Exposed Aggregate Concrete is specified): Selected, hard,
and durable; washed; free of material that reacts with cementitious materials or causes staining; from a
single source, with gap graded pea gravel aggregate as follows:
C. Normal - Weight Coarse Aggregate (for all other applications): ASTM C 33, from the same source for en-
tire Project, and as follows:
1. Nominal Maximum Aggregate Size: 3/4 inch (19 mm).
2. Gradation: Uniformly graded.
Section 03301 12/28/00 Page 2 of 8 Cast In Place Concrete
VOLUME ONE
Division 3
Cast in Place Concrete Section 03301
D. Normal- Weight Fine Aggregate: ASTM C 33, manufactured or natural sand, from the same source for
entire Project.
E. Water: Potable, complying with ASTM C 94 except free of wash water from mixer washout operations.
F. Chemical Admixtures: Certified by manufacturer to contain not more than 0.1 percent water - soluble chlo-
ride ions by mass of cementitious material and to be compatible with other admixtures and cementitious
materials. Do not use admixtures containing calcium chloride.
1. Air- Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260.
2. Water- Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type A.
3. High- Range, Water- Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type F.
4. Water- Reducing and Accelerating Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type E.
5. Water- Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type D.
2.4 RELATED MATERIALS
A. Vapor Retarder: Multi -ply reinforced polyethylene sheet, ASTM E 1745, Class C, not less than 7.8 mils
(0.18 mm) thick; or polyethylene sheet, ASTM D 4397, not less than 10 mils (0.25 mm) thick.
B. Joint - Filler Strips: ASTM D 1751, asphalt - saturated cellulosic fiber, or ASTM D 1752, cork or self -
expanding cork.
2.5 CURING MATERIALS
A. Evaporation Retarder: Waterbome, monomolecular film forming, manufactured for application to fresh
concrete.
B. Absorptive Cover: AASHTO M 182, Class 2, burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf, weighing approxi-
mately 9 oz. /sq. yd. (305 g/sq. m) dry.
C. Moisture - Retaining Cover: ASTM C 171, polyethylene film or white burlap - polyethylene sheet.
D. Water: Potable.
E. Clear, Waterborne, Membrane - Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type 1, Class B.
2.6 REPAIR MATERIALS
A. Bonding Agent: ASTM C 1059, Type II, non - redispersible, acrylic emulsion or styrene butadiene
B. Epoxy - Bonding Adhesive: ASTM C 881, two- component epoxy resin, capable of humid curing and
bonding to damp surfaces, of class and grade to suit requirements, and as follows:
Section 03301 12/28/00 Page 3 of 8 Cast in Place Concrete
Memorial Park Improvements
Type II, non -load bearing, for bonding freshly mixed concrete to hardened concrete.
Types I and II, non -load bearing, for bonding hardened or freshly mixed concrete to hardened
concrete.
Types IV and V, load bearing, for bonding hardened or freshly mixed concrete to hardened con-
crete.
2.7 CONCRETE MIXES
C. Proportion concrete mix as follows:
2.8 CONCRETE MIXING
A. Ready -Mixed Concrete: Comply with ASTM C 94.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 FORMWORK
A. Design, construct, erect, shore, brace, and maintain formwork according to ACI 301.
Class B, 1/4 inch (6 mm)
Memorial Park Improvements
Division 3
VOLUME ONE
Cast in Place Concrete Section 03301
A. Prepare design mixes for each type and strength of cast -in -place architectural concrete determined by ei-
ther laboratory trial mix or field test data bases. Proportion concrete according to ACI 211.1 and
ACI 301.
B. Use a qualified independent testing agency for preparing and reporting proposed concrete mix designs for
the laboratory trial mix basis.
1. Compressive Strength (28 Days): 3000 psi (20.7 MPa).
2. Maximum Water - Cementitious Materials Ratio: 0.46.
3. Maximum Slump: 4 inches (100 mm).
4. Maximum Slump for Concrete Containing High- Range, Water- Reducing Admixture: 8 inches
(200 mm) after admixture is added to concrete with 2- to 4 -inch (50- to 100 -mm) slump.
When air temperature is between 85 and 90 deg F (30 and 32 deg C), reduce mixing and delivery
time from 1 -1/2 hours to 75 minutes; when air temperature is above 90 deg F (32 deg C), reduce
mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes.
B. Project -Site Mixing: Measure, batch, and mix concrete materials and concrete according to ASTM C 94.
Mix concrete materials in appropriate drum -type batch machine mixer.
1. For mixer capacity of 1 cu. yd. (0.76 cu. m) or smaller, continue mixing at least one and one -half
minutes, but not more than five minutes after ingredients are in mixer, before any part of batch is
released.
2. For mixer capacity larger than 1 cu. yd. (0.76 cu. m), increase mixing time by 15 seconds for each
additional I cu. yd. (0.76 cu. m).
3. Provide batch ticket for each batch discharged and used in the Work, indicating Project identifica-
tion name and number, date, mix type, mix time, quantity, and amount of water added. Record ap-
proximate location of final deposit in structure.
B. In addition to ACI 303.1 limits on form- facing panel deflection, limit concrete surface irregularities, des-
ignated by ACI 347R as abrupt or gradual, as follows:
C. Fabricate forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against concrete surfaces. Provide crush
or wrecking plates where stripping may damage cast -in -place surfaces.
1. Do not use rust- stained, steel, form - facing material.
Section 03301 12/28/00 Page 4 of 8 Cast in Place Concrete
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Division 3
Cast in Place Concrete
D. Chamfer exterior comers and edges of cast -in -place concrete where shown.
E. Clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete. Remove chips, wood, sawdust, dirt, and other de-
bris just before placing concrete.
F. Coat contact surfaces of forms with form - release agent, according to manufacturer's written instructions,
before placing reinforcement.
3.2 VAPOR RETARDER
A. Install, protect, and repair vapor - retarder sheets according to ASTM E 1643; place sheets in position with
longest dimension parallel with direction of pour.
B. Lap joints 6 inches (150 mm) and seal with manufacturer's recommended tape.
3.3 STEEL REINFORCEMENT
A. Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for fabricating, placing, and supporting reinforce-
ment.
Do not cut or puncture vapor retarder. Repair damage and reseal vapor retarder before placing
concrete.
3.4 REMOVING AND REUSING FORMS
3.5 JOINTS
A. General: Construct joints true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete.
Memorial Park Improvements
VOLUME ONE
Section 03301
A. Formwork, for sides of beams, walls, columns, and similar parts of the Work, that does not support
weight of concrete may be removed after cumulatively curing at not less than 50 deg F (10 deg C) for 24
hours after placing concrete, provided concrete is hard enough to not be damaged by form - removal op-
erations and provided curing and protection operations are maintained.
B. Clean and repair surfaces of forms to be reused m the Work. Do not use split, frayed, delaminated, or oth-
erwise damaged form- facing material. Apply new form- release agent.
C. When forms are reused, clean surfaces, remove fins and laitance, and tighten to close joints. Align and
secure joints to avoid offsets.
B. Construction Joints: Locate and install so as not to impair strength or appearance of concrete, at locations
indicated or as approved by Architect.
C. Contraction (Control) Joints: Form weakened -plane contraction joints, sectioning concrete into areas as
indicated. Construct contraction joints for a depth equal to at least one - fourth of the concrete thickness, as
follows:
1. Grooved Joints: Form contraction joints after initial floating by grooving and finishing each edge
of joint with groover tool to a radius of 1/8 inch (3 mm). Repeat grooving of contraction joints af-
ter applying surface finishes. Eliminate groover marks on concrete surfaces.
Section 03301 12/28/00 Page 5 of 8 Cast in Place Concrete
Division 3
Cast in Place Concrete Section 03301
2. Sawed Joints: Form contraction joints with power saws equipped with shatterproof abrasive or
diamond - rimmed blades. Cut l/8 -inch- (3 -mm -) wide joints into concrete when cutting action will
not tear, abrade, or otherwise damage surface and before concrete develops random contraction
cracks.
3.6 CONCRETE PLACEMENT
A. Before placing concrete, verify that installation of formwork, reinforcement, and embedded items is com-
plete and that required inspections have been performed.
B. Do not add water to concrete during delivery, at Project site, or during placement, unless approved by Ar-
chitect.
C. Deposit concrete continuously between construction joints. Deposit concrete to avoid segregation.
D. Deposit concrete in forms in horizontal layers no deeper than 24 inches (600 mm) and in a manner to
avoid inclined construction joints. Place each layer while preceding layer is still plastic, to avoid cold
joints.
E. Cold- Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 306.1 and as follows. Protect concrete work from physical
damage or reduced strength that could be caused by frost, freezing actions, or low temperatures.
F. Hot - Weather Placement: Place concrete according to recommendations in ACI 305R and as follows,
when hot - weather conditions exist:
G.
1. Cool ingredients before mixing to maintain concrete temperature below 90 deg F (32 deg C) at
time of placement. Chilled mixing water or chopped ice may be used to control temperature, pro-
vided water equivalent of ice is calculated to total amount of mixing water. Using liquid nitrogen
to cool concrete is Contractor's option.
2. Cover steel reinforcement with water- soaked burlap so steel temperature will not exceed ambient
air temperature immediately before embedding in concrete.
3. Fog -spray forms, steel reinforcement, and subgrade just before placing concrete. Keep subgrade
moisture uniform without standing water, soft spots, or dry areas.
Section 03301 12/28/00 Page 6 of 8 Cast in Place Concrete
Memorial Park Improvements
VOLUME ONE
Consolidate placed concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment. Use equipment and procedures
for consolidating concrete recommended by ACI 309R.
Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. Insert and withdraw vibrators vertically at
uniformly spaced locations no farther than the visible effectiveness of the vibrator. Place vibrators
to rapidly penetrate placed layer and at least 6 inches (150 mm) into preceding layer. Do not insert
vibrators into lower layers of concrete that have begun to lose plasticity. At each insertion, limit
duration of vibration to time necessary to consolidate concrete and complete embedment of rein-
forcement and other embedded items without causing concrete mix constituents to segregate.
When air temperature has fallen to or is expected to fall below 40 deg F (4.4 deg C), uniformly
heat water and aggregates before mixing to obtain a concrete mixture temperature of not less than
50 deg F (10 deg C) and not more than 80 deg F (27 deg C) at point of placement.
Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. Do not place concrete on frozen
subgrade or on subgrade containing frozen materials.
Do not use calcium chloride, salt, or other materials containing antifreeze agents or chemical ac-
celerators, unless otherwise indicated and approved in concrete mix designs.
Division 3
Cast in Place Con_ a:
3.7 EXPOSED AGGREGATE FINISHES
A. Monolithic Exposed Aggregate Finish: Expose aggregate to pavement surface as follows:
1. Immediately after floating, spray -apply chemical surface retarder to pavement according to manu-
facturer's written instructions.
2. Cover with plastic sheeting, sealing laps with tape, and remove when ready to continue finishing
operations.
3. Without dislodging aggregate, remove excess mortar by lightly brushing surface with a stiff, nylon
bristle broom.
4. Fine spray surface with water and brush. Repeat water flushing and brushing cycle until cement
film is removed from aggregate surfaces to depth required.
3.8 AS -CAST FORMED FINISHES
A. Rubbed Finish: Apply the following to smooth - formed finished concrete:
1. Smooth- Rubbed Finish: Not later than one day after form removal, moisten concrete surfaces and
rub with carborundum brick or another abrasive until producing a uniform color and texture. Do
not apply cement grout other than that created by the rubbing process.
3.9 FINISHING UNFORMED SURFACES
A. General: Comply with ACI 302.1R for screeding, restraightening, and finishing operations for concrete
surfaces. Do not wet concrete surfaces.
B. Screed surfaces with a straightedge and strike off. Begin initial floating using bull floats or darbies to
form a uniform and open - textured surface plane before excess moisture or bleedwater appears on the sur-
face.
1. Do not further disturb surfaces before starting finishing operations.
3.10 TOLERANCES
A. Comply with ACI 117, "Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials."
3.11 CONCRETE PROTECTION AND CURING
VOLUME ONE
0.301
A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures.
Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold - weather protection, and follow recommendations in ACI 305R for hot -
weather protection during curing.
B. Evaporation Retarder: Apply evaporation retarder to concrete surfaces if hot, dry, or windy conditions
cause moisture loss approaching 0.2 lb /sq. ft. x h (1 kg/sq. m x h) before and during finishing operations.
Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions after placing, screeding, and bull floating or dar-
bying concrete, but before float finishing.
C. Begin curing after finishing concrcte, but not before free water has disappeared from concrete surface.
D. Curing Methods: Cure formed and unformed concrete for at least seven days by moisture curing, mois-
ture- retaining -cover curing, curing compound, or a combination of these as follows:
Section 03301 12/28/00 Page 7 of 8 Cast in Place Concrete
Memorial Park Improvements
VOLUME ONE
Division 3
Cast in Place Con._
8J�':ui1 G;.33
Moisture Curing: Keep surfaces continuously moist for not less than seven days with the follow-
ing materials:
a. Water.
b. Continuous water -fog spray.
c. Absorptive cover, water saturated and kept continuously wet. Cover concrete surfaces and
edges with 12 -inch (300 -mm) lap over adjacent absorptive covers.
2. Moisture - Retaining -Cover Curing: Cover concrete surfaces with moisture- retaining cover for
curing concrete, placed in widest practicable width, with sides and ends lapped at least 12 inches
(300 mm), and sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive. Immediately repair any holes or tears during
curing period using cover material and waterproof tape.
3. Curing Compound: Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power spray or roller according to
manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours af-
ter initial application. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period.
3.12 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to sample
materials, perform tests, and submit test reports during concrete placement. Tests will be performed ac-
cording to ACI 301. Contractor will be responsible for additional testing of concrete found to be deficient
by initial testing paid for by Owner.
1. Testing Frequency: Obtain one composite sample for each day's pour of each concrete mix ex-
ceeding 5 cu. yd. (4 cu. m), but less than 25 cu. yd. (19 cu. m), plus one set for each additional 50
cu. yd. (38 cu. m) or fraction thereof.
3.13 REPAIRS, PROTECTION, AND CLEANING
A. Repair and cure damaged finished surfaces of cast -in -place architectural concrete when approved by Ar-
chitect. Match repairs to color, texture, and uniformity of surrounding surfaces and to repairs on approved
mockups.
Remove and replace cast -in -place architectural concrete that cannot be repaired and cured to Ar-
chitect's approval.
B. Protect comers, edges, and surfaces of cast -in -place architectural concrete from damage; use guards and
barricades.
C. Protect cast -in -place architectural concrete from staining, laitance, and contamination during remainder of
construction period.
D. Clean cast -in -place architectural concrete surfaces after finish treatment to remove stains, markings, dust,
and debris.
E. Wash and rinse surfaces according to concrete finish applicator's written recommendations. Protect other
Work from staining or damage due to cleaning operations.
1. Do not use cleaning materials or processes that could change the appearance of cast -in -place ar-
chitectural concrete finishes.
END OF SECTION 03301
Section 03301 12/28/00
Memorial Park Improvements
Page 8 of 8 Cast in Place Concrete
DIVISION 16
Division 16
Electrical Terminology
SECTION 16001: ELECTRICAL TERMINOLOGY, DEFINITIONS, AND ABBREVIATIONS
VOLUME ONE
Electrical
Section 16001
The following terms, definitions, and abbreviations apply to Division 16 of the Specifications and Drawings. Refer
to Section 16003 for abbreviations of referenced Codes and Standards.
A or amp: Ampere
Accessory: Miscellaneous system component which is neither equipment nor material, but which is a
functioning part of the system
AFF: Above finished floor
AFG: Above finished grade
Bd: Board, e.g. panel board
BOT: Bottom
°C: Degrees Celsius
CB: Circuit breaker
CL: Centerline
Contract documents: Project drawings, specifications, addenda, field directives, and the contract
Contractor: The prime contractor and/or any and all subcontractors
Device: Electrical wiring device, e.g. Tight switch or duplex receptacle
Disc: Disconnect
Dup: Duplex
Engineer: Goodwin Engineering Inc.
Equipment: Generally refers to mechanical apparatus, which consumes and/or converts energy with
motors or bumers
EX: Existing
EXR: Existing to remain
External: Outside of a piece of equipment
°F: Degrees Fahrenheit
ft or': Feet
Fluor: Fluorescent (lamp type)
Fixture or fixt: Lighting fixture /luminaire
G or gnd: Ground
Section 16001 12/18/00 Page 1 of 3 Electrical Terminology
Memorial Park Improvements
GFCI: Ground fault circuit interrupter
GFI: Ground fault interrupter or interrupting
Hz: Hertz (cycles)
in or ": Inch
JB: Junction box
kV or KV: Kilovolts
kW or KW: Kilowatts
LC or L /C: Lighting contactor
LV: Low voltage
Division 16
Electrical Terminology
VOLUME ONE
Electrical
Section 16001
Material: Generally refers to conduit, wire, and other basic components which, when fabricated and
installed with devices, fixtures, accessories, and equipment, create electrical systems
MH: Manhole or metal halide
Mtd: Mounted
NF: Non -fused
NFL: Narrow flood (beam type)
Neu: Neutral
NSP: Narrow spot (beam type)
Occ: Occupancy
PB: Pullbox
P /C: Photocell
Pnl: Panel or panelboard
Provide: Supply and install
PVC: Polyvinyl Chloride
Recpt or Recep: Receptacle
Rem: Remote
Sw: Switch
TC or T /C: Timeclock
V: Volts
Section 16001 12/18/00 Page 2 of 3 Electrical Terminology
Memorial Park Improvements
WFL:
WP:
END OF SECTION
Wide flood (beam type)
Weatherproof
Division 16
Electrical Terminology
VOLUME ONE
Electrical
Section 16001
Section 16001 12/18/00 Page 3 of 3 Electrical Terminology
Memorial Park Improvements
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
SECTION 16010: BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Basic Electrical Requirements specifically applicable to Division 16 Sections, in addition to Division 1 -
General Requirements.
1.02 WORK SEQUENCE
A. Install work in phases to accommodate Owner's occupancy requirements during the construction period
coordinate electrical schedule and operations with Owner and Engineer.
1.03 REFERENCES
A. ANSI/NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit under provisions of Section 01300.
B. Submit shop drawings and product data grouped to include complete submittals of related systems,
products, and accessories in single submittals.
C. Mark dimensions and values in units to match those specified.
1.05 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Obtain necessary permits, and request inspections from authority having jurisdiction.
B. Work and material shall be in complete compliance with applicable Federal, State, and Local Codes,
Standards, Rules and Regulations, specifically Uniform Building Code and NFPA 70. Nothing in these
Specifications and associated Drawings shall be construed to permit work not conforming to such Codes,
Standards, Rules, and Regulations.
C. Furnish, without extra charge, any additional material and labor when and where required to comply with
these rules and regulations, though the work is not mentioned in the Specifications or shown on the
Drawings. When the Specifications or Drawings call for or describe material or construction of a better
quality or larger sizes than required by the above - mentioned rules and regulations, the provisions of these
Specifications and Drawings shall take precedence.
1.06 EXAMINATION OF SITE
A. Thoroughly examine the site before bidding and be satisfied as to the conditions under which the work is
to be performed. Verify, at the site, measurements affecting the work and be responsible for the
correctness of it. Extra compensation will not be allowed to the contractor for expenses due to inadequate
examination of the site, failure to discover conditions that affect the work or to account for differences
between actual dimensions and those indicated on the Drawings.
1.07 PROJECT /SITE CONDITIONS
A. Install Work in locations shown on Drawings, unless prevented by Project conditions, or unless otherwise
directed by Architect/Engineer.
B. Prepare drawings showing proposed rearrangement of Work to meet Project conditions, including changes
to Work specified in other Sections. Obtain permission of Engineer before proceeding.
1.08 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A. Construct Work in sequence under provisions of Section 01010.
VOLUME ONE
Division 16 Electrical
Basic Electrical Requirements Section 16010
1.09 TEMPORARY SERVICES
A. Provide temporary services when existing services are interrupted in connection with work of this
Division beyond the period of time acceptable and approved by the Owner.
1.10 CONSTRUCTION MONITORING
Section 16010 12116/00 Page 1 of 3 Basic Electrical Requirements
Memorial Park Improvements
A. Provide the Engineer not Tess than 24 hours notice when any portion of the installation is ready for review.
W Do not allow any work to be covered -up or enclosed until tested, reviewed by the Engineer, and approved
by "Authorities Having Jurisdiction" over the work.
C. Should any work be enclosed or covered -up before review by the Engineer and required performance
testing, the contractor shall, at his own expense, uncover the work and, after it has been checked, tested,
and approved, have the disturbed work restored to its original and proper condition by the trades whose
work were disturbed. Inferior repair work will not be accepted.
D. Within ten days after the date of each Field Report, the contractor shall respond, in writing, to the
Engineer indicating which noted deficiencies have been corrected and which have not been corrected with
an explanation why they have not been corrected and a schedule indicating when they will be corrected.
E. The Engineer is NOT responsible for discovering deficiencies in the work. Construction monitoring is to
review the progress of the work and, as a courtesy, to notify the contractor of deficiencies noticed. The
contractor is obligated to perform work set forth in the Contract Documents whether noticed by the
Engineer, or not.
1.11 PRE -FINAL AND FINAL INSPECTIONS
A. Make sure the work on the Project is ready for final acceptance before calling upon the Engineer to make
a Pre -Final Inspection. Contractors for this Division shall have an inspection, without the Engineer, to be
sure that systems are installed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Submit to the Engineer the
following information when requesting a Pre -Final Inspection:
1. Cover letter from the electrical contractor stating that work is complete in accordance with the Project
Documents and requesting a Pre -Final Inspection.
2. The list of deficiencies generated at the contractor's "Pre- Pre - Final" Inspection.
3. A statement that deficiencies detected at said inspection have been corrected and re- inspected by the
various contractors.
B. After the Engineer's Pre-Final Inspection, the various contractors shall immediately correct any
deficiencies noted. When deficiencies have been corrected, each superintendent or foreman shall check
their respective list and verify that each item has been corrected. Do not take the word of the worker sent
to correct the deficiency. Personally check to be sure correction has been made properly and completely.
Each superintendent or foreman shall place his initials next to the item indicating that it has been
corrected and checked. When items have been corrected, checked, and initialed, notify the Engineer in
writing, including a copy of the initialed pre -final inspection field report, and request a final inspection.
At this time, all work must be complete and all closeout documents submitted. The Engineer will then
perform a final inspection with the Owner to verify that deficiencies have been corrected and the project is
ready for final acceptance.
C. Prior to the final inspection, the contractor shall operate equipment to insure it is in proper working order
so that operation of controls and equipment may be observed at the final inspection.
D. To avoid delay of final acceptance of the work, provide necessary guarantees, affidavits, and other close-
out documents, called for in the various Sections of this Specification, prepared, signed, and sealed in
advance, and together with a letter of transmittal, listing each paper included, deliver same to the Engineer
before the time of the final inspection. Check over each document before submission to see that the terms
correspond with the requirements of the Contract Documents.
PART 2- PRODUCTS
VOLUME ONE
Division 16 Electrical
Basic Electrical Requirements Section 16010
2.01 GENERAL
A. Equipment, devices, and material shall be new and the best of their respective grades, free from defects
and of make, brand or quality herein specified and/or approved by the Engineer.
B. Equipment, devices, accessories, and material are specified as singular. Where more than one of any item
is required, the specification shall be for each such item.
C. Equipment specified by manufacturer's number shall include standard accessories, controls, etc., and
optional or additional accessories as specified and/or required for the equipment to perform as indicated
and required.
Section 16010 12/16/00 Page 2 of 3 Basic Electrical Requirements
Memorial Park improvements
VOLUME ONE
Division 16 Electrical
Basic Electrical Requirements Section 16010
D. Where a specific make of equipment, device, or material is not mentioned, any first class product of a
reputable manufacturer may be used, provided it conforms to the requirements of the systems and meets
with approval of the Engineer.
PART 3 - r;XECUTION
3.01 JOBSITE CLEANLINESS
A. Each trade shall cooperate fully with the other trades on the job to help keep thejobsite clean and in a safe
condition at all times. At the end of each day's work, or when directed, properly store tools, equipment,
and material, and clean debris from the job. Upon completion of the job, immediately remove tools,
equipment, surplus material, and debris caused by the work.
3.02 JOBSITE SAFETY
A. The premises shall be kept in a safe condition at all times. Safety of the work place is entirely the
responsibility of the contractors since the Owner and Engineer do not accept such responsibility.
B. Ladders, scaffolding, and other such devices shall meet the requirements of O.S.H.A. Damaged ladders
will not be permitted at the jobsite.
C. Electrical equipment shall be U.L. Listed and properly grounded for safe operation. Where necessary,
due to working conditions, provide ground fault interruption (GFI) for power supply to electrical
equipment.
3.03 DAMAGED EQUIPMENT, FIXTURES, AND MATERIAL
A. Equipment, devices, and material damaged during transportation, installation, or operation shall be
considered to be completely damaged and shall be replaced with new. Any variance from this clause shall
be made only with written approval from the Owner.
3.04 MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS
A. The manufacturer's published instructions shall be followed in the delivery, storage, protection,
installation, and wiring of equipment, devices, and material. Promptly notify the Engineer in writing of
conflicts between the requirements of the Bid/Contract Documents and the manufacturer's directions, and
obtain the Engineer's written instructions before proceeding with the work. Should any such work be
performed that does not comply with the manufacturer's directions, or such instructions from the Engineer,
the contractor shall bear costs arising in connection with correcting the deficiencies.
3.05 CLEANING AND CLOSING
A. Instruct workers to keep equipment and material free of foreign matter during installation. Any
malfunction of the systems resulting from dirt and other foreign material in the systems shall be corrected
at this contractor's expense.
B. Inspect conduit and equipment before placing and clean before closing. Conduit shall be closed at the end
of each day's work to prevent the entry of debris, rain, or other foreign matter.
C. At the completion of the work, all parts of the installation shall be thoroughly cleaned. Thorough cleaning
of systems is required before any operational tests are performed.
END OF SECTION
Section 16010 12/18/00 Page 3 of 3 Basic Electrical Requirements
Memorial Park Improvements
SECTION 16060: MINOR ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION FOR REMODELING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Electrical demolition.
PART 2- PRODtJCTS
Division 16
Minor Electrical Demolition
2.01 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
A. Materials and equipment for patching and extending work: As specified in individual Sections.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
VOLUME ONE
Electrical
Section 16060
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify field measurements and circuiting arrangements are as shown on Drawings.
B. Verify that conduit and wiring to be removed, serves only fixtures and equipment to be removed.
C. Drawings are based on casual field observation and existing record documents. Report discrepancies to
Architect/Engineer before disturbing existing installation.
D. Beginning of demolition means installer accepts existing conditions.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Coordinate utility service outages with Utility Company.
B. Provide temporary wiring and connections to maintain existing systems in service during construction.
When work must be performed on energized equipment or circuits, use personnel experienced in such
operations.
C. Existing Electrical Service: Maintain existing system in service until new system is complete and ready
for service. Disable system only to make switchovers and connections. Obtain permission from
Architect/Engineer at least 48 hours before partially or completely disabling system. Minimize outage
duration. Make temporary connections to maintain service in areas adjacent to work area.
3.03 DEMOLITION AND EXTENSION OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL WORK
A. Demolish and extend existing electrical work under provisions of Section 01120, Section 02072, and this
Section.
B. Remove, relocate, and extend existing installations to accommodate new construction.
C. Remove abandoned wiring to source of supply.
D. Remove exposed abandoned conduit, including abandoned conduit on trees. Cut conduit just below
grade, cap, and repair grade to existing condition.
E. Disconnect abandoned tree mounted light fixtures and associated boxes.
F. Disconnect and remove abandoned panelboards, contactors, photocells, and distribution equipment.
G. Repair adjacent construction and fetishes damaged during demolition and extension work.
H. Maintain access to existing electrical installations, which remain active.
I. Extend existing installations using materials and methods as specified.
3.04 CLEANING AND REPAIR
A. Clean and repair existing materials and equipment, which remain or are to be reused.
B. Luminaires: Remove existing luminaires for cleaning. Use mild detergent to clean all exterior and interior
surfaces rinse with clean water and wipe dry. Replace lamps and broken electrical parts, such as ballasts.
END OF SECTION
Section 16060 12/18/00 Page 1 of 1 Minor Electrical Demolition
Memorial Park Improvements
SECTION 16111: CONDUIT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Metal conduit.
B. Liquid tight, flexible metal conduit.
C. Nonmetal conduit.
D. Fittings, and conduit bodies.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 16130: Boxes.
B. Section 16170: Grounding and Bonding.
C. Section 16195: Electrical Identification.
VOLUME ONE
Division 16 Electrical
Conduit Section 16111
1.03 REFERENCES
A. ANSI C80.1 - Rigid Steel Conduit, Zinc Coated.
B, ANSI/NEMA FB 1 - Fittings, Cast Metal Boxes, and Conduit Bodies for Conduit and Cable Assemblies.
C. ANSI/NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code.
D. NECA "Standard of Installation."
E. NEMA RN 1 - Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Extemally Coated Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit and
Intermediate Metal Conduit.
F. NEMA TC 2: Electrical Plastic Tubing (EPT) and Conduit (EPC -40 and EPC -80).
G. NEMA TC 3: PVC Fittings for Use with Rigid PVC Conduit and Tubing.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit under provisions of Section 01300.
B. Product Data: Provide for metallic conduit, liquidtight flexible metal conduit, nonmetallic conduit,
fittings, and conduit bodies
1.05 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
A. Submit under provisions of Section 01700.
B. Accurately record actual routing of conduits.
1.06 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Conform to requirements of ANSUNFPA 70.
B. Furnish products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. as suitable for purpose specified
and shown.
1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver, store, protect, and handle Products to site under provisions of Section 01600.
B. Accept conduit on site. Inspect for damage.
C. Protect conduit from corrosion and entrance of debris by storing above grade. Provide appropriate
covering.
D. Protect PVC and PVC - coated conduit from sunlight.
1.08 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Verify that field measurements are as shown on Drawings.
B. Verify routing and termination locations of conduit prior to rough in.
C. Conduit routing is shown on Drawings in approximate locations unless dimensioned. Route as required to
complete wiring system.
Section 16111 12118/00 Page 1 of 2 Conduit
Memorial Park Improvements
PART 2- PRODUCTS
2.01 CONDUIT REQUIREMENTS
A. Size:
1. Minimum 'A ".
2. As shown on drawings or as required per NEC for number and size of conductors.
B. Underground Installations:
1. For final connections to electrical equipment or fixtures: Use rigid steel conduit.
2. In contact with earth: Use nonmetal conduit.
C. Wet and Damp Locations: Use rigid steel conduit for straight runs; use liquidtight (PVC - coated) flexible
metal conduit for final connections to fixtures.
2.02 METAL CONDUIT
A. Rigid Steel Conduit: ANSI C80.1.
B. Rigid Aluminum Conduit: Not acceptable.
C. Intermediate Metal Conduit (IMC): Rigid steel.
D. Fittings and Conduit Bodies: ANSI/NEMA F13 1; all steel fittings.
2.03 LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT
A. Description: Interlocked steel construction with PVC jacket.
B. Fittings: ANSI/NEMA FB 1.
2.04 NONMETALLIC CONDUIT
A. Description: NEMA TC 2; Schedule 40 PVC.
B. Fittings and Conduit Bodies: NEMA TC 3.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
VOLUME ONE
Division 16 Electrical
Conduit Section 16111
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install conduit in accordance with NECA "Standard of Installation" and manufacturer's instructions.
B. Arrange supports to prevent misalignment during wiring installation.
C. Support conduit on concrete or wooden surfaces and equipment racks using corrosion resistant, coated,
steel straps or clamps.
D. Fasten conduit supports to existing concrete surfaces using expansion anchors. Use metal screws in wood
construction.
E. Route exposed conduit parallel and perpendicular to structural elements.
F. Cut conduit square using saw or pipecutter; de-burr cut ends.
G. Bring conduit to shoulder of fittings; fasten securely.
H. Join nonmetallic conduit using cement as recommended by manufacturer. Wipe nonmetallic conduit dry
and clean before joining. Apply full even coat of cement to entire area inserted in fitting. Allow joint to
cure for 20 minutes, minimum.
I. Use conduit hubs to fasten conduit to cast boxes.
J. Install no more than equivalent of three 90- degree bends between boxes. Use conduit bodies to make
sharp changes in direction.
K. Avoid moisture traps; provide junction box with drain fitting at low points in conduit system.
L. Use suitable caps to protect installed conduit against entrance of dirt and moisture.
M. Ground and bond conduit under provisions of Section 16170
N. Identify conduit under provisions of Section 16195.
END OF SECTION
Section 16111 12/18/00 Page 2 of 2 Conduit
Memorial Park Improvements
SECTION 16120: WIRE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Wire.
B. Wiring connectors, connections and terminations.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 16111 - Conduit.
B. Section 16195 - Identification.
1.03 REFERENCES
A. ANSI/NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code.
B. NEMA WC 5: Thermoplastic- Insulated Wire and Cable for the Transmission and Distribution of
Electrical Energy.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit under the provisions of Section 01300.
B. Product data: Provide for each type of wire and connector.
C. Test Reports: Indicate procedures and values obtained.
1.05 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
A. Record actual circuit numbers on the plans with panel name and circuit number for each fixture.
1.06 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Conform to requirements of ANSI/NFPA 70.
B. Furnish products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. as suitable for purpose specified
and shown.
1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Verify that field measurements are as shown on Drawings.
B. Conductor and conduit sizes are based on THWN copper. Aluminum wiring will not be allowed.
C. Wire routings shown on Drawings are schematic unless dimensioned. Route wire as required meeting
Project Conditions.
D. Where wire routing is not shown, and destination only is indicated, determine exact routing and lengths
required.
1.02 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver, store, protect, and handle Products to site under provisions of Section 16010.
B. Accept wire and accessories on site in manufacturer's packaging. Inspect for damage. Remove damaged
wire or connectors from site.
C. Store and protect in clean, dry space in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
D. Protect from weather. Provide adequate ventilation to prevent condensation.
PART 2- PRODUCTS
Division 16
Wire
VOLUME ONE
Electrical
Section 16120
2.01 WIRE
A. Description: Thermoplastic - insulated, single conductor wire; NEMA WC 5.
B. Feeders: Copper, 600 -volt insulation, THW.
C. Branch Circuits: Copper conductor, 600 -volt insulation, THHN/THWN. For #8 AWG and larger, use
stranded conductor; for smaller than #8 AWG, use solid conductor.
D. Sizes: As shown on drawings or as required per NEC.
Section 16120 12/18/00 Page 1 of 2 Wire
Memorial Park Improvements
Division 16
2.02 WIRE CONNECTORS AND TERMINALS
A. Wire Connectors: For #8 AWG or smaller use 3M Scotchlok or equivalent. For #6 or larger use split bolt
connectors, such as Bumdy Servit, or equivalent.
B. Wire Terminations: Where mechanical lugs or screw terminals are not important to equipment, provide
Bumdy Scrulug, or equivalent, for attachment to flat metal surfaces.
C. Electrical Tape: Vinyl, minimum thickness 7 -mil. UL listed for use at temperature equal to insulation
temperature rating of highest rated covered conductor.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Wire
3.01 GENERAL METHODS
A. Use only wire in raceway.
B. Use no wire smaller than #12 AWG.
C. Place an equal number of conductors for each phase of a circuit in same raceway.
D. Splice only injunction or outlet boxes.
E. Neatly train and lace wiring inside boxes, equipment, and panelboards.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Pull all conductors into a raceway at the same time. Use UL listed, water- soluble polymer, wire pulling
lubricant for pulling #4 AWG and larger wires.
B. Install wire in raceway after all work likely to injure conductors has been completed.
C. Completely and thoroughly swab raceway system before installing conductors.
D. Color code conductors to designate neutral, ground, and phase conductors.
3.03 CONNECTIONS AND TERMINATIONS
A. Splice only in junction boxes.
B. Thoroughly clean wires before installing Tugs and connectors.
C. Make splices, taps and terminations to carry full ampacity of conductors without perceptible temperature
rise,
D. Use split bolt connectors for copper conductor splices and taps, 6 AWG and larger. Tape uninsulated
conductors and connector with electrical tape to 150 percent of insulation rating of conductor, but no less
than two layers of vinyl electrical tape.
3.04 INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS
A. Identify wire and cable under provisions of Section 16195.
B. Every wire shall be permanently identified at each end within one inch of terminal; wire numbers used
are those indicated on the record drawings.
3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Inspect wire for physical damage and proper connection.
B. Torque test conductor connections and terminations to manufacturer's recommended values.
C. Perform continuity test on all branch circuit conductors. Verify proper phasing connections.
END OF SECTION
VOLUME ONE
Electrical
Section 16120
Section 16120 12/18/00 Page 2 of 2 Wire
Memorial Park Improvements
SECTION 16130: BOXES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Pull and junction boxes.
VOLUME ONE
Division 16 Electrical
Boxes Section 16130
1.02 REFERENCES
A. NECA - Standard of Installation.
B. NEMA FB 1 - Fittings and Supports for Conduit and Cable Assemblies.
C. NEMA OS 2 - Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes, Device Boxes, Covers and Box Supports.
D. NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum).
E. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit under provisions of Section 01300.
B. Product Data: Material, construction, dimensions, and testing agency listing.
C. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations and mounting heights of pull and junction boxes on
project record documents.
1.04 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70.
B. Provide Products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., as suitable for the purpose
specified and indicated.
PART 2- PRODUCTS
2.01 PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES
A. Sheetmetal Boxes: Not acceptable.
B. Cast Boxes:
1. NEMA FB 1, Type FD, cast feralloy.
2. Provide gasketed cover by box manufacturer.
3. Use where metallic conduit is used, wall mounted.
4. Provide knockouts where required for conduit.
C. Nonmetallic Boxes:
1. Compression molded, fiberglass reinforced polyester, composite housing; non - conductive, U -V
stable, high- impact.
2. Provide flat, silicone gasketed cover by box manufacturer.
3. Use where nonmetallic conduit is used, ground mounted.
4. Provide side or bottom conduit entries as required.
D. Sizes:
1. Minimum 9 "x9 ".
2. As shown on drawings or as required per NEC for quantity of conductors entering the box.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Coordinate locations of boxes with trees, trail, fixtures, and conduit routing, prior to rough in.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Install boxes in accordance with NECA "Standard of Installation."
B. Install in locations as shown on Drawings and as required for splices, taps wire pulling, equipment
connections and compliance with regulatory requirements.
C. Set wall mounted boxes at elevations to accommodate conduits and fixtures.
Section 16130 12/18/00 Page 1 of 2 Boxes
Memorial Park Improvements
3.04 ADJUSTING
A. Install knockout closures in unused box openings.
END OF SECTION
Division 16
Boxes
D. Electrical boxes are shown on Drawings in approximate locations unless
location up to 3 feet if required to accommodate intended purpose.
E. Support boxes independently of conduit.
F. Set ground mounted boxes flush with grade.
3.03 INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS
A. Coordinate installation of boxes for fixtures connected under Section 16530.
3.05 CLEANING
A. Clean interior of boxes to remove dust, debris, and other material.
B. Clean exposed surfaces and restore finish.
VOLUME ONE
Electrical
Section 16130
dimensioned. Adjust box
Section 16130 12/16/00 Page 2 of 2 Boxes
Memorial Park Improvements
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
SECTION 16170: GROUNDING AND BONDING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Equipment grounding conductors.
B. Grounding electrodes.
C. Grounding well.
D. Bonding.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. ANSI/NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code.
1.03 SYSTEM
A. Bond together equipment enclosures, exposed non - current carrying metal parts of electrical equipment,
metal raceway systems, grounding conductor in raceways, fixture ground connectors, and ground rod
electrode.
1.04 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Grounding System Resistance: 5 ohms.
1.05 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
A. Submit under provisions of Section 01700.
B. Accurately record actual locations of grounding electrodes.
Division 16
Grounding and Bonding
VOLUME ONE
Electrical
Section 16170
1.06 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Conform to requirements of ANSI/NFPA 70.
B. Furnish products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. as suitable for purpose specified
and shown.
PART 2- PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Grounding lugs: Bolt mounted mechanical type suitable for copper or aluminum conductors.
B. Grounding bushings: Steel with mechanical type lug.
C. Grounding clamps: Cast bronze with mechanical type wire lug.
D. Mechanical Connectors: Bronze.
2.02 ROD ELECTRODE
A. Material: Copper.
B. Diameter: 3/4 inch.
C. Length: 10 feet.
2.03 WIRE
A. Material: Stranded copper.
B. Conductors: As indicated on drawings or sized to meet NEC requirements.
2.04 GROUNDING WELL COMPONENTS
A. Well Pipe: 8" diameter by 24" long concrete pipe with belled end.
B. Well Cover: Cast iron with legend "GROUND" embossed on cover.
Section 16170 12/18/00 Page 1 of 2 Grounding and Bonding
Memorial Park Improvements
PART 3- EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that final backfill and compaction has been completed before driving rod electrodes.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Install Products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Provide bonding to meet Regulatory Requirements.
C. Install rod electrodes as required to achieve specified resistance to ground.
D. Provide grounding well pipe with cover at each rod location. Install well pipe top flush with finished
grade.
E. Equipment Grounding Conductor: Provide separate, insulated conductor within each feeder and branch
circuit raceway. Terminate each end on suitable grounding lug, bus, screw, or bushing.
F. Connect grounding electrode conductors to ground rod using suitable ground clamp.
3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Inspect grounding and bonding system conductors and connections for tightness and proper installation.
B. Use suitable test instrument to measure resistance to ground of system. Perform testing in accordance
with test instrument manufacturer's recommendations using the fall -of- potential method.
END OF SECTION
Division 16
Grounding and Bonding
VOLUME ONE
Electrical
Section 16170
Section 16170 12118/00 Page 2 of 2 Grounding and Bonding
Memorial Park Improvements
SECTION 16195: ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Nameplates.
B. Wire markers.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit shop drawings under provisions of Section 01300.
B. Include schedule for nameplates and tape labels.
PART 2- PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Nameplates: Engraved three -layer 1/16" laminated plastic, white letters on a black background. Use
capital letters only. The minimum size of nameplates and lettering shall be 3/4" high x 2" long with 1/4"
high letters.
B. Wire Markers: Cloth markers, split sleeve or tubing type.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Division 16
Electrical Identification
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Degrease and clean surfaces to receive nameplates.
B. Install nameplates parallel to equipment lines.
C. Secure nameplates to equipment fronts using cadmium- plated self - tapping #6 screws 1/4" long.
D. Embossed tape will not be permitted for any application.
VOLUME ONE
Electrical
Section 16195
3.02 WIRE IDENTIFICATION
A. Provide wire markers on each conductor in panelboard gutters, pull boxes, junction boxes, and at load
connection. Identify circuits with branch circuit numbers as indicated record drawings.
3.03 NAMEPLATE REQUIREMENTS
A. Provide nameplates for new equipment installed as part of this contract, including: disconnect and safety
switches, panels, lighting contactors, and other control/power equipment in separate enclosures.
END OF SECTION
Section 16195 12/18/00 Page 1 of 1 Electrical Identification
Memorial Park Improvements
SECTION 16420: SERVICE ENTRANCE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Coordination with Utility Company, including payment of Utility Company charges for service.
B. Underground service entrance.
1.02 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. System Voltage: 120/240 volts single phase, three -wire, 60 Hertz.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Utility Company: TU Electric.
B. Install service entrance in accordance with Utility Company's rules and regulations.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit shop drawings and product data under provisions of Section 01300.
B. Submit Utility Company prepared drawings.
PART 2- PRODUCTS
2.01 METERING EQUIPMENT
A. Meter: Furnished and installed by Electric Utility.
B. Meter Base: Furnished by Electric Utility, installed by Contractor.
C. Metering transformers: Furnished by Electric Utility, installed by Contractor.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
VOLUME ONE
Electrical
Section 16420
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Make arrangements with Utility Company to obtain permanent electric service to the South service
location. Pay any fees required.
B. Underground: Install conduit and conductors to existing riser pole in conformance with Utility Company
requirements. Utility Company will connect service entrance conductors at pole.
END OF SECTION
Division 16
Service Entrance
Section 16420 12/18/00 Page 1 of 1 Service Entrance
Memorial Park Improvements
SECTION 16470: PANELBOARDS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Branch Circuit Panelboards
B. Branch Circuit Breakers
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. Section 16190 - Supporting Devices
B. Section 16195 - Electrical Identification
VOLUME ONE
Division 16 Electrical
Panelboards Section 16470
1.03 REFERENCES
A. NECA(National Electrical Contractors Association) "Standard of Installation"
B. NEMA AB 1 - Molded Case Circuit Breakers.
C. NEMA PB 1 - Panelboards
D. NEMA PB 1.1 - Instructions for Safe Installation, Operation and Maintenance of Panelboards Rated 600
Volts or less.
E. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit under provisions of Section 01300.
B. Product data: Materials and construction, voltage and bus ampacity rating, short circuit rating, circuit
breaker arrangement, ratings, and sizes, and outline and support point dimensions.
C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate application conditions and limitations of use stipulated
by Product testing agency. Include instructions for storage, handling, protection, examination,
preparation, installation, and starting of Product.
1.05 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
A. Submit under provisions of Section 01700.
B. Maintenance Data: Include spare parts data listing; source and current prices of replacement parts and
supplies; and recommended maintenance procedures and intervals.
C. Revise Panel Schedules on as -built drawings to reflect revisions to circuit due to design revisions during
construction and rearrangement of circuits to balance loading across phases.
1.06 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70.
B. Provide products listed and classified by Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. as suitable for purpose
specified and indicated.
C. All products shall be new and unused. Do not provide remanufactured breakers.
1.07 FIELD MEASUREMENTS
A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated.
PART 2- PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. General Electrical Co.
B. Square D
2.02 BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS
A. Lighting and Appliance Branch Circuit Panelboards: NEMA PB1, circuit breaker type.
B. Panelboard Bus: Copper, ratings as shown on the Drawings. Provide ground bus in each panelboard.
C. Minimum short circuit rating: 10,000kAIC.
Section 16470 12/18/00 Page 1 of 2 Panelboards
Memorial Park Improvements
VOLUME ONE
Division 16 Electrical
Panelboards Section 16470
D. Molded Case Circuit Breakers: NEMA AB 1, bolt -on type thermal magnetic trip circuit breakers, with
common trip handle for all poles. Do not use tandem circuit breakers.
1. Provide circuit breakers with 30mA equipment ground fault protection for HID lighting circuits as
indicated in panel schedule; Square D #QOI20EPD, or approved equivalent.
E. Enclosure: NEMA 3R. Galvanized or painted steel cabinet.
F. Cabinet Front: Surface cabinet front with concealed trim clamps, concealed hinge, and flush lock all
keyed alike. Finish in manufacturer's standard gray enamel.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install panelboards in accordance with NEMA P13 1.1.
B. Install panelboards plumb. Provide supports as required or as recommended by manufacturer.
C. Install panelboards in accordance with NFPA 70 requirements for accessibility and working space.
D. Provide typed circuit directory for each branch circuit panelboard. Revise directory to reflect circuiting
changes required under this contract and to balance phase loads.
E. Provide filler plates for unused spaces in panelboards.
F. Provide engraved plastic nameplates under the provisions of Section 16195.
3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Measure steady state load currents at each panelboard feeder; rearrange circuits in the panelboard to
balance the phase loads to within 20 percent of each other. Maintain proper phasing for multi -wire
branch circuits.
B. Visual and mechanical Inspection: Inspect for physical damage, proper alignment, anchorage, and
grounding. Check proper installation and tightness of connections for circuit breakers.
C. Measure voltage at mains with panel under load. Coordinate with Utility Company to adjust service
transformer taps as needed to bring voltage at panel to within 2 -1/2% of rated voltage.
END OF SECTION
Section 16470 12/18/00 Page 2 of 2 Panelboards
Memorial Park Improvements